Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Apparel - Manufacturers / Canada Goose Holdings Inc. / FY2021 Annual Report

Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Annual Report 2021

GOOS · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker GOOS
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Apparel - Manufacturers
Employees 4462
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

For the fiscal year ended March 28, 2021

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934

For the transition period from to

OR

☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT

OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number 001-38027

CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
British Columbia

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
250 Bowie Ave
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M6E 4Y2

(Address of principal executive offices)
David M. Forrest
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
250 Bowie Ave
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M6E 4Y2
-1-

Tel: (416) 780-9850

(Name, telephone, email and/or facsimile number and address of Company contact person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Subordinate voting shares

Trading Symbol(s)
GOOS

Name of each exchange on which 
registered
New York Stock Exchange

Title of each class
Subordinate voting shares

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period
covered by the Annual Report: At March 28, 2021, 59,435,079 subordinate voting shares and 51,004,076 multiple voting shares
were issued and outstanding.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☒ Yes ☐
No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. ☐ Yes ☒ No

Note—checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒ Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter)
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ☒ Yes
☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company”
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer ☒ Accelerated Filer ☐ Non-Accelerated Filer ☐ Emerging growth company ☐

-2-

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if
the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b))
by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this
filing:

U.S. GAAP  ☐

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board ☒

Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the
registrant has elected to follow. ☐ Item 17 ☐ Item 18

If this is an Annual Report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act). ☐ Yes ☒ No

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. ☐ Yes ☐
No

-3-

Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT INDEX

SIGNATURES
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

-4-

5
5
8
8
8
8
31
35
35
84
101
106
108
108
123
123
124
124
124
124
124
124
125
125
125
125
125
126
127
127
127
128
128
130
F-1

INTRODUCTION

Unless  otherwise  indicated,  all  references  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  20-F  to  “Canada  Goose,”  “we,”  “our,”  “us,”  “the
company” or similar terms refer to Canada Goose Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. We publish our consolidated
financial  statements  in  Canadian  dollars.  In  this  Annual  Report,  unless  otherwise  specified,  all  monetary  amounts  are  in
Canadian dollars, all references to “$,” “C$,” “CDN$,” “CAD$,” and “dollars” mean Canadian dollars and all references to “US$”
and “USD” mean U.S. dollars.

In connection with our initial public offering (“IPO”), we re-designated our Class A common shares into multiple voting shares.
In addition, we eliminated all of our previously outstanding series of common and preferred shares and created our subordinate
voting shares.

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes for the years ended
March 28, 2021, March 29, 2020 and March 31, 2019 (“Annual Financial Statements”). Our Annual Financial Statements have
been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”),  as  issued  by  the  International
Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

Unless  otherwise  indicated  in  this  Annual  Report,  all  references  to:  "fiscal  2019"  are  to  the  52-week  period  ended  March  31,
2019; "fiscal 2020" are to the 52-week period ended March 29, 2020; and "fiscal 2021" are to the 52-week period ended March
28, 2021.

Trademarks and Service Marks

This  Annual  Report  contains  references  to  a  number  of  trademarks  which  are  our  registered  trademarks  or  trademarks  for
which we have pending applications or common law rights. Our major trademarks include the CANADA GOOSE word mark and
the  ARCTIC  PROGRAM  &  DESIGN  trademark  (our  disc  logo  consisting  of  the  colour-inverse  design  of  the  North  Pole  and
Arctic Ocean) as well as the BAFFIN word mark and BAFFIN Half Maple Leaf design trademark.

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this Annual Report are listed without the
®, (sm) and (TM) symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable
licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. These statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future
performance. Instead, they are based on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future of our business,
future  plans  and  strategies,  and  other  future  conditions.  Forward-looking  statements  can  be  identified  by  words  such  as
“anticipate,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “forecast,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “plan,”  “predict,”  “project,”  “target,”  “potential,”  “will,”
“would,”  “could,”  “should,”  “continue”  and  other  similar  expressions,  although  not  all  forward-looking  statements  contain  these
identifying words. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in many places
throughout  this  Annual  Report  and  include  statements  regarding  our  intentions,  beliefs  or  current  expectations  concerning,
among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, business prospects, growth, strategies, expectations
regarding industry trends and the size and growth rates of addressable markets, our business plan and growth strategies,

-5-

including plans for expansion to new markets and new products, expectations for seasonal trends, and the industry in which we
operate.

Certain assumptions made in preparing the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

our  ability  to  continue  operating  our  business  amid  the  disruptions  caused  by  the  global  COVID-19  (as  defined
below) pandemic;

our ability to implement our growth strategies;

our ability to maintain strong business relationships with our customers, suppliers, wholesalers and distributors;

our ability to keep pace with changing consumer preferences;

our ability to protect our intellectual property; and

the absence of material adverse changes in our industry or the global economy.

By  their  nature,  forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  because  they  relate  to  events  and  depend  on
circumstances  that  may  or  may  not  occur  in  the  future.  We  believe  that  these  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not
limited  to,  those  described  in  the  “Risk  Factors”  section  of  this  Annual  Report,  which  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the
following risks:

•

•

global disruptions, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic significantly affecting numerous countries;

additional potential or extended closures of our retail stores and the retail stores of our wholesale partners as a result
of COVID-19 related restrictions imposed by local authorities;

• we may not open retail stores or expand e-commerce access on our planned timelines;

• we may be unable to maintain the strength of our brand or to expand our brand to new products and geographies;

•

•

•

general economic conditions, including any further deterioration of economic conditions related to COVID-19 which
may further affect discretionary consumer spending;

unanticipated changes in the effective tax rate or adverse outcomes from audit examinations of corporate income or
other tax returns;

an economic downturn may further affect discretionary consumer spending;

• we may not be able to satisfy changing consumer preferences;

•

our indebtedness may adversely affect our financial condition;

• we may not be able to compete in our markets effectively;

• we may not be able to manage our growth effectively;

•

•

poor performance during our peak season may have a significant negative impact on our operating results for the full
year;

global political events, including the impact of political disruptions and protests;

-6-

•

•

•

our ability to maintain relationships with our select number of suppliers and wholesalers;

our ability to procure high quality raw materials and certain finished goods globally;

our ability to forecast our inventory needs;

• we may be unable to protect or preserve our brand image and proprietary rights;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to manage our product distribution through our wholesale partners and international distributors;

the success of our new store openings;

the success of our expansion into Greater China;

the success of our marketing programs;

our ability to manage our exposure to data security and cyber security events;

the risk our business is interrupted because of a disruption at our headquarters;

fluctuations in raw material costs, interest rates and currency exchange rates; and

• we may be unable to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting.

Although  we  base  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  assumptions  that  we  believe  are
reasonable,  we  caution  you  that  actual  results  and  developments  (including  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and
liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate) may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the
forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  Annual  Report.  Additional  impacts  may  arise  that  we  are  not  aware  of  currently.
The  potential  of  such  additional  impacts  intensifies  the  business  and  operating  risks  that  we  face,  and  should  be  considered
when reading the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. In addition, even if results and developments are
consistent  with  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  Annual  Report,  those  results  and  developments  may  not  be
indicative  of  results  or  developments  in  subsequent  periods.  As  a  result,  any  or  all  of  our  forward-looking  statements  in  this
Annual  Report  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate.  We  have  included  important  factors  in  the  cautionary  statements  included  in  this
Annual Report on Form 20-F, particularly in Section 3.D of this Annual Report on Form 20-F titled “Risk Factors”, that we believe
could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. No forward-looking
statement  is  a  guarantee  of  future  results.  Moreover,  we  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  and  rapidly  changing  environment  in
which  new  risks  often  emerge.  It  is  not  possible  for  our  management  to  predict  all  risks,  nor  can  we  assess  the  impact  of  all
factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially
from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make.

You should read this Annual Report and the documents that we reference herein and have filed as exhibits hereto completely
and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. The forward-looking
statements contained herein are made as of the date of this Annual Report, and we do not assume any obligation to update
any forward-looking statements except as required by applicable laws.

-7-

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

PART I

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

-8-

A.    Selected Financial Data

See the selected financial data disclosure included under Item 5. — “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

2.

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C.    Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.    Risk Factors

Risks Related to our Business

Our business has been and will continue to be adversely affected by the global coronavirus outbreak.

Our global operations, and those of the third parties upon whom we rely, are experiencing disruptions from the outbreak of the
novel  coronavirus  ("COVID-19").  To  date,  they  include  mandatory  and  elective  shut-downs  of  retail  and  manufacturing
operations,  a  decrease  in  consumer  discretionary  spending  and  tourism,  and  a  decrease  in  the  capacity  of  our  network,
including in our facilities, due to distancing measures required, reductions in operating hours and limited occupancy levels. We
expect to return to more normal levels of production as restrictions, regulations and recommended precautions imposed by local
authorities globally are lifted but nevertheless anticipate that we will continue to have material adverse impacts on our business,
financial condition and results of operations as a result of the global COVID-19 pandemic.

These  and  other  potential  impacts  make  it  more  challenging  for  management  to  estimate  the  future  performance  of  our
business.  While  we  cannot  predict  the  specific  impacts  to  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  we  do
expect  such  impacts  to  continue  to  be  significantly  negative.  These  impacts  will  depend  on  future  developments,  which  are
highly uncertain and out of our control, including, among others, the duration and intensity of the COVID-19 pandemic, the pace
of and roll-out of vaccination programs and the subsequent resumption of all business operations and recovery of discretionary
consumer spending and global travel.

Additional impacts may arise that we are not aware of currently. The potential of such additional impacts intensifies the business
and operating risks that we face, and should be considered when reading the additional risk factors below.

Our  growth  strategy  involves  expansion  of  our  DTC  channel,  including  retail  stores  and  e-Commerce,  which  may
present risks and challenges.

Our business has evolved from one in which we only distributed products on a wholesale basis for resale by others to a multi-
channel  distribution  model,  which  includes  retail  and  online  stores  operated  by  us.  As  of  March  28,  2021,  our  DTC  channel
includes 51 national e-commerce markets and 28 directly operated retail stores across North America, Europe, and Asia. As of
March 28 2021, globally, 9 of our 28 retail stores, representing 32% of our network globally, were temporarily closed. We have
faced closures across many geographies throughout the year. These store closures and reduced operating hours in many of our
retail locations may continue until the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic is entirely alleviated. Our global DTC

-9-

expansion has been the largest driver of operational and financial growth historically. We expect this to continue in the future.

Growing  our  e-commerce  platforms  and  number  of  retail  stores  is  essential  to  our  future  strategy.  This  strategy  has  and  will
continue  to  require  significant  investment  in  cross-functional  operations  and  management  focus,  along  with  investment  in
supporting  technologies  and  retail  store  spaces.  If  we  are  unable  to  provide  a  user-friendly,  convenient  and  consistent
experience for our customers, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, if our
e-Commerce  platforms  or  retail  store  formats  do  not  appeal  to  our  customers,  reliably  function  as  designed,  or  maintain  the
privacy of customer data, or if we are unable to consistently meet our brand promise to our customers, we may experience a
loss of customer confidence or lost sales, or be exposed to fraudulent purchases, which could adversely affect our reputation
and results of operations.

To  the  extent  our  e-Commerce  business  grows,  we  will  need  an  increasing  amount  of  IT  infrastructure  to  continue  to  satisfy
consumer  demand  and  expectations.  If  we  fail  to  effectively  scale  and  adapt  our  e-Commerce  platform  to  accommodate
increased  consumer  demand,  our  business  may  be  subject  to  interruptions,  delays  or  failures  and  consumer  demand  for  our
products and digital experiences could decline. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks might adversely affect sales
and order flow in our e-Commerce business, as well as adversely impact our reputation and brand.

Furthermore, with our increasing retail footprint, we are increasingly subject to risks relating to brick and mortar store locations,
such as social distancing requirements implemented by local governments as well as mandatory or elective shut-downs due to
the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  resulting  in  lower  or  no  traffic,  that  we  will  be  unable  to  secure  new  leases  upon  desirable
terms, or that lower profitability levels at new or existing retail stores will adversely affect our margins.

We  are  also  subject  to  different  and  evolving  local  laws  and  regulatory  requirements  in  the  various  jurisdictions  in  which  we
operate retail stores and online stores. In particular, we are subject to different and evolving laws and orders governing social
distancing, the operation and marketing of e-commerce websites, as well as the collection, storage and use of information on
consumers interacting with those websites. We may incur additional costs and operational challenges in complying with these
laws, and differences in these laws may cause us to operate our businesses differently in different territories. If so, we may incur
additional costs and may not fully realize the investment in our global DTC expansion.

Our  business  depends  on  our  strong  brand,  and  if  we  are  not  able  to  maintain  and  enhance  our  brand  we  may  be
unable to sell our products, which would adversely affect our business.

The  Canada  Goose  name  and  brand  image  are  integral  to  the  growth  of  our  business,  and  to  the  implementation  of  our
strategies for expanding our business. We believe that the brand image we have developed has significantly contributed to the
success of our business and is critical to maintaining and expanding our customer base. Maintaining and enhancing our brand
may require us to make substantial investments in areas such as product design, store openings and operations, marketing, e-
commerce, community relations and employee training, and these investments may not be successful.

We  anticipate  that,  as  our  business  continues  to  expand  into  new  markets  and  new  product  categories  and  as  the  market
becomes  increasingly  competitive,  maintaining  and  enhancing  our  brand  may  become  difficult  and  expensive.  Conversely,  as
we  penetrate  these  new  markets  and  our  brand  becomes  more  widely  available,  it  could  potentially  detract  from  the  appeal
stemming from the scarcity of our brand. Our brand may also be adversely affected if our public image or

-10-

reputation  is  tarnished  by  negative  publicity.  In  addition,  ineffective  marketing,  product  diversion  to  unauthorized  distribution
channels, product defects, counterfeit products, unfair labour practices, and failure to protect the intellectual property rights in
our brand are some of the potential threats to the strength of our brand, and those and other factors could rapidly and severely
diminish consumer confidence in us. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to be a leader in
performance  luxury  outerwear  and  to  continue  to  offer  a  range  of  high  quality  products  to  our  customers,  which  we  may  not
execute successfully. Any of these factors could harm our sales, profitability or financial condition.

A  key  element  of  our  growth  strategy  is  expansion  of  our  product  offerings  into  new  product  categories.  We  may  be
unsuccessful in designing products that meet our customers’ expectations for our brand or that are attractive to new customers.
If we are unable to anticipate customer preferences or industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our products on a timely
basis  or  expand  effectively  into  new  product  categories,  we  may  lose  customers.  Our  ability  to  successfully  implement  our
growth strategy may be impacted by periods of mandatory store closures, voluntary or mandated social distancing and global
economic contraction. As we expand into new geographic markets, consumers in these new markets may be less compelled by
our brand image and may not be willing to pay a higher price to purchase our products as compared to traditional outerwear.
Our operating results would also suffer if our investments and innovations do not anticipate the needs of our customers, are not
appropriately timed with market opportunities or are not effectively brought to market.

A downturn in the global economy, including as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak worldwide, will likely affect, and in
the case of the COVID-19 outbreak, has substantially affected and will likely continue to affect, customer purchases of
discretionary items, which could materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition.

Many  factors  affect  the  level  of  consumer  spending  for  discretionary  items  including  performance  luxury  outerwear.  These
factors  include  general  economic  conditions,  interest  and  tax  rates,  the  availability  of  consumer  credit,  disposable  consumer
income,  unemployment  and  consumer  confidence  in  future  economic  conditions.  Consumer  purchases  of  discretionary  items,
such as our performance luxury outerwear, tend to decline during recessionary periods when disposable income is lower. During
our history, we have experienced recessionary periods, but we cannot predict the effect of future recessionary periods on our
sales  and  profitability.  A  downturn  in  the  economy  in  markets  in  which  we  sell  our  products  may  materially  harm  our  sales,
profitability and financial condition.

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has led to a slow-down in certain segments of the global economy and affected the amount of
discretionary  income  available  for  certain  consumers  to  purchase  our  products.  There  has  also  been  a  significant  decline  in
global travel. If these disruptions persist, our sales could decrease, and our financial condition and results of operations could be
adversely affected.

Because  our  business  is  highly  concentrated  on  a  single,  discretionary  product  category,  performance  luxury
outerwear, we are vulnerable to changes in consumer preferences that could harm our sales, profitability and financial
condition.

Our business is not currently diversified and consists primarily of designing, manufacturing and distributing performance luxury
outerwear.  In  fiscal  2021,  our  main  product  category,  down-filled  jackets  represented  the  majority  of  our  sales.  Consumer
preferences often change rapidly. Therefore, our business is substantially dependent on our ability to attract customers who are
willing to pay a premium for our products. Any future shifts in consumer preferences away from retail spending for our products
would also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

-11-

In  addition,  we  believe  that  continued  increases  in  sales  of  performance  luxury  outerwear  will  largely  depend  on  customers
continuing  to  demand  technical  superiority  from  their  products.  If  the  number  of  customers  demanding  performance  luxury
outerwear does not continue to increase, or if our customers are not convinced that our products are more functional or stylish
than  other  outerwear  alternatives,  we  may  not  achieve  the  level  of  sales  necessary  to  support  new  growth  platforms  and  our
ability to grow our business will be severely impaired.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

As  of  March  28,  2021,  we  had  $181.2m  of  unused  commitments  under  our  Revolving  Facility  (as  defined  below)  and  no
borrowings outstanding, $377.3m of term loans under our Term Loan Facility (as defined below), and no amounts owing under
the China Loan Facility (as defined below) for total indebtedness of $377.3m. As at March 28, 2021, cash on hand was $477.9m
(March  29,  2021  -  $31.7m).  We  also  generally  experience  significant  fluctuations  in  our  aggregate  indebtedness  and  working
capital over our operating cycle due to the seasonality in our business. Our debt could have important consequences, including:

•

•

•

•

•

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other
general corporate requirements and increasing our cost of borrowing;

requiring a portion of our cash flow to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing
the  amount  of  cash  flow  available  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions  and  other  general  corporate
purposes;

requiring the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings to be used to prepay our debt as opposed to other purposes;

exposing  us  to  the  risk  of  increased  interest  rates  as  certain  of  our  borrowings,  including  borrowings  under  our  senior
secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest; and

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete.

The  credit  agreements  governing  our  senior  secured  credit  facilities  contain  a  number  of  restrictive  covenants  that  impose
operating  and  financial  restrictions  on  us,  including  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  incur  certain  liens,  make  investments  and
acquisitions, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase
or redeem our shares, or enter into certain other types of contractual arrangements affecting our subsidiaries or indebtedness.
In addition, the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement governing our Revolving Facility require us to maintain a minimum
fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability under our Revolving Facility falls below a specified threshold.

If we are unable to comply with these restrictions and covenants at times and to the extent they are applicable, including as a
result  of  events  beyond  our  control,  we  may  risk  an  event  of  default  under  the  credit  facilities,  which  could  accelerate  the
payment of any amounts then due, and limit our ability to incur future borrowings under the credit facilities, either of which could
have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, in light of the impacts to our ability to generate cash from operations
as  a  result  of  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic,  our  results  may  be  further  negatively  impacted  by  any  payment  obligations
(including interest) with respect to any outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Facility.

Although the credit agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional
indebtedness,  those  restrictions  are  subject  to  a  number  of  qualifications  and  exceptions  and  the  additional  indebtedness
incurred in compliance with those restrictions could be substantial. We may also seek to amend or refinance one or more of our

-12-

debt instruments to permit us to finance our growth strategy or improve the terms of our indebtedness.

We operate in a highly competitive market and the size and resources of some of our competitors may allow them to
compete  more  effectively  than  we  can,  resulting  in  a  loss  of  our  market  share  and  a  decrease  in  our  revenue  and
profitability.

The  market  for  outerwear  is  highly  fragmented.  We  compete  against  a  wide  range  of  brands  and  retailers.  Many  of  our
competitors  have  significant  competitive  advantages,  including  larger  and  broader  customer  bases,  more  established
relationships with a broader set of suppliers, greater brand recognition, greater financial resources, more established research
and development processes, a longer history of store development, greater marketing resources, more established distribution
processes, and other resources which we do not have.

Our competitors may be able to achieve and maintain brand affinity and market share more quickly and effectively than we can.
Many of our competitors have more established and diversified marketing programs, including with respect to promotion of their
brands  through  traditional  forms  of  advertising,  such  as  print  media  and  television  commercials,  and  through  celebrity
endorsements, and have substantial resources to devote to such efforts. Our competitors may also create and maintain brand
affinity using traditional forms of advertising more quickly than we can. Our competitors may also be able to increase sales in
their new and existing markets faster than we can by emphasizing different distribution channels than we can, such as catalog
sales or an extensive retail network, and many of our competitors have substantial resources to devote toward increasing sales
in such ways. If we fail to compete with such competitors, our business, financial condition and performance could be materially
adversely affected.

If we are unable to manage our operations at our current size or to manage any future growth effectively, the pace of
our growth may slow.

Total  revenue  decreased  to  $903.7m  for  fiscal  2021  from  $958.1m  for  fiscal  2020,  at  a  Compound  Annual  Growth  Rate
(“CAGR”) of (2.9)%. Disruptions from the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a decline in total revenue in fiscal 2021.

Until restrictions, regulations and recommended precautions imposed by local authorities globally are lifted we may experience
material  adverse  impacts  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  as  a  result  of  the  global  COVID-19
pandemic. If our operations continue to grow, of which there can be no assurance, we will be required to continue to expand our
sales and marketing, product development, manufacturing and distribution functions, to upgrade our management information
systems  and  other  processes,  and  to  obtain  more  space  for  our  expanding  administrative  support  and  other  personnel.
Continued or fluctuating growth could strain our resources, and we could experience operating difficulties, including difficulties in
hiring,  training  and  managing  an  increasing  number  of  employees  and  manufacturing  capacity  to  produce  our  products,  and
delays  in  production  and  shipments.  These  difficulties  may  result  in  the  erosion  of  our  brand  image,  divert  the  attention  of
management and key employees and impact financial and operational results. In order to continue to expand our DTC channel,
we expect to add selling, general & administrative expenses to our cost base. These costs, which include lease commitments,
headcount and capital assets, could result in decreased margins if we are unable to drive commensurate DTC revenue growth.

Our  financial  performance  is  subject  to  significant  seasonality  and  variability,  which  could  cause  the  price  of  our
subordinate voting shares to decline.

Our business is affected by a number of factors common to our industry and by other factors specific to our business model,
which drive seasonality and variability. Historically, key metrics,

-13-

including those related to our growth, profitability and financial condition, have fluctuated significantly across fiscal periods. We
expect this to continue in the future.

Consumer purchases of down-filled jackets are heavily concentrated in the Fall / Winter season. As a result, the majority of our
DTC revenue is recognized in the third and fourth fiscal quarter. Our wholesale revenue is weighted earlier in the second and
third fiscal quarters, when most orders are shipped to wholesale partners.

Revenue in our wholesale segment is highest in our second and third quarters as we fulfill wholesale customer orders in time for
the  Fall  and  Winter  retail  seasons,  and,  in  our  DTC  segment,  in  the  third  and  fourth  quarters.  Our  net  income  is  typically
negative in the first quarter and reduced in the fourth quarter as we invest ahead of our peak season.

Guided  by  expected  demand  in  both  channels,  we  manufacture  on  a  linear  basis  throughout  the  fiscal  year,  while  adding
capacity  to  our  manufacturing  network,  resulting  in  the  buildup  and  staging  of  inventory  for  future  periods.  These  dynamics
cause significant fluctuations in our working capital, cash conversion, and leverage throughout the fiscal year. At certain points in
time, our inventory has increased at a significantly higher rate than our historical revenue growth in the same period.

Historical  results,  especially  comparisons  across  fiscal  quarters,  should  not  be  considered  indicative  of  the  results  to  be
expected  for  any  future  periods.  In  addition  to  the  seasonality  of  demand  for  our  products,  our  financial  performance  is
influenced  by  a  number  of  factors  which  are  difficult  to  predict  and  variable  in  nature.  These  include  input  cost  volatility,  the
timing  of  consumer  purchases  and  wholesale  deliveries  which  very  often  shift  between  fiscal  quarters,  demand  forecast
accuracy,  inventory  availability  and  the  evolution  of  our  channel  mix,  as  well  as  external  trends  in  weather,  traffic  and
discretionary consumer spending.

A number of other factors which are difficult to predict could also affect the seasonality or variability of our financial performance.
Therefore,  you  should  not  rely  on  the  results  of  a  single  fiscal  quarter  as  an  indication  of  our  annual  results  or  future
performance.

If we fail to attract new customers, we may not be able to increase sales.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to attract new customers. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to
and attract consumers who identify with our brand and products. We have made significant investments in enhancing our brand
and attracting new customers. We expect to continue to make significant investments to promote our current products to new
customers  and  new  products  to  current  and  new  customers,  including  through  our  e-commerce  platforms  and  retail  store
presence. Such marketing investments can be expensive and may not result in increased sales. Further, as our brand becomes
more widely known, we may not attract new customers as we have in the past. If we are unable to attract new customers, we
may not be able to increase our sales.

Our business may be adversely affected by global weather trends.

A significant portion of our business is highly dependent on cold-weather seasons and patterns to generate consumer demand
for  our  products.  Consumer  demand  for  our  products  may  be  negatively  affected  to  the  extent  global  weather  patterns  trend
warmer, reducing typical patterns of cold-weather events or increasing weather volatility, which could have an adverse effect on
our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

-14-

Our plans to improve and expand our product offerings may not be successful, and implementation of these plans may
divert  our  operational,  managerial  and  administrative  resources,  which  could  harm  our  competitive  position  and
reduce our revenue and profitability.

In addition to our global DTC expansion plans, we are growing our business by expanding our product offerings outside down-
filled jackets, including windwear, rainwear, knitwear and footwear. The principal risks to our ability to successfully carry out our
plans to expand our product offering include:

•

•

•

•

the  success  of  new  products  and  new  product  lines  will  depend  on  market  demand  and  there  is  a  risk  that  new
products and new product lines will not deliver expected results, which could negatively impact our future sales and
results of operations;

if our expanded product offerings fail to maintain and enhance our distinctive brand identity, our brand image may be
diminished and our sales may decrease;

implementation  of  these  plans  may  divert  management’s  attention  from  other  aspects  of  our  business  and  place  a
strain on our management, operational and financial resources, as well as our information systems; and

incorporation  of  novel  materials  or  features  into  our  products  may  not  be  accepted  by  our  customers  or  may  be
considered inferior to similar products offered by our competitors.

In  addition,  our  ability  to  successfully  carry  out  our  plans  to  expand  our  product  offerings  may  be  affected  by  economic  and
competitive conditions, changes in consumer spending patterns (including reductions in discretionary consumer spending as a
result of the COVID-19 pandemic) and changes in consumer preferences and styles. These plans could be abandoned, could
cost more than anticipated and could divert resources from other areas of our business, any of which could negatively impact
our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.

Unexpected  obstacles  in  new  markets  may  limit  our  expansion  opportunities  and  cause  our  business  and  growth  to
suffer.

Our growth strategy has led to our expansion into markets outside of North America, including in developing markets. We have
limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices in these regions, and we may not be able to penetrate or
successfully operate in any new market, as a result of unfamiliar regulation or other unexpected barriers to entry. In connection
with  our  expansion  efforts  we  may  encounter  obstacles,  including  cultural  and  linguistic  differences,  differences  in  regulatory
environments,  economic  or  governmental  instability,  labour  practices  and  market  practices,  difficulties  in  keeping  abreast  of
market, business and technical developments, and foreign customers’ tastes and preferences. In developing markets, potential
challenges  include  relatively  higher  risk  of  political  instability,  economic  volatility,  crime,  corruption  and  social  unrest.  For
example, the political disruptions in Hong Kong which began in 2019 negatively impacted our customers and employees in Hong
Kong,  reduced  consumer  spending,  and  adversely  impacted  our  business  and  results  of  operations  in  Hong  Kong.  Such
challenges  may  be  exacerbated  in  many  cases  by  uncertainties  regarding  how  local  law  is  applied  and  enforced,  and  with
respect to judiciary and administrative mechanism. Furthermore, global events such as pandemics, the related governmental,
private  sector  and  individual  consumer  responsive  actions  and  any  subsequent  waves  of  outbreaks  of  COVID-19  after  the
management of the initial outbreak, could reduce traffic and consumer spending, result in temporary or permanent closures of
stores, offices, and factories, and could negatively impact the flow of goods. For example, in response to the ongoing COVID-19
pandemic, local and national governments in many countries have implemented regional

-15-

quarantines and mandated the closure of nonessential businesses, which has halted traffic in certain markets and significantly
disrupted consumer spending.

We  may  also  encounter  difficulty  expanding  into  new  international  markets  because  of  limited  brand  recognition  leading  to
delayed acceptance of our outerwear by customers in these new international markets. Our failure to develop our business in
new international markets or disappointing growth or inadequate management of risks outside of existing markets could harm
our business and results of operations.

We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  third-party  suppliers  to  provide  high  quality  raw  materials  and  are  reliant  on
international shipping which could be disrupted and subject to increasing costs.

Our  products  require  high  quality  raw  materials,  including  cotton,  polyester,  wool,  down  and  coyote  fur.  The  price  of  raw
materials depends on a wide variety of factors largely beyond the control of Canada Goose. A shortage, delay or interruption of
supply for any reason, including delays caused by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, could negatively impact our sales and have
an adverse impact on our financial results.

In  addition,  while  our  suppliers,  in  turn,  source  from  a  number  of  sub-suppliers,  we  rely  on  a  very  small  number  of  direct
suppliers  for  certain  raw  materials.  As  a  result,  any  disruption  to  these  relationships  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our
business. Events that adversely affect our suppliers could impair our ability to obtain inventory in the quantities and at the quality
that we require. Such events include difficulties or problems with our suppliers’ businesses, finances, labour relations, shipping,
ability  to  import  raw  materials,  costs,  production,  insurance  and  reputation,  as  well  as  natural  disasters,  public  health
emergencies or other catastrophic occurrences. Our supply of fabrics and raw materials, for example, could be disrupted by the
impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and responsive actions such as border closures, restrictions on product shipments,
and travel restrictions. A significant slowdown in the retail industry as a whole as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic,
may also result in bankruptcies or permanent closures of some of our suppliers and other vendors. Furthermore, there can be
no assurance that our suppliers will continue to provide fabrics and raw materials or provide products that are consistent with
our  standards.  Finally,  shipping  costs  have  and  may  continue  to  increase  which  may  result  in  an  increase  in  the  price  of  raw
materials  or  affect  the  costs  of  shipping  our  finished  goods.  Any  such  increases  could  adversely  impact  our  financial
performance.

More generally, if we need to replace an existing supplier, additional supplies or additional manufacturing capacity may not be
available  when  required  on  terms  that  are  acceptable  to  us,  or  at  all,  and  any  new  supplier  may  not  meet  our  strict  quality
requirements.  In  the  event  we  are  required  to  find  new  sources  of  supply,  we  may  encounter  delays  in  production,
inconsistencies  in  quality  and  added  costs  as  a  result  of  the  time  it  takes  to  train  our  suppliers  and  manufacturers  in  our
methods, products and quality control standards. Any delays, interruption or increased costs in the supply of our raw materials
could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet customer demand for our products and result in lower sales and profitability
both in the short and long-term.

We could experience significant disruptions in supply from our current sources.

We generally do not enter into long-term formal written agreements with our suppliers, and typically transact business with our
suppliers on an order-by-order basis. There can be no assurance that there will not be a disruption in the supply of raw materials
and  certain  finished  goods  from  current  sources  or,  in  the  event  of  a  disruption,  that  we  would  be  able  to  locate  alternative
suppliers of materials of comparable quality at an acceptable price, or at all. Identifying a suitable supplier is an involved process
that requires us to become satisfied with

-16-

their  quality  control,  responsiveness  and  service,  financial  stability  and  labour  and  other  ethical  practices.  Any  delays,
interruption  or  increased  costs  in  the  supply  of  fabric  or  manufacture  of  our  products,  including  as  a  result  of  the  ongoing
COVID-19 pandemic, could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet customer demand for our products and result in lower
revenue and operating income both in the short and long-term.

Our  business  and  results  of  operations  could  be  harmed  if  we  are  unable  to  accurately  forecast  demand  for  our
products.

To  ensure  adequate  inventory  supply,  we  forecast  inventory  needs,  which  are  subject  to  seasonal  and  quarterly  variations  in
consumer  demand.  If  we  fail  to  accurately  forecast  demand,  we  may  experience  excess  inventory  levels  or  a  shortage  of
product. Our ability to forecast accurately has become increasingly important as we have expanded our DTC channel globally
and could be affected by many factors outside of our control, including an increase or decrease in consumer demand for our
products  or  for  products  of  our  competitors,  our  failure  to  accurately  forecast  consumer  acceptance  of  new  products,  product
introductions  by  competitors,  unanticipated  changes  in  general  market  conditions  and,  therefore,  consumer  spending  in  the
sector (for example, because of unexpected effects on inventory supply and consumer demand caused by the current COVID-
19 pandemic), and weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. In our wholesale
channel,  a  majority  of  orders  delivered  in  a  given  fiscal  year  are  received  in  the  prior  fiscal  year,  enabling  us  to  manufacture
inventory relative to a defined order book. In the DTC channel, we manufacture according to our forecasts of consumer demand.
As we have moved more production in-house, we have created an inventory buffer ahead of demand and to support the planned
rationalization  of  third-party  manufacturing  capacity.  If  we  overestimate  the  demand  for  our  products,  we  could  face  inventory
levels  in  excess  of  demand,  which  could  result  in  inventory  write-downs  or  write-offs  and  the  sale  of  excess  inventory  at
discounted prices, which would harm our gross margins and our brand management efforts. The potential for overestimation is
expected to increase as a larger portion of our sales comes through our DTC channel, and as we expand our product offerings.
If  we  underestimate  the  demand  for  our  products,  we  may  not  be  able  to  produce  products  to  meet  demand,  and  this  could
result in delays in the shipment of our products and our failure to capitalize on demand, as well as damage to our reputation and
wholesale partner relationships. In addition, failures to accurately predict the level of demand for our products could harm our
profitability and financial condition.

If  we  are  unable  to  establish  and  protect  our  trademarks  and  other  intellectual  property  rights,  counterfeiters  may
produce copies of our products and such counterfeit products could damage our brand image.

We expect that there is a high likelihood that counterfeit products or other products infringing on our intellectual property rights
will continue to emerge, seeking to benefit from the consumer demand for Canada Goose products. These counterfeit products
do not provide the functionality of our products and we believe they are of substantially lower quality, and if customers are not
able to differentiate between our products and counterfeit products, this could damage our brand image. In order to protect our
brand,  we  devote  significant  resources  to  the  registration  and  protection  of  our  trademarks  and  to  anti-counterfeiting  efforts
worldwide.  We  actively  pursue  entities  involved  in  the  trafficking  and  sale  of  counterfeit  merchandise  through  legal  action  or
other appropriate measures. In spite of our efforts, counterfeiting still occurs and, if we are unsuccessful in challenging a third-
party’s  rights  related  to  trademark,  copyright  or  other  intellectual  property  rights,  this  could  adversely  affect  our  future  sales,
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  We  cannot  guarantee  that  the  actions  we  have  taken  to  curb  counterfeiting  and
protect our intellectual property will be adequate to protect the brand and prevent counterfeiting in the future or that we will be
able to identify and pursue all counterfeiters who may seek to benefit from our brand.

-17-

Competitors have and will likely continue to attempt to imitate our products and technology and divert sales. If we are
unable to protect or preserve our intellectual property rights, brand image and proprietary rights, our business may be
harmed.

As  our  business  has  expanded,  our  competitors  have  imitated,  and  will  likely  continue  to  imitate,  our  product  designs  and
branding, which could harm our business and results of operations. Competitors who flood the market with products seeking to
imitate  our  products  could  divert  sales  and  dilute  the  value  of  our  brand.  We  believe  our  trademarks,  copyrights  and  other
intellectual property rights are extremely important to our success and our competitive position.

However,  enforcing  rights  to  our  intellectual  property  may  be  difficult  and  costly,  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in  stopping
infringement  of  our  intellectual  property  rights,  particularly  in  foreign  countries,  which  could  make  it  easier  for  competitors  to
capture market share. Intellectual property rights necessary to protect our products and brand may also be unavailable or limited
in certain countries. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights may be
met  with  defenses,  counterclaims  and  countersuits  attacking  the  validity  and  enforceability  of  our  trademark  and  other
intellectual  property  rights.  Continued  sales  of  competing  products  by  our  competitors  could  harm  our  brand  and  adversely
impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Labour-related matters, including labour disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

As of March 28, 2021, less than 22% of our employees are members of labour unions, comprised of employees at 3 of our 8 in-
house  manufacturing  facilities  in  addition  to  a  single  Baffin  manufacturing  site.  The  exposure  to  unionized  labour  in  our
workforce presents an increased risk of strikes and other labour disputes, and our ability to alter labour costs will be subject to
collective bargaining, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, potential labour disputes at independent
factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports, or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a
dispute  results  in  work  slowdowns,  lockouts,  strikes  or  other  disruptions  during  our  peak  manufacturing,  shipping  and  selling
seasons. Any potential labour dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties, on whom we rely, could materially
affect  our  costs,  decrease  our  sales,  harm  our  reputation  or  otherwise  negatively  affect  our  sales,  profitability  or  financial
condition.

The  majority  of  our  workforce  is  composed  of  manufacturing  employees  based  in  the  provinces  of  Ontario,  Manitoba  and
Québec, a sizeable portion of whom are paid wage rates based on the applicable provincial minimum wage. Many jurisdictions,
including  certain  Canadian  provinces,  either  have  increased  or  plan  to  increase  their  minimum  wage  and  other  benefits
requirements, which may materially increase our manufacturing costs. Minimum wage increases such as the foregoing may not
only increase the wages of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly or salaried employees
who, in recognition of their tenure, performance, responsibilities and other similar considerations, historically received a rate of
pay exceeding the applicable minimum wage. Further, if we fail to pay such higher wages, we could suffer increased employee
turnover. It is difficult to predict when such increases may take place and any such increase could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Further,  the  risks  to  our  business  due  to  a  pandemic  or  other  public  health  emergency,  such  as  the  ongoing  COVID-19
pandemic, include risks to employee health and safety, prolonged restrictive measures put in place in order to control the crisis
and limitations on travel, which may result in temporary shortages of staff or unavailability of certain employees or consultants
with key expertise or knowledge of our business and, impact on workforce productivity.

-18-

We  rely  significantly  on  information  technology  systems  for  our  distribution  systems  and  other  critical  business
functions, and are increasing our reliance on these functions as our DTC channel expands. Any failure, inadequacy, or
interruption of those systems could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

We  rely  on  information  systems  to  effectively  manage  all  aspects  of  our  business,  including  merchandise  planning,
manufacturing, allocation, distribution, sales and financial reporting. Our reliance on these systems, and their importance to our
business, will increase as we expand our DTC channel and global operations. We rely on a number of third parties to help us
effectively  manage  these  systems.  If  information  systems  we  rely  on  fail  to  perform  as  expected,  our  business  could  be
disrupted.  The  failure  of  us  or  our  vendors  to  manage  and  operate  our  information  technology  systems  as  expected  could
disrupt our business, result in our not providing adequate product, losing sales or market share, and reputational harm, causing
our business to suffer. Any such failure or disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our information technology systems and vendors also may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond
our or their control, including fire, flood, natural disasters, systems failures, network or communications failures, power outages,
public  health  emergencies,  security  breaches,  cyber-attacks  and  terrorism.  For  example,  we  have  implemented  a  work-from-
home policy due to the COVID-19 outbreak for our corporate workforce in North America and Europe. This increase in working
remotely  could  increase  our  cyber  security  risk,  create  data  accessibility  concerns,  and  make  us  more  susceptible  to
communication  disruptions,  any  of  which  could  adversely  impact  our  business  operations.  We  maintain  disaster  recovery
procedures intended to mitigate the risks associated with such events, but there is no guarantee that these procedures will be
adequate in any particular circumstance. As a result, such an event could materially disrupt, and have a material adverse effect
on, our business.

We  partially  depend  on  our  wholesale  partners  to  display  and  present  our  products  to  customers  in  our  wholesale
channel, and our failure to maintain and further develop our relationships with our wholesale partners could harm our
business.

We sell our products in our wholesale channel either directly or indirectly, through distributors and to wholesale partners. Our
wholesale  partners  service  customers  by  stocking  and  displaying  our  products,  and  explaining  our  product  attributes.  Our
relationships  with  these  partners  are  important  to  the  authenticity  of  our  brand  and  the  marketing  programs  we  continue  to
deploy.  Our  failure  to  maintain  these  relationships  with  our  wholesale  partners  or  financial  difficulties  experienced  by  these
wholesale partners could harm our business.

Our sales depend, in part, on wholesale partners effectively displaying our products, including providing attractive space in their
stores,  including  shop-in-shops,  and  training  their  sales  personnel  to  sell  our  products.  If  our  wholesale  partners  reduce  or
terminate  those  activities,  we  may  experience  reduced  sales  of  our  products,  resulting  in  lower  revenue  and  gross  margins,
which would harm our profitability and financial condition.

If we lose any of our wholesale partners, or if they reduce their purchases of our existing or new products, or their number of
stores  or  operations  are  reduced,  or  they  promote  products  of  our  competitors  over  ours,  or  they  suffer  financial  difficulty  or
insolvency, our sales would be harmed. The recent decline in the overall retail sector, including ongoing disruptions related to
COVID-19,  has  been  challenging  for  our  wholesale  partners.  Due  to  COVID-19  and  the  related  reduction  in  available  credit
insurance, we increased the amount of risk we undertook with respect to collecting payments from our wholesale partners on
time, or at all. Such conditions, among other things, have resulted, and in the future may result, in financial difficulties leading to
restructurings, bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our wholesale

-19-

partners and may cause such partners to reduce or discontinue orders of our products or be unable to pay us for products they
have purchased from us. This has caused us to negotiate shortened payment terms and reduce credit limits in certain cases. If
the overall retail environment continues to decline or if one or more of our wholesale partners is unable or unwilling to meet our
payment terms, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

A portion of our sales are to wholesale partners, directly and through distributors.

A  portion  of  our  sales  are  made  to  wholesale  partners,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  through  distributors,  who  may  decide  to
emphasize products from our competitors, to redeploy their retail floor space to other product categories, or to take other actions
that reduce their purchases of our products. We do not receive long-term purchase commitments from our wholesale partners,
and  confirmed  orders  received  from  our  wholesale  partners  may  be  difficult  to  enforce.  Factors  that  could  affect  our  ability  to
maintain or expand our sales to these wholesale partners include: (a) failure to accurately identify the needs of our customers;
(b)  lack  of  customer  acceptance  of  new  products  or  product  expansions;  (c)  unwillingness  of  our  wholesale  partners  and
customers to attribute premium value to our new or existing products or product expansions relative to competing products; (d)
failure to obtain shelf space from our wholesale partners; and (e) new, well-received product introductions by competitors.

We  cannot  ensure  that  our  wholesale  partners  will  continue  to  purchase  and  carry  our  products  in  accordance  with  current
practices  or  carry  any  new  products  that  we  develop  particularly  in  light  of  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic.  A  significant
slowdown in the retail industry as a whole as a result of pandemics or other public health emergencies, such as the COVID-19
pandemic, has resulted in and may continue to result in bankruptcies or permanent closures of some of our wholesale partners.
If these risks occur, they could harm our brand as well as our results of operations and financial condition.

Our marketing programs, e-commerce initiatives and use of customer information are governed by an evolving set of
laws and enforcement trends and unfavorable changes in those laws or trends, or our failure to comply with existing or
future laws, could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

We  collect,  process,  maintain  and  use  data,  including  sensitive  information  on  individuals,  available  to  us  through  online
activities and other customer interactions in our business. Our current and future marketing programs may depend on our ability
to  collect,  maintain  and  use  this  information,  and  our  ability  to  do  so  is  subject  to  evolving  and  increasingly  demanding
international,  U.S.,  Canadian,  European  and  other  laws  and  enforcement  trends.  For  example,  the  European  Union’s
comprehensive General Data Privacy Regulation (the "GDPR"), which became fully effective in May 2018. The GDPR requires
companies to satisfy new requirements regarding the handling of personal and sensitive data, including its use, protection and
the  ability  of  persons  whose  data  is  stored  to  correct  or  delete  such  data  about  themselves.  Failure  to  comply  with  GDPR
requirements could result in significant penalties. We strive to comply with all applicable laws and other legal obligations relating
to  privacy,  data  protection  and  customer  protection,  including  those  relating  to  the  use  of  data  for  marketing  purposes.  It  is
possible, however, that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction
to  another,  may  conflict  with  other  rules,  may  conflict  with  our  practices  or  fail  to  be  observed  by  our  employees  or  business
partners. If so, we may suffer damage to our reputation and be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental
entities or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts to defend our
practices, distract our management or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

Certain of our marketing practices rely upon e-mail to communicate with consumers on our behalf. We may face risk if our use
of e-mail is found to violate the applicable law. We post our

-20-

privacy policy and practices concerning the use and disclosure of user data on our websites. Any failure by us to comply with
our posted privacy policy or other privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings which could potentially harm
our  business.  In  addition,  as  data  privacy  and  marketing  laws  change,  we  may  incur  additional  costs  to  ensure  we  remain  in
compliance.  If  applicable  data  privacy  and  marketing  laws  become  more  restrictive  at  the  international,  federal,  provincial  or
state  levels,  our  compliance  costs  may  increase,  our  ability  to  effectively  engage  customers  via  personalized  marketing  may
decrease, our investment in our e-commerce platform may not be fully realized, our opportunities for growth may be curtailed by
our compliance burden and our potential reputational harm or liability for security breaches may increase.

Data security breaches and other cyber security events could result in disruption to our operations or financial losses
and could negatively affect our reputation, credibility and business.

As with other companies, we are subject to risks associated with data security breaches and other cyber security events. We
collect, process, maintain and use personal information relating to our customers and employees, and rely on third parties for
the  operation  of  our  e-Commerce  site  and  for  the  various  social  media  tools  and  websites  we  use  as  part  of  our  marketing
strategy.  Any  attempted  or  actual  unauthorized  disclosure  of  personally  identifiable  information  regarding  our  employees,
customers or website visitors could harm our reputation and credibility, reduce our e-commerce sales, impair our ability to attract
website  visitors,  reduce  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  customers  and  could  result  in  litigation  against  us  or  the  imposition  of
significant fines or penalties.

Our  on-line  activities,  including  our  e-Commerce  websites,  also  may  be  subject  to  denial  of  service  or  other  forms  of  cyber
attacks. While we have taken measures we believe are reasonable to protect against those types of attacks, those measures
may  not  adequately  protect  our  on-line  activities  from  such  attacks.  If  a  denial  of  service  attack  or  other  cyber  event  were  to
affect  our  e-commerce  sites  or  other  information  technology  systems,  our  business  could  be  disrupted,  we  may  lose  sales  or
valuable data, and our reputation, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. Additionally, new and
evolving  data  protection  legislation  such  as  the  GDPR  impose  new  requirements  such  as  shorter  notification  timeframes  that
could increase the risks associated with data security breaches.

We have procedures and technology in place designed to safeguard our customers’ debit and credit cards and our customers’
and  employees’  other  personal  information,  and  we  continue  to  devote  significant  resources  to  network  security,  backup  and
disaster  recovery,  and  other  security  measures.  Nevertheless,  these  security  measures  cannot  provide  absolute  security  or
guarantee that we will be successful in preventing or responding to every such breach or disruption.

Recently,  data  security  breaches  suffered  by  well-known  companies  and  institutions  have  attracted  a  substantial  amount  of
media attention, prompting new foreign, federal, provincial and state laws and legislative proposals addressing data privacy and
security,  as  well  as  increased  data  protection  obligations  imposed  on  merchants  by  credit  card  issuers.  As  a  result,  we  may
become  subject  to  more  extensive  requirements  to  protect  the  customer  information  that  we  process  in  connection  with  the
purchase of our products, resulting in increased compliance costs.

-21-

A significant portion of our business functions operate out of our headquarters in Toronto. As a result, our business is
vulnerable to disruptions due to local weather, economics and other factors.

All  of  our  significant  business  functions  reside  at  our  headquarters  in  Toronto,  Canada.  Events  such  as  public  health
emergencies, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, extreme local weather, natural disasters, transportation strikes, acts of
terrorism, significant economic disruptions or unexpected damage to the facility have resulted and could result in an unexpected
disruption  to  our  business  as  a  whole.  If  a  disruption  of  this  type  should  occur,  our  ability  to  conduct  our  business  could  be
adversely affected or interrupted entirely and adversely affect our financial and operating results.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management, including Dani Reiss, who is our
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  our  senior  management  could  make  it  more  difficult  to
successfully  operate  our  business  and  achieve  our  business  goals.  We  also  may  be  unable  to  retain  existing  management,
technical,  sales  and  client  support  personnel  that  are  critical  to  our  success,  which  could  result  in  harm  to  our  customer  and
employee relationships, loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs.

We have not obtained key man life insurance policies on any members of our senior management team. As a result, we would
not  be  protected  against  the  associated  financial  loss  if  we  were  to  lose  the  services  of  members  of  our  senior  management
team.

We rely on payment cards to receive payments, and are subject to payment-related risks.

For our DTC sales, as well as for sales to certain wholesale partners, we accept a variety of payment methods, including credit
cards, debit cards and electronic funds transfers. Accordingly, we are, and will continue to be, subject to significant and evolving
regulations  and  compliance  requirements  relating  to  payment  card  processing.  This  includes  laws  governing  the  collection,
processing and storage of sensitive consumer information, as well as industry requirements such as the Payment Card Industry
Data  Security  Standard  (“PCI-DSS”).  These  laws  and  obligations  may  require  us  to  implement  enhanced  authentication  and
payment processes that could result in increased costs and liability, and reduce the ease of use of certain payment methods.
For  certain  payment  methods,  including  credit  and  debit  cards,  we  pay  interchange  and  other  fees,  which  may  increase  over
time. We rely on independent service providers for payment processing, including credit and debit cards. If these independent
service providers become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us or if the cost of using these providers increases,
our business could be harmed. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and agreements, including PCI-
DSS, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it
difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, or if our data security systems are
breached or compromised, we may be liable for losses incurred by card issuing banks or consumers, subject to fines and higher
transaction  fees,  lose  our  ability  to  accept  credit  or  debit  card  payments  from  our  consumers,  or  process  electronic  fund
transfers or facilitate other types of payments. Any failure to comply could significantly harm our brand, reputation, business, and
results of operations.

-22-

If  our  independent  manufacturers  or  our  suppliers  fail  to  use  ethical  business  practices  and  fail  to  comply  with
changing  laws  and  regulations  or  our  applicable  guidelines,  our  brand  image  could  be  harmed  due  to  negative
publicity.

Our  core  values,  which  include  developing  the  highest  quality  products  while  operating  with  integrity,  are  an  important
component of our brand image, which makes our reputation sensitive to allegations of unethical or improper business practices,
whether  real  or  perceived.  We  do  not  control  our  suppliers  and  manufacturers  or  their  business  practices.  Accordingly,  we
cannot guarantee their compliance with our guidelines or the law. A lack of compliance could lead to reduced sales or recalls or
damage to our brand or cause us to seek alternative suppliers, which could increase our costs and result in delayed delivery of
our products, product shortages or other disruptions of our operations.

In addition, many of our products include materials that are heavily regulated in many jurisdictions. Certain jurisdictions in which
we sell have various regulations related to manufacturing processes and the chemical content of our products, including their
component  parts.  Monitoring  compliance  by  our  manufacturers  and  suppliers  is  complicated,  and  we  are  reliant  on  their
compliance reporting in order to comply with regulations applicable to our products. This is further complicated by the fact that
expectations  of  ethical  business  practices  continually  evolve  and  may  be  substantially  more  demanding  than  applicable  legal
requirements.  Ethical  business  practices  are  also  driven  in  part  by  legal  developments  and  by  diverse  groups  active  in
publicizing  and  organizing  public  responses  to  perceived  ethical  shortcomings.  Accordingly,  we  cannot  predict  how  such
regulations  or  expectations  might  develop  in  the  future  and  cannot  be  certain  that  our  guidelines  or  current  practices  would
satisfy all parties who are active in monitoring our products or other business practices worldwide.

Our  current  and  future  products  may  experience  quality  problems  from  time  to  time  that  can  result  in  negative
publicity,  litigation,  product  recalls  and  warranty  claims,  which  could  result  in  decreased  revenue  and  operating
margin, and harm to our brand.

There can be no assurance we will be able to detect, prevent, or fix all defects that may affect our products. Failure to detect,
prevent, or fix defects, or the occurrence of real or perceived quality, health or safety problems or material defects in our current
and future products, could result in a variety of consequences, including a greater number of product returns than expected from
customers  and  our  wholesale  partners,  litigation,  product  recalls,  and  credit,  warranty  or  other  claims,  among  others,  which
could harm our brand, sales, profitability and financial condition. We stand behind every Canada Goose product with a warranty
against defects with reasonable use, for the expected lifetime of the product. Because of this comprehensive warranty, quality
problems could lead to increased warranty costs, and divert the attention of our manufacturing facilities. Such problems could
hurt our premium brand image, which is critical to maintaining and expanding our business. Any negative publicity or lawsuits
filed against us related to the perceived quality and safety of our products could harm our brand and decrease demand for our
products.

Our business could be adversely affected by protestors or activists.

We  have  been  the  target  of  protestors  and  activists  in  the  past,  and  may  continue  to  be  in  the  future.  Our  products  include
certain animal products, including goose and duck down in all of our down-filled jackets and coyote fur on the hoods of some of
our parkas, which has drawn the attention of animal welfare activists. We have been, and may in the future, also be impacted by
widespread protests in any country or region that we trade.

Protestors can disrupt sales at our stores, cause or prolong store closures, and lead to property damage. Protestors can also
use social media or other campaigns to sway public opinion against our products. In addition, such activism could influence laws
or regulations applicable to

-23-

the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate,  including  laws  and  regulations  related  to  the  use  of  animal  by-products.  If  any  such
activists are successful, our sales and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The  cost  of  raw  materials  could  increase  our  cost  of  goods  sold  and  cause  our  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition to suffer.

The raw materials used in our supply chain include synthetic fabrics and natural products, including cotton, polyester, down and
coyote fur. Significant price fluctuations or shortages in the cost of these raw materials may increase our cost of goods sold and
cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer. In particular, in our experience, pricing for fur products tends to
be unpredictable. If we are unable to secure coyote fur for our jackets at a reasonable price or in accordance with our standards,
we  may  have  to  alter  or  discontinue  selling  some  of  our  designs,  or  attempt  to  pass  along  the  cost  to  our  customers,  any  of
which  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Furthermore,  we  may  not  be  able  to  source
sufficient reclaimed coyote fur which could affect or delay plans to use only reclaimed fur in our outerwear.

Additionally, increasing costs of labour, freight and energy could increase our and our suppliers’ cost of goods. If our suppliers
are  affected  by  increases  in  their  costs  of  labour,  freight  and  energy,  (for  example,  because  of  the  unexpected  disruption  of
movement of freight caused by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic) they may attempt to pass these cost increases on to us. If we
pay such increases, we may not be able to offset them through increases in our pricing, which could adversely affect our results
of operation and financial condition.

Fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  could  harm  our  results  of  operations  as  well  as  the  price  of  our
subordinate voting shares.

The presentation currency for our consolidated financial statements is the Canadian dollar. Because we recognize sales in U.S.
dollars, Euros, British pounds, Swiss francs, Hong Kong dollars and Chinese yuan, if any of these currencies weakens against
the  Canadian  dollar  it  would  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  local  operating  results  upon  translation  of  those  results  into
Canadian dollars for the purposes of financial statement consolidation. Although we engage in short-term hedging transactions
for  a  portion  of  our  foreign  currency  denominated  cash  flows  to  mitigate  foreign  exchange  risks,  depending  upon  changes  in
future  currency  rates,  including  those  fluctuations  derived  from  the  broader  impact  on  the  global  economy  caused  by  the
ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic,  such  gains  or  losses  could  have  a  significant,  and  potentially  adverse,  effect  on  our  results  of
operations.  Foreign  exchange  variations  have  been  significant  in  the  past  and  current  foreign  exchange  rates  may  not  be
indicative of future exchange rates. Significant variations in foreign exchange rates may also make hedging contracts ineffective
for hedge accounting purposes in future periods.

Our earnings per share are reported in Canadian dollars, and accordingly may be translated into U.S. dollars by analysts or our
investors. As a result, the perceived value of an investment in our subordinate voting shares to a U.S. shareholder will fluctuate
as  the  U.S.  dollar  rises  and  falls  against  the  Canadian  dollar.  Our  decision  to  declare  a  dividend  depends  on  results  of
operations  reported  in  Canadian  dollars.  As  a  result,  U.S.  and  other  shareholders  seeking  U.S.  dollar  total  returns,  including
increases in the share price and dividends paid, are subject to foreign exchange risk as the U.S. dollar rises and falls against the
Canadian dollar.

Political  uncertainty  and  an  increase  in  trade  protectionism  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
results of operation and financial condition.

As a prominent Canadian brand, geopolitical events that involve Canada may have an impact on our business and share price.
In addition, our brand and Canadian heritage may be detrimental to the company in the context of geopolitical disputes aimed at
Canada or actors or

-24-

situations with significant actual or perceived connection to Canada. We sell a significant portion of our products to customers
outside of Canada and changes, potential changes or uncertainties in regulatory and economic conditions or laws and policies
governing  foreign  trade,  manufacturing,  and  development  and  investment  in  the  territories  and  countries  where  we  operate,
could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  consolidated  financial  statements.  Recent  events,  including  the  U.S.  presidential
election and “Brexit” in the U.K., have resulted in substantial regulatory uncertainty regarding international trade and trade policy.
For  example,  beginning  in  2018,  the  U.S.  imposed  tariffs  on  certain  imports  from  China  and  other  countries,  resulting  in
retaliatory  tariffs  by  China  and  other  countries.  Tariff  and  trade  policy  continues  to  evolve  in  wake  of  the  United  Kingdom’s
departure  from  the  European  Union.  The  uncertainty  surrounding  potential  ongoing  governmental  action  related  to  tariffs  or
international trade agreements has the potential to adversely impact demand for our products, our costs, customers, suppliers
and/or the Canadian, U.S. or world economy or certain sectors thereof and, thus, to adversely impact our business.

Because of our international operations, which we are expanding as our DTC channel expands, we could be adversely
affected  by  violations  of  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  similar  worldwide  anti-bribery  and  anti-kickback
laws.

We source an increasingly significant portion of our products from outside Canada. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the
U.K.  Bribery  Act  and  other  similar  anti-bribery  and  anti-kickback  laws  and  regulations  generally  prohibit  companies  and  their
intermediaries from making improper payments government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While we
take steps to ensure that our distributors, consultant and personnel comply with applicable law, we cannot assure you that we
will be successful in preventing our employees or other agents from taking actions in violation of these laws or regulations. Such
violations,  or  allegations  of  such  violations,  could  disrupt  our  business  and  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may become involved in legal or regulatory proceedings and audits.

Our  business  requires  compliance  with  many  laws  and  regulations,  including  labour  and  employment,  sales  and  other  taxes,
customs,  and  consumer  protection  laws  and  ordinances  that  regulate  retailers  generally  and/or  govern  the  importation,
promotion and sale of merchandise, and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. Failure to comply with these laws and
regulations could subject us to lawsuits and other proceedings, and could also lead to damage awards, fines and penalties. We
have in the past and may become involved in legal proceedings or audits, including government and agency investigations, and
consumer,  employment,  tort  and  other  litigation.  The  outcome  of  some  of  these  legal  proceedings,  audits,  and  other
contingencies  could  require  us  to  take,  or  refrain  from  taking,  actions  that  could  harm  our  operations  or  require  us  to  pay
substantial amounts of money, harming our financial condition. Additionally, defending against these lawsuits and proceedings
may be necessary, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, harming our
financial  condition.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  pending  or  future  legal  or  regulatory  proceedings  and  audits  will  not
harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We  are  subject  to  many  hazards  and  operational  risks  that  can  disrupt  our  business,  some  of  which  may  not  be
insured or fully covered by insurance.

Our operations are subject to many hazards and operational risks inherent to our business, including: general business risks,
product  liability,  product  recall  and  damage  to  third  parties,  our  infrastructure  or  properties  caused  by  fires,  floods  and  other
natural disasters, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, public health emergencies, human errors, political
instability, social and labour unrest or war and similar events.

-25-

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover our liabilities related to such hazards or operational risks. In addition, we
may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable, and
insurance may not continue to be available on terms as favorable as our current arrangements. The occurrence of a significant
uninsured  claim,  or  a  claim  in  excess  of  the  insurance  coverage  limits  maintained  by  us  could  harm  our  business,  results  of
operations and financial condition.

Furthermore,  our  inability  to  successfully  recover  should  we  experience  a  disaster  or  other  business  continuity  problem  could
cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, or legal liability.

Any  failure  to  maintain  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
ability  to  produce  accurate  and  timely  financial  statements,  which  could  harm  our  operating  results,  financial
condition, and cash flows, our ability to operate our business and our reputation.

The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and
react to changes in our business and to expend resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy
our reporting obligations as a public company. The measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public
company and if we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could
cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial
statements and harm our results of operations.

We cannot provide assurances that material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not occur in the future and that we will
be able to remediate such weaknesses or deficiencies in a timely manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our
ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements, which could harm our operating results, financial condition, and cash
flows, our ability to operate our business and our reputation.

If we identify any material weakness in the future, it could negatively impact the company’s ability to prepare its future financial
statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS.  If  the  company  were  unable  to  prepare  its  future  financial  statements  in  conformity  with
IFRS,  we  may  be  unable  to  report  our  financial  results  accurately,  which  could  increase  operating  costs,  trigger  an  event  of
default under our credit agreements and harm our business, including our investors’ perception of our business, our share price
and our ability to finance our operations.

Failure  to  maintain  adequate  financial  and  management  processes  and  controls  could  lead  to  errors  in  our  financial
reporting, which could harm our business and cause a decline in our share price.

Reporting  obligations  as  a  public  company  and  our  anticipated  growth  have  placed  and  are  likely  to  continue  to  place  a
considerable strain on our financial and management systems, processes and controls, as well as on our personnel. In addition,
we  are  required  to  document  and  test  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley  Act  so  that  our  management  can  certify  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  controls.  If  any  material  weaknesses  in  our
internal  controls  are  identified  in  the  future,  we  could  be  subject  to  regulatory  scrutiny  and  a  loss  of  public  confidence,  which
could  harm  our  business  and  cause  a  decline  in  our  share  price.  In  addition,  if  we  do  not  maintain  adequate  financial  and
management personnel, processes and controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial performance on a timely
basis,  which  could  cause  a  decline  in  our  share  price  and  harm  our  ability  to  raise  capital.  Failure  to  accurately  report  our
financial performance on a timely basis could also jeopardize our continued listing on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”), the
New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or any other exchange on which our subordinate voting shares

-26-

may  be  listed.  Delisting  of  our  subordinate  voting  shares  from  any  exchange  would  reduce  the  liquidity  of  the  market  for  our
subordinate voting shares, which would reduce the price of our subordinate voting shares and increase the volatility of our share
price.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting will prevent all error
or  fraud.  A  control  system,  no  matter  how  well-designed  and  implemented,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,
assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there
are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Due to the inherent limitations in
all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues within an organization are
detected. Due to the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and
may not be detected in a timely manner or at all. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation
and operating results could be materially adversely affected, which could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported
financial information, which in turn could result in a reduction in the trading price of the subordinate voting shares.

Risks Related to Our Subordinate Voting Shares

The  dual-class  structure  contained  in  our  articles  has  the  effect  of  concentrating  voting  control  and  the  ability  to
influence corporate matters with Bain Capital and our President and Chief Executive Officer, who held our shares prior
to our initial public offering.

Our multiple voting shares have 10 votes per share and our subordinate voting shares have 1 vote per share. As of March 28,
2021, shareholders who hold multiple voting shares (Bain Capital and our President and Chief Executive Officer (including their
respective  affiliates)),  together  hold  approximately  89.6%  of  the  voting  power  of  our  outstanding  voting  shares  and  therefore
have significant influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the
election of directors and significant corporate transactions.

In addition, because of the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our multiple voting shares and subordinate voting shares, the holders of
our  multiple  voting  shares  will  control  a  majority  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  our  voting  shares  even  where  the  multiple
voting shares represent a substantially reduced percentage of our total outstanding shares. The concentrated voting control of
holders of our multiple voting shares limits the ability of holders of our subordinate voting shares to influence corporate matters
for  the  foreseeable  future,  including  the  election  of  directors  as  well  as  with  respect  to  decisions  regarding  amending  of  our
share capital, creating and issuing additional classes of shares, making significant acquisitions, selling significant assets or parts
of  our  business,  merging  with  other  companies  and  undertaking  other  significant  transactions.  As  a  result,  holders  of  multiple
voting shares will have the ability to influence or control many matters affecting us and actions may be taken that holders of our
subordinate  voting  shares  may  not  view  as  beneficial.  The  market  price  of  our  subordinate  voting  shares  could  be  adversely
affected  due  to  the  significant  influence  and  voting  power  of  the  holders  of  multiple  voting  shares.  Additionally,  the  significant
voting  interest  of  holders  of  multiple  voting  shares  may  discourage  transactions  involving  a  change  of  control,  including
transactions  in  which  an  investor,  as  a  holder  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares,  might  otherwise  receive  a  premium  for  the
subordinate voting shares over the then-current market price, or discourage competing proposals if a going private transaction is
proposed by one or more holders of multiple voting shares.

Future transfers by holders of multiple voting shares, other than permitted transfers to such holders’ respective affiliates or direct
family members or to other permitted holders, will result in

-27-

those  shares  automatically  converting  to  subordinate  voting  shares,  which  will  have  the  effect,  over  time,  of  increasing  the
relative voting power of those holders of multiple voting shares who retain their multiple voting shares.

Bain Capital continues to have significant influence over us in the future, including control over decisions that require
the approval of shareholders, which could limit shareholders’ ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to
shareholders for a vote.

We are currently controlled by Bain Capital. As of March 28, 2021, Bain Capital beneficially owned approximately 60.5% of our
outstanding multiple voting shares, or approximately 54.2% of the combined voting power of our multiple voting and subordinate
voting shares outstanding. In addition, our President and Chief Executive Officer beneficially owns approximately 39.5% of our
outstanding multiple voting shares, or approximately 35.3% of the combined voting power of our outstanding voting shares. As
long  as  Bain  Capital  owns  or  controls  at  least  a  majority  of  our  outstanding  voting  power,  it  will  have  the  ability  to  exercise
substantial  control  over  all  corporate  actions  requiring  shareholder  approval,  irrespective  of  how  our  other  shareholders  may
vote, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors, any amendment of our certificate of
incorporation, notice of articles and articles, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a
sale of substantially all of our assets. Even if its ownership falls below 50% of the voting power of our outstanding voting shares,
Bain  Capital  will  continue  to  be  able  to  strongly  influence  or  effectively  control  our  decisions.  Bain  Capital’s  multiple  voting
shares  convert  automatically  to  subordinate  voting  shares  at  the  time  that  Bain  Capital  and  its  affiliates  no  longer  beneficially
own  at  least  15%  of  the  outstanding  subordinate  voting  shares  and  multiple  voting  shares  on  a  non-diluted  basis.  Even  once
Bain  Capital’s  multiple  voting  shares  convert  into  subordinate  voting  shares  we  may  continue  to  be  a  controlled  company  so
long as an entity controlled by our President and Chief Executive Officer continues to hold multiple voting shares.

Additionally, Bain Capital’s interests may not align with the interests of our other shareholders. Bain Capital is in the business of
making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us.
Bain  Capital  may  also  pursue  acquisition  opportunities  that  may  be  complementary  to  our  business,  and,  as  a  result,  those
acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

We are a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE listing rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to
rely  on,  exemptions  from  certain  corporate  governance  requirements.  Our  shareholders  will  not  have  the  same
protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

We  are  a  controlled  company  within  the  meaning  of  the  corporate  governance  standards  of  the  NYSE.  Under  these  rules,  a
company  of  which  more  than  50%  of  the  voting  power  for  the  election  of  directors  is  held  by  an  individual,  group  or  another
company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the
requirements that:

• we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

• we have a nominating and governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

-28-

As  a  foreign  private  issuer,  we  are  exempt  from  certain  U.S.  securities  law  disclosure  requirements  that  apply  to  a
domestic U.S. issuer, which may limit the information publicly available to our shareholders.

As a foreign private issuer we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (“Exchange  Act”)  and  therefore  there  may  be  less  publicly  available
information about us than if we were a U.S. domestic issuer. For example, we are not subject to the proxy rules in the United
States  and  disclosure  with  respect  to  our  annual  meetings  and  any  special  meeting  of  shareholders  will  be  governed  by
Canadian requirements. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-
swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder. Furthermore, as a foreign private
issuer, we may take advantage of certain provisions in the NYSE listing rules that allow us to follow Canadian law for certain
governance matters.

Our articles, and certain Canadian legislation contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control.

Certain  provisions  of  our  articles,  together  or  separately,  could  discourage  potential  acquisition  proposals,  delay  or  prevent  a
change in control and limit the price that certain investors may be willing to pay for our subordinate voting shares. For instance,
our  articles  contain  provisions  that  establish  certain  advance  notice  procedures  for  nomination  of  candidates  for  election  as
directors  at  shareholders’  meetings.  A  non-Canadian  must  file  an  application  for  review  with  the  Minister  responsible  for  the
Investment  Canada  Act  and  obtain  approval  of  the  Minister  prior  to  acquiring  control  of  a  “Canadian  business”  within  the
meaning of the Investment Canada Act, where prescribed financial thresholds are exceeded. Furthermore, acquisitions of our
subordinate  voting  shares  and  multiple  voting  shares  may  be  reviewed  pursuant  to  the  Competition  Act  (Canada).  This
legislation  permits  the  Commissioner  of  Competition,  or  Commissioner,  to  review  any  acquisition  or  establishment,  directly  or
indirectly, including through the acquisition of shares, of control over or of a significant interest in us. Otherwise, there are no
limitations either under the laws of Canada or British Columbia, or in our articles on the rights of non-Canadians to hold or vote
our  subordinate  voting  shares  and  multiple  voting  shares.  Any  of  these  provisions  may  discourage  a  potential  acquirer  from
proposing or completing a transaction that may have otherwise presented a premium to our shareholders.

Because we are a corporation incorporated in British Columbia and some of our directors and officers are resident in
Canada, it may be difficult for investors in the United States to enforce civil liabilities against us based solely upon the
federal  securities  laws  of  the  United  States.  Similarly,  it  may  be  difficult  for  Canadian  investors  to  enforce  civil
liabilities against our directors and officers residing outside of Canada.

We are a corporation incorporated under the laws of British Columbia with our principal place of business in Toronto, Canada.
Some  of  our  directors  and  officers  and  the  auditors  or  other  experts  named  herein  are  residents  of  Canada  and  all  or  a
substantial  portion  of  our  assets  and  those  of  such  persons  are  located  outside  the  United  States.  Consequently,  it  may  be
difficult  for  U.S.  investors  to  effect  service  of  process  within  the  United  States  upon  us  or  our  directors  or  officers  or  such
auditors who are not residents of the United States, or to realize in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United
States  predicated  upon  civil  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act.  Investors  should  not  assume  that  Canadian  courts:  (1)  would
enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of
the U.S. federal securities laws or the securities or blue sky laws of any state within the United States or (2) would enforce, in
original  actions,  liabilities  against  us  or  such  persons  predicated  upon  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  or  any  such  state
securities or blue sky laws.

-29-

Similarly, some of our directors and officers are residents of countries other than Canada and all or a substantial portion of the
assets of such persons are located outside Canada. As a result, it may be difficult for Canadian investors to initiate a lawsuit
within Canada against these non-Canadian residents. In addition, it may not be possible for Canadian investors to collect from
these  non-Canadian  residents  judgments  obtained  in  courts  in  Canada  predicated  on  the  civil  liability  provisions  of  securities
legislation of certain of the provinces and territories of Canada. It may also be difficult for Canadian investors to succeed in a
lawsuit in the United States, based solely on violations of Canadian securities laws.

Changes  in  tax  laws  and  regulations  or  trade  rules  may  impact  our  effective  tax  rate  and  may  adversely  affect  our
business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in tax laws in any of the multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, or adverse outcomes from tax audits that we may
be subject to in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate, could result in an unfavorable change in our effective tax rate, which
could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  operating  results.  For  example,  the  current  U.S.  policy  has
introduced greater uncertainty with respect to tax and trade policies, tariffs and government regulations affecting trade between
the United States and other countries. Major developments in tax policy or trade relations could have a material adverse effect
on our growth opportunities, business and results of operations.

There  could  be  adverse  tax  consequence  for  our  shareholders  in  the  United  States  if  we  are  a  passive  foreign
investment company.

Under United States federal income tax laws, if a company is, or for any past period was, a passive foreign investment company
(“PFIC”) it could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders even if the company is no
longer a PFIC. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a factual determination made annually based on all the facts and
circumstances and thus is subject to change, and the principles and methodology used in determining whether a company is a
PFIC are subject to interpretation. We do not believe that we currently are or have been a PFIC, and we do not expect to be a
PFIC in the future, but we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC in the future. United States holders of our subordinate
voting shares are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning United States federal income tax consequences of holding our
subordinate voting shares if we are considered to be a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC, U.S. holders would be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for any
preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and
additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws or regulations. Whether or not U.S. holders make a timely
qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election or mark-to-market election may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S.
holders with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our subordinate voting shares and any distributions such
U.S. holders may receive. Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding all aspects of the application of the PFIC
rules to our subordinate voting shares.

Canada  Goose  Holdings  Inc.  is  a  holding  company  with  no  operations  of  its  own  and,  as  such,  it  depends  on  its
subsidiary for cash to fund its operations and expenses, including future dividend payments, if any.

As a holding company, our principal source of cash flow is distributions from our main operating subsidiary, Canada Goose Inc.
Therefore, our ability to fund and conduct our business, service our debt and pay dividends, if any, in the future will depend on
the  ability  of  our  subsidiary  to  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  to  make  upstream  cash  distributions  to  us.  Our  subsidiary  is  a
separate legal entity, and although it is wholly-owned and controlled by us, it has no obligation to

-30-

make any funds available to us, whether in the form of loans, dividends or otherwise. The ability of our subsidiary to distribute
cash  to  us  will  also  be  subject  to,  among  other  things,  restrictions  that  may  be  contained  in  our  subsidiary  agreements  (as
entered into from time to time), availability of sufficient funds in such subsidiary and applicable laws and regulatory restrictions.
Claims  of  any  creditors  of  our  subsidiary  generally  will  have  priority  as  to  the  assets  of  such  subsidiary  over  our  claims  and
claims of our creditors and shareholders. To the extent the ability of our subsidiary to distribute dividends or other payments to
us  is  limited  in  any  way,  our  ability  to  fund  and  conduct  our  business,  service  our  debt  and  pay  dividends,  if  any,  could  be
harmed.

If securities or industry analysts cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they
change their recommendations regarding our subordinate voting shares adversely, the price and trading volume of our
subordinate voting shares could decline.

The  trading  market  for  our  subordinate  voting  shares  is  influenced  by  the  research  and  reports  that  industry  or  securities
analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who cover us or may cover us in
the future change their recommendation regarding our subordinate voting shares adversely, or provide more favorable relative
recommendations  about  our  competitors,  the  price  of  our  subordinate  voting  shares  would  likely  decline.  If  any  analyst  who
covers us or may cover us in the future were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we
could  lose  visibility  in  the  financial  markets,  which  in  turn  could  cause  the  price  or  trading  volume  of  our  subordinate  voting
shares to decline.

Our  constating  documents  permit  us  to  issue  an  unlimited  number  of  subordinate  voting  shares  and  multiple  voting
shares without additional shareholder approval.

We anticipate that we will, from time to time, issue additional subordinate voting shares in the future. Subject to the requirements
of  the  NYSE  and  the  TSX,  we  will  not  be  required  to  obtain  the  approval  of  shareholders  for  the  issuance  of  additional
subordinate  voting  shares.  Although  the  rules  of  the  TSX  generally  prohibit  us  from  issuing  additional  multiple  voting  shares,
there  may  be  certain  circumstances  where  additional  multiple  voting  shares  may  be  issued,  including  upon  receiving
shareholder  approval.  Any  further  issuances  of  subordinate  voting  shares  or  multiple  voting  shares  will  result  in  immediate
dilution to existing shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of their shareholdings. Additionally, any further
issuances of multiple voting shares may significantly lessen the combined voting power of our subordinate voting shares due to
the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our multiple voting shares and subordinate voting shares.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Overview

Founded in 1957 in a small warehouse in Toronto, Canada, Canada Goose is a lifestyle brand and a leading manufacturer of
performance luxury apparel. Every collection is informed by the rugged demands of the Arctic, ensuring a legacy of functionality
is  embedded  in  every  product  from  parkas  and  rainwear  to  apparel  and  accessories.  Canada  Goose  is  inspired  by  relentless
innovation and uncompromised craftsmanship, recognized as a leader for its Made in Canada commitment.

Across all channels, our brand is sold in 58 countries as of March 28, 2021 and we sold through over 1,900 wholesale points of
distribution during our Fall / Winter 2020 season.

In December 2013, we partnered with Bain Capital through a sale of a 70% equity interest in our business (the “Acquisition”). In
connection  with  such  sale,  Canada  Goose  Holdings  Inc.  was  incorporated  under  the  Business  Corporations  Act  (British
Columbia) (the “BCBCA”) on

-31-

November 21, 2013. The initial public offering of our subordinate voting shares in the United States and Canada was completed
on March 21, 2017.

In  November  2018,  we  acquired  the  business  of  Baffin  Inc.  (“Baffin”),  a  Canadian  designer  and  manufacturer  of  performance
outdoor and industrial footwear. Field-tested and trusted in extreme cold weather conditions, Baffin products are predominantly
sold through distributors and retailers in Canada and the United States. As a wholly-owned subsidiary, Baffin is managed and
operated on a stand-alone basis, with distinct products, sales channels, and customers.

In  2020,  Canada  Goose  announced  HUMANATURE,  its  purpose  platform  that  unites  its  sustainability  and  values-based
initiatives.

Our  principal  office  is  located  at  250  Bowie  Avenue,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada,  M6E  4Y2  and  our  telephone  number  is  (416)
780-9850. Our registered office is located at Suite 1700, Park Place, 666 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada,
V6C 2X8. Our website address is www.canadagoose.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a
part of this Annual Report and the inclusion of our website address in this Annual Report is an inactive textual reference. The
SEC  maintains  a  website  at  www.sec.gov  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information
regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. Corporation Service Company, located
at 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, is the company’s agent for service of process in the United States.

B.    Growth Strategies

Our long-term growth strategy is based on the following four pillars:

Drive DTC mix higher. Since opening our first e-commerce site in Canada in August of 2014, annual DTC revenue has grown
to  $528.2m  in  fiscal  2021,  which  represents  58.4%  of  total  revenue  and  62.2%  of  total  revenue  excluding  PPE  sales.  DTC
allows  us  to  consistently  reach  consumers  how  and  where  they  want  to  shop,  through  complementary  digital  and  retail
experiences, while building deeper relationships and realizing higher margins. We intend to continue expanding our retail stores
and e-Commerce operations globally, while also growing revenue from established distribution.

Increase penetration globally. While maintaining a focus in Canada, we plan to continue driving a higher percentage of total
revenue internationally. We believe that we have large long-term opportunities in the United States, EMEA and Asia Pacific. We
have significantly advanced the size of our business in these regions in recent years, and we plan to build on this momentum
through further market development and distribution expansion.

Enhance  product  offering.  As  a  product-led,  function-first  brand  we  will  continue  to  evolve  and  expand  our  offering  across
styles,  uses  and  climates.  Giving  people  new  ways  to  experience  Canada  Goose  drives  higher  penetration  and  expands  our
geographic  appeal.  While  continuing  to  grow  our  down-filled  jacket  business,  we  are  building  out  adjacent  offerings  including
rainwear,  windwear,  knitwear,  fleece,  and  accessories.  We  are  also  developing  a  cold  weather  footwear  offering  which  is
planned for commercial launch in Fall / Winter 2021.

Expand  margins.  As  we  scale  our  business,  we  plan  to  continue  leveraging  our  brand  and  business  model  to  drive  higher
margins.  As  our  DTC  mix  further  increases,  we  expect  to  capture  incremental  gross  margin  and  realize  higher  operating
margins.  We  also  believe  that  we  have  a  significant  degree  of  pricing  power  with  our  products  and  we  plan  to  continue
optimizing  our  pricing  to  capture  their  full  value  to  consumers.  Lastly,  we  intend  to  continue  realizing  efficiencies  through  in-
house manufacturing, to fund investments in new product and cost inflation.

-32-

Sourcing and Manufacturing

Uncompromised craftsmanship begins with sourcing the right raw materials. We use premium fabrics and finishings that are built
to  last.  Our  blends  of  down  and  fabrics  enable  us  to  create  warmer,  lighter  and  more  durable  products  across  seasons  and
applications. Our products are made with down because it is recognized as one of the world’s best natural insulators.

In 2019, we committed to the Responsible Down Standard (“RDS”) and we intend to be 100% RDS-certified in 2021. The RDS
respects the Five Freedoms of animal welfare, prohibits live-plucking or force-feeding in the supply chain, and stipulates that all
down is a by-product of the poultry industry.

For  five  decades,  our  parkas  have  featured  wild  coyote  fur  sourced  from  Canada  and  the  United  States.  Natural  fur  provides
functionality  in  extreme  environments  and  is  an  integral  feature  of  authentic  Arctic  outerwear.  In  2020,  we  announced  a  new
initiative to introduce reclaimed fur into our supply chain. In January 2021 our customers were introduced to our first reclaimed
fur product through our Standard Expedition Parka. We plan to end the purchasing of new fur in 2022.

As of March 28, 2021, we operate eight Canada Goose manufacturing facilities in Toronto, Winnipeg and Greater Montreal and
one Baffin manufacturing facility in Stoney Creek, Ontario. As of March 28, 2021, we also work with 12 Canadian subcontractors
and  7  international  manufacturing  partners  who  offer  specialized  expertise,  which  provides  us  with  flexibility  to  scale  our
production and effectively offer a broader range of product categories. We have been recognized by the Government of Canada
for supporting the apparel manufacturing industry in Canada.

Intellectual Property

We own the trademarks used in connection with the marketing, distribution and sale of all of our products in the United States,
Canada and in the other countries in which our products are sold. Our major trademarks include the CANADA GOOSE word
mark and the ARCTIC PROGRAM & DESIGN trademark (our disc logo consisting of the colour-inverse design of the North Pole
and Arctic Ocean). In addition to the registrations in Canada and the United States, our word mark and design are registered in
other  jurisdictions  which  cover  approximately  65  countries.  Furthermore,  in  certain  jurisdictions  we  register  as  trademarks
certain elements of our products, such as fabric, warmth categorization and style names such as our Snow Mantra parka.

We enforce our trademarks and we have taken several measures to protect our customers from counterfeiting activities. Since
2011, we have sewn a unique hologram, designed exclusively for us, into every jacket and accessory as proof of authenticity.
Additionally, our website has a tool for potential online customers to verify the integrity of third party retailers that purport to sell
our products. We are also active in enforcing rights on a global basis to our trademarks and taking action against counterfeiters,
online and in physical stores.

Seasonality

Our  business  is  seasonal  in  nature.  See  Item  5.A  -  “Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects”  -  “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Results” - “Factors Affecting our Performance” - “Seasonality” and Item 3.D - “Risk Factors”
- “Risks Related to our Business” for a discussion.

Government Regulation

In Canada and in the other jurisdictions in which we operate, we are subject to labour and employment laws, laws governing
advertising, privacy and data security laws, safety regulations

-33-

and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that apply to retailers and/or the promotion and sale of merchandise
and  the  operation  of  stores  and  warehouse  facilities.  Our  products  sold  outside  of  Canada  are  subject  to  tariffs,  treaties  and
various  trade  agreements  as  well  as  laws  affecting  the  importation  of  consumer  goods.  We  monitor  changes  in  these  laws,
regulations, treaties and agreements, and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

C.    Organizational Structure

The following chart reflects our organizational structure (including the jurisdiction of formation or incorporation of the various
entities).

D.    Property, Plants and Equipment

We  maintain  leased  facilities  for  our  corporate  headquarters  and  to  conduct  our  principal  manufacturing  and  retail  activities,
which we believe are in good condition and working order.

As  of  March  28,  2021,  in  Canada,  we  lease  19  properties,  comprised  of  nine  retail  stores,  one  office,  showroom  and
manufacturing  facility,  seven  additional  manufacturing  facilities,  one  manufacturing  facility  for  Baffin  products  and  one
warehouse. Our manufacturing and warehouse properties range in size from 50,000-170,000 square feet. In the United States,
we lease seven properties comprised of five retail stores, one distribution centre and one office and showroom. In Europe, we
lease six properties comprised of four retail stores, one office and showroom and one additional office. In Asia, we lease twelve
properties  comprised  of  ten  retail  stores  and  two  offices.  In  addition  to  these  properties,  as  of  March  28,  2021,  we  have
executed  leases  relating  to  4  additional  properties.  We  also  occupy  inventory  space  in  the  warehouses  of  several  third  party
logistics providers in all of our primary regions.

-34-

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data. The selected historical consolidated financial data below
should be read in conjunction with our Annual Financial Statements (Item 18), as well as Item 4. - “Information on the Company”
of this Annual Report.

We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended March 28, 2021, March 29, 2020 and March 31, 2019
and  the  consolidated  financial  position  information  as  at  March  28,  2021  and  March  29,  2020  from  our  Annual  Financial
Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2018
and March 31, 2017 and the consolidated financial position information as at March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018, and March 31,
2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report. Our
Annual  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS  and  are  presented  in  millions  of  Canadian  dollars
except where otherwise indicated. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in
any future period.

-35-

CAD $ millions (except per share
data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income
Net interest and other finance costs
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss)

Total comprehensive income
Earnings per share

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

March 31,
2019

March 31,
2018

For the year ended
March 31,
2017

903.7 
349.7 
554.0 

367.3 
69.8 
116.9 
30.9 
86.0 
15.8 
70.2 
(5.6)
64.6 

958.1 
364.8 
593.3 

350.5 
50.7 
192.1 
28.4 
163.7 
12.0 
151.7 
2.8 
154.5 

830.5 
313.7 
516.8 

302.1 
18.0 
196.7 
14.2 
182.5 
29.1 
153.4 
0.7 
154.1 

591.2 
243.6 
347.6 

200.1 
9.4 
138.1 
12.9 
125.2 
29.1 
96.1 
(1.8)
94.3 

403.8 
191.7 
212.1 

165.0 
6.6 
40.5 
10.0 
30.5 
8.9 
21.6 
(0.6)
21.0 

0.22 
0.21 

Basic
Diluted

$
$

0.64  $
0.63  $

1.38  $
1.36  $

1.31  $
1.28  $

0.90  $
0.86  $

Weighted average number of shares
outstanding

Basic
Diluted

CAD $ millions
Financial Position Information:
Cash
Net working capital 
Total assets
Total non-current liabilities
Shareholders' equity

(1)

110,261,600
111,112,173

109,892,031
111,168,788

109,422,574
111,767,584

107,250,039
111,519,238

100,262,026
102,023,196

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

March 31,
2019

March 31,
2018

March 31,
2017

477.9 
202.1 
1,507.2 
645.0 
600.1 

31.7 
327.0 
1,120.3 
391.2 
520.2 

88.6 
188.0 
725.4 
189.7 
399.1 

95.3 
72.1 
548.4 
171.2 
146.1 

9.7 
89.2 
380.9 
170.4 
146.1 

(1)

Net  working  capital  is  a  non-IFRS  financial  measure.  See  “Non-IFRS  Financial  Measures”  for  a  description  of  these
measures.

-36-

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

DTC revenue consists of sales through our e-commerce operations and retail stores. Revenue through e-commerce operations
and  retail  stores  is  recognized  upon  delivery  of  the  goods  to  the  customer  and  when  consideration  is  received,  net  of  an
estimated provision for sales returns.

Wholesale revenue comprises sales to third party resellers, which includes retailers and distributors of our products. Wholesale
revenue from the sale of goods, net of an estimated provision for sales returns, discounts, and allowances, is recognized when
control  of  the  goods  has  been  transferred  to  the  reseller,  which,  depending  on  the  terms  of  the  agreement  with  the  reseller,
occurs  when  the  products  have  been  shipped  to  the  reseller,  are  picked  up  from  our  third  party  warehouse,  or  arrive  at  the
reseller’s facilities.

Other revenue comprises sales not directly allocated to the DTC or wholesale segments, such as sales to employees and sales
of PPE to federal, provincial, and local health authorities.

Gross Profit

Gross  profit  is  our  revenue  less  cost  of  sales.  Cost  of  sales  comprises  the  cost  of  manufacturing  our  products,  including  raw
materials,  direct  labour,  and  overhead,  plus  freight,  duties,  and  non-refundable  taxes  incurred  in  delivering  the  goods  to
distribution centres managed by third parties or to our retail stores. Product development costs, primarily employee salaries and
benefits,  included  in  inventories  and  intangible  assets  are  being  recognized  in  cost  of  sales  accordingly.  Beginning  in  fiscal
2021, incurred product development costs, primarily employee salaries and benefits, are recognized in SG&A expenses. Cost of
sales also includes depreciation on our manufacturing right-of-use assets and plant assets as well as inventory provisions, and
allowances related to obsolescence and shrinkage. The primary drivers of our cost of sales are the costs of raw materials (which
are  sourced  in  both  Canadian  dollars  and  U.S.  dollars),  manufacturing  labour  rates  in  the  provinces  of  Canada,  and  the
allocation of overhead. Gross margin measures our gross profit as a percentage of revenue.

SG&A Expenses

SG&A expenses consist of selling costs to support our customer relationships and to deliver our products to our e-commerce
customers,  retail  stores,  and  wholesale  partners.  It  also  includes  our  marketing  and  brand  investment  activities  and  the
corporate infrastructure required to support our ongoing operations. Foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in SG&A
expenses and comprise the translation of assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of
the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries,  including  cash  balances,  the  Short-term  Borrowings,  the  Term  Loan  Facility,  a  portion  of  our
Revolving Facility, mark-to-market adjustments on derivative contracts, gains or losses associated with our term loan hedges,
and realized gains on settlement of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

Selling  costs,  other  than  headcount-related  costs,  generally  correlate  to  revenue  timing  and  previous  to  fiscal  2021,  would
typically experience similar seasonal trends. As a percentage of sales, we expect these selling costs to change as our business
evolves.  This  change  has  been  and  is  expected  to  be  primarily  driven  by  the  expansion  of  our  DTC  segment,  including  the
investment  required  to  support  e-commerce  sites  and  retail  stores.  Retail  store  costs  are  mostly  fixed  and  are  incurred
throughout the year.

General and administrative expenses represent costs incurred in our corporate offices, primarily related to marketing, personnel
costs (including salaries, variable incentive compensation, benefits, and share-based compensation), technology support, and
other professional service costs. We have invested considerably in this area to support the growing volume and complexity of
our business and anticipate continuing to do so in the future. Beginning in fiscal 2021,

-37-

incurred product development costs, primarily employee salaries and benefits, are recognized in SG&A expenses.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization represent the economic benefit incurred in using the Company’s property, plant and equipment,
intangible  assets,  and  right-of-use  assets.  We  expect  depreciation  and  amortization  to  increase,  primarily  driven  by  the
expansion of our DTC segment and information technology-related expenditures to support growth.

Operating Income

Operating income is our gross profit less SG&A expenses and depreciation and amortization.

Net Interest and Other Finance Costs

Net  interest,  finance  and  other  costs  represents  interest  expense  on  our  borrowings  including  the  Short-term  Borrowings,  the
Revolving  Facility,  the  Term  Loan  Facility,  and  lease  liabilities,  as  well  as  standby  fees,  net  of  interest  income.  In  addition,
corporate restructuring costs have been recognized beginning in fiscal 2021.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the jurisdictions in which we operate and, consequently, income tax expense is a function of
the allocation of taxable income by jurisdiction and the various activities that impact the timing of taxable events.

-38-

CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the fourth quarter and year ended March 28, 2021

The  following  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  (“MD&A”)  for  Canada  Goose  Holdings  Inc.  (“us,”  “we,”  “our,”  “Canada
Goose” or the “Company”) is dated May 12, 2021 and provides information concerning our results of operations and financial
condition for the fourth quarter and year ended March 28, 2021  (“fiscal  2021”).  You  should  read  this  MD&A  together  with  our
audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  (“Annual  Financial
Statements”). Additional information about Canada Goose is available on our website at www.canadagoose.com, on the SEDAR
website at www.sedar.com, and on the EDGAR section of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) website at
www.sec.gov, including this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

This  MD&A  contains  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  are  neither  historical  facts  nor  assurances  of  future
performance. Instead, they are based on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future of our business,
future  plans  and  strategies,  and  other  future  conditions.  Forward-looking  statements  can  be  identified  by  words  such  as
“anticipate,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “forecast,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “plan,”  “predict,”  “project,”  “target,”  “potential,”  “will,”
“would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” and other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these
identifying words. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in many places
throughout this MD&A and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other
things,  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  liquidity,  business  prospects,  growth,  strategies,  expectations  regarding
industry trends and the size and growth rates of addressable markets, our business plan and our growth strategies, including
plans for expansion to new markets and new products, expectations for seasonal trends, and the industry in which we operate.

Certain assumptions made in preparing the forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

our  ability  to  continue  operating  our  business  amid  the  societal  and  economic  disruption  caused  by  the  novel
coronavirus pandemic (“COVID-19”);

our ability to implement our growth strategies;

our ability to maintain strong business relationships with our customers, suppliers, wholesalers, and distributors;

our ability to keep pace with changing consumer preferences;

our ability to protect our intellectual property; and

the absence of material adverse changes in our industry or the global economy.

-39-

By  their  nature,  forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  because  they  relate  to  events  and  depend  on
circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We believe that these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited
to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of our Annual Report and other risk factors described herein, which include, but
are not limited to, the following risks:

•

•

global disruptions, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, significantly affecting numerous countries;

additional potential or extended closures of our retail stores and the retail stores of our wholesale partners as a result
of COVID-19 related restrictions imposed by local authorities;

• we may not open new retail stores or expand e-Commerce access on our planned timelines;

• we may be unable to maintain the strength of our brand or to expand our brand to new products and geographies;

•

•

general economic conditions, including any further deterioration of economic conditions related to COVID-19 which
may further affect discretionary consumer spending;

unanticipated changes in the effective tax rate or adverse outcomes from audit examinations of corporate income or
other tax returns;

• we may not be able to satisfy changing consumer preferences;

•

our indebtedness may adversely affect our financial condition;

• we may not be able to compete in our markets effectively;

• we may not be able to manage our growth effectively;

•

•

•

•

global political events, including the impact of political disruptions and protests;

our ability to maintain relationships with our select number of suppliers and wholesalers;

our ability to procure high quality raw materials and certain finished goods globally;

our ability to forecast our inventory needs;

• we may be unable to protect or preserve our brand image and proprietary rights;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to manage our product distribution through our wholesale partners and international distributors;

the success of our new store openings;

the success of our continued expansion into Greater China;

the success of our marketing programs;

our ability to manage our exposure to data security and cyber security events;

the risk our business is interrupted because of a disruption at our headquarters;

fluctuations in raw material costs, interest rates and currency exchange rates; and

• we may be unable to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting.

Although we base the forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A on assumptions that we believe are reasonable, we
caution you that actual results and developments (including our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the
development of the industry in

-40-

which we operate) may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this
MD&A. Additional impacts may arise that we are not aware of currently. The potential of such additional impacts intensifies the
business  and  operating  risks  which  we  face,  and  these  should  be  considered  when  reading  the  forward-looking  statements
contained  in  this  MD&A.  In  addition,  even  if  results  and  developments  are  consistent  with  the  forward-looking  statements
contained  in  this  MD&A,  those  results  and  developments  may  not  be  indicative  of  results  or  developments  in  subsequent
periods. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this MD&A may prove to be inaccurate. No forward-looking
statement  is  a  guarantee  of  future  results.  Moreover,  we  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  and  rapidly  changing  environment  in
which  new  risks  often  emerge.  It  is  not  possible  for  our  management  to  predict  all  risks,  nor  can  we  assess  the  impact  of  all
factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially
from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make.

You should read this MD&A and the documents that we reference herein completely and with the understanding that our actual
future results may be materially different from what we expect. The forward-looking statements contained herein are made as of
the date of this MD&A, and we do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements except as required by
applicable laws.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The  Annual  Financial  Statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as
issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”),  and  are  presented  in  millions  of  Canadian  dollars,  except
where  otherwise  indicated.  Certain  financial  measures  contained  in  this  MD&A  are  non-IFRS  financial  measures  and  are
discussed further under “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” below.

All references to “$”, “CAD” and “dollars” refer to Canadian dollars, “USD” and “US$” refer to U.S. dollars, “GBP” refer to British
pounds  sterling,  “EUR”  refer  to  euros,  “CHF”  refer  to  Swiss  francs,  “CNY”  refer  to  Chinese  yuan,  ”RMB”  refer  to  Chinese
renminbi and “HKD” refer to Hong Kong dollars unless otherwise indicated. Certain totals, subtotals and percentages throughout
this MD&A may not reconcile due to rounding. This MD&A and the accompanying Annual Financial Statements are presented in
millions of Canadian dollars.

Under  an  accounting  convention  common  in  the  retail  industry,  the  Company  follows  a  52-week  reporting  cycle,  which
periodically necessitates a fiscal year of 53 weeks with the fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to March 31. Each fiscal
quarter is 13 weeks. The additional week in a 53 week fiscal year is added to the third quarter. The Company's first 53 week
fiscal year will occur in fiscal 2022. Fiscal 2021 comprises four fiscal quarters ending on June 28, 2020, September 27, 2020,
December 27, 2020 and March 28, 2021. The Company has not adjusted financial results for quarters prior to fiscal 2020. In the
Annual Financial Statements and in this MD&A, the term "fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021" refers to the 13 week period
ended  March  28,  2021  (91  days)  and  the  term  “fourth  quarter  ended  March  29,  2020”  refers  to  the  13  week  period  ended
March  29,  2020  (91  days).  The  term  "year  ended  March  28,  2021”  refers  to  the  52-week  period  ended  March  28,  2021  (364
days), the term “year ended March 29, 2020” refers to the 52-week period ended March 29, 2020 (364 days), and the term “year
ended March 31, 2019” refers to the twelve months ended March 30, 2019 (365 days).

All  references  to  “fiscal  2019”  are  to  the  Company’s  year  ended  March  31,  2019;  to  “fiscal  2020”  are  to  the  Company’s  year
ended  March  29,  2020;  “fiscal  2021”  are  to  the  Company’s  year  ending  March  28,  2021;  and  to  “fiscal  2022”  are  to  the
Company’s year ending April 3, 2022.

-41-

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

The following table summarizes results of operations for the years ended March 28, 2021, March 29, 2020 and March 31, 2019
and the fourth quarters ended March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020, and expresses the percentage relationship to revenues of
certain  financial  statement  captions.  See  “Results  of  Operations”  for  additional  details  and  for  the  comparison  discussions
between the years ended March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020.

For  the  comparison  discussions  between  the  years  ended  March  29,  2020  and  March  31,  2019,  please  refer  to  Item  5.
“Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 29, 2020, filed
with the SEC on June 2, 2020, and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

CAD $ millions (except
per share data)
Statement of Operations
data:
Revenue
Gross profit
Gross margin
Operating income
Net income
 Earnings per share

Basic
Diluted

(1)

Non-IFRS Financial
Measures:
EBIT
Adjusted EBIT
Adjusted EBIT margin
Adjusted net income (loss)
Adjusted net income (loss)
per basic share
Adjusted net income (loss)
per diluted share

CAD $ millions
Financial Position:
Cash
Net working capital 
Total assets
Total non-current liabilities
Shareholders' equity

(1)

$
$

$

$

For the year ended

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

March 31,
2019

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

903.7 
554.0 

61.3 %

116.9 
70.2 

958.1 
593.3 

61.9 %

192.1 
151.7 

830.5 
516.8 

62.2 %

196.7 
143.6 

208.8 
138.6 

66.4 %
7.8 
2.9 

0.64 
0.63 

$
$

1.38 
1.36 

$
$

1.31 
1.28 

$
$

0.03 
0.03 

$
$

116.9 
132.5 

14.7 %
86.1 

0.78 

0.77 

$

$

192.1 
207.4 

21.6 %

147.2 

1.34 

1.32 

$

$

March 28,
2021

196.7 
206.9 

24.9 %

151.6 

1.39 

1.36 

$

$

March 29,
2020

7.8 
5.4 
2.6 %
1.1 

0.01 

0.01 

$

$

477.9 
202.1 
1,507.2 
645.0 
600.1 

31.7 
327.1 
1,120.3 
391.2 
520.2 

140.9 
93.6 
66.4 %
(17.2)
2.5 

0.02 
0.02 

(17.2)
(9.7)
(6.9)%

(13.3)

(0.12)

(0.12)

March 31,
2019

88.6 
188.0 
725.4 
189.7 
399.1 

(1)

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these measures and a reconciliation to the nearest IFRS measure.

-42-

Segments

Our reporting segments align with our sales channels: Direct-to-Consumer (“DTC”), Wholesale, and Other. We measure each
reportable operating segment’s performance based on revenue and operating income. As at March 28, 2021, our DTC segment
includes sales to customers through our 51 national e-Commerce markets and 28 directly operated retail stores across North
America,  Europe,  and  Asia.  Through  our  wholesale  segment,  we  sell  to  a  mix  of  retailers,  including  major  luxury  department
stores, outdoor specialty stores, individual shops, and to international distributors.

Factors Affecting our Performance

We believe that our performance depends on many factors including those discussed below.

• COVID-19 pandemic.  Globally,  public  health  officials  have  imposed  restrictions  and  recommended  precautions  to  mitigate
the  spread  of  COVID-19,  resulting  in  temporary  closures  of  our  retail  locations  as  well  as  reduced  traffic  and  store
productivity, similarly impacting our wholesale partners. We have also experienced a significant reduction in the capacity of
our  supply  chain,  including  our  facilities,  due  to  distancing  measures.  We  expect  to  return  to  more  normal  levels  of
production as restrictions and recommended precautions are lifted. We will continue to leverage our subcontractor network
to ensure supply is balanced with demand. These circumstances have had material adverse consequences on our results of
operations  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  and  are  likely  to  negatively  impact  future  fiscal  periods  as  disruptions  and
prolonged consequences continue. The extent of the impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain
and out of our control, including, among others, the duration and intensity of the pandemic and the pace of roll-out of the
vaccination programs.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we temporarily reduced operating hours for our retail locations in Mainland China
and closed our retail locations in North America and Europe. We began a gradual reopening of these locations during the
first quarter of fiscal 2021 in accordance with guidance from local authorities, with all of our retail locations operating by the
end  of  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2021.  During  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  fiscal  2021,  9  of  28  of  our  retail  stores,
representing  32%  of  network  globally  were  temporarily  closed  due  to  government  orders.  The  average  durations  of  these
closures were three weeks in the third quarter and eight weeks in the fourth quarter. As at May 12, 2021, 6 of 28 of our retail
stores,  representing  21%  of  our  network,  remain  closed.  We  also  temporarily  closed  our  manufacturing  facilities  across
Canada in March 2020, partially reopening them in April 2020 for the production of PPE. During the second quarter of fiscal
2021,  we  began  a  limited  restart  of  the  production  of  outerwear  alongside  PPE  at  all  of  our  facilities,  and  all  of  our
manufacturing  facilities  are  currently  in  operation.  It  is  possible  that  further  closures  may  be  required  in  the  countries  in
which we operate, impacting our retail stores and manufacturing facilities as well as our wholesale partners.

In  response  to  COVID-19,  various  government  programs  globally  have  been  announced  to  provide  financial  relief  for
affected businesses. The most significant relief measure which the Company qualifies for is the Canada Emergency Wage
Subsidy  ("CEWS")  under  the  COVID-19  Economic  Response  Plan  in  Canada.  For  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the
Company  recognized  government  subsidies  totaling  $27.5m  under  this  wage  subsidy  program  and  similar  plans  in  other
jurisdictions. These subsidies were recorded as a reduction to the associated wage costs which we incurred during the year
ended March 28, 2021 and were recognized in cost of sales ($13.5m), SG&A expenses ($13.6m) and other costs ($0.4m).
We also received rent concessions in the form of abatements and deferrals and will consider seeking further rent relief as we
continue to monitor the impact of COVID-19. Rent concessions of $4.1m were recognized in the statement of income for the
year ended March 28, 2021.

-43-

• Growth investments. In the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic at the height of first wave retail closures, discretionary
SG&A spend was reduced significantly. As distribution and sales recover, we expect to make significant SG&A investments
ahead of revenue growth in certain areas, including brand and demand building, and this may continue going forward. We
will be guided by our view of opportunities to deliver on our growth strategy.

• Global political events and other disruptions. We are conscious of risks related to social, economic, and political instability,
including geopolitical tensions, regulatory matters, market volatility, and social unrest that are affecting consumer spending in
certain  countries  and  travel  corridors.  We  have  been,  and  may  in  the  future  be,  impacted  by  widespread  protests.  To  the
extent that such disruptions persist, we expect that operations and traffic at our retail stores may be impacted.

• Growth in our DTC Channel. We plan to continue executing our global strategy through retail and e-Commerce expansion,

though the scale of such expansion has been impacted and may be delayed due to COVID-19.

• New Products. We intend to continue investing in innovation and the development and introduction of new products across
styles,  uses,  and  climates.  Additionally,  we  continue  to  sell  Baffin  branded  footwear  through  Baffin’s  own  distinct  sales
channels.  We  are  also  developing  a  separate  Canada  Goose  footwear  offering  for  cold  weather  which  is  planned  for
commercial  launch  in  Fall  /  Winter  2021.  We  expect  that  certain  new  products  may  carry  a  lower  gross  margin  per  unit
relative to our long-standing styles which are produced in significantly higher volumes.

• Seasonality.  We  experience  seasonal  fluctuations  in  our  revenue  and  operating  results  and  have  historically  realized  a
significant portion of our annual wholesale revenue during our second and third fiscal quarters, and our annual DTC revenue
in our third and fourth fiscal quarters. We generated 74.0%, 77.9%, and 75.8% of our consolidated revenues in the combined
second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019, respectively. Because of seasonal fluctuations in
revenue and fixed costs associated with our business, particularly the headcount growth and premises costs associated with
our expanding DTC channel, we typically experience negative and substantially reduced net income and adjusted EBIT  in
the  first  and  fourth  quarters,  respectively.  As  a  result  of  our  seasonality,  changes  that  impact  gross  margin  and  adjusted
EBIT  can have a disproportionate impact on the quarterly results when they are recorded in our off-peak revenue periods.

(1)

(1)

(1)

    Adjusted EBIT is a non-IFRS measure. See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these measures.

Guided  by  expected  demand  and  wholesale  orders,  we  typically  manufacture  on  a  linear  basis  throughout  the  fiscal  year.
Net working capital requirements typically increase as inventory builds. We finance these needs through a combination of
cash  on  hand  and  borrowings  on  the  Revolving  Facility  and  the  uncommitted  loan  facility  in  China  (the  “Short-term
Borrowings”). Historically, cash flows from operations have been highest in the third and fourth fiscal quarters of the fiscal
year due to revenue from the DTC channel and the collection of receivables from wholesale revenue earlier in the year.

• Developments in international trade. We continue to monitor the impact on our operations in Europe and the U.K. as a result
of the British exit from the European Union (“Brexit”). Our preparations for Brexit included, among other activities, opening a
third-party logistics facility early in fiscal 2021, advanced inventory staging in the U.K. in the event of disruptions to the flow
of goods, and adding processes to utilize duty savings under the Canada-U.K. Continuity Trade Agreement. Duty savings
continue for U.S. shipments under the United

-44-

States-Mexico-Canada  Agreement.  We  continue  to  benefit  from  reduced  tariffs  on  certain  of  our  products  imported  into
Europe  under  the  Canada-European  Union  Comprehensive  Economic  and  Trade  Agreement  which  entered  into  force
provisionally  on  September  21,  2017  and  is  pending  ratification  by  certain  EU  countries.  We  monitor  developments  in
international trade in countries where we operate that could have an impact on our business.

•

Foreign  Exchange.  We  sell  a  significant  portion  of  our  products  to  customers  outside  of  Canada,  which  exposes  us  to
fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  In  fiscal  years  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  we  generated  67.9%,  62.3%,  and
58.0%, respectively, of our revenue in currencies other than Canadian dollars. Historically, most of our wholesale revenue
was derived from orders made prior to the beginning of the fiscal year. This high degree of visibility into our anticipated future
cash flows from wholesale operations is now significantly less certain given the current economic environment. Most of our
raw materials are sourced outside of Canada, primarily in U.S. dollars, and SG&A expenses are typically denominated in the
currency of the country in which they are incurred. As part of our risk management program, we have entered into foreign
exchange derivative contracts to manage certain of our exposures to exchange rate fluctuations for future foreign currency
transactions,  which  is  intended  to  reduce  the  variability  of  our  operating  costs  and  future  cash  flows  denominated  in  local
currencies. We continue to monitor our risk management program to take into account the prevailing global uncertainty of
COVID-19.

We are exposed to translation and transaction risks associated with foreign currency exchange fluctuations on the Chinese
renminbi  denominated  principal  and  interest  amounts  payable  on  our  Short-term  Borrowings  and  U.S.  dollar  denominated
principal  and  interest  amounts  payable  on  our  Revolving  Facility  and  senior  secured  term  loan  facility  (the  “Term  Loan
Facility”). The Company has entered into foreign exchange cross-currency swap and forward contracts to hedge a portion of
the  exposure  to  foreign  currency  exchange  and  interest  rate  risk  on  the  principal  amount  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility.  See
“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk - Foreign Exchange Risk” below.

-45-

The main foreign currency exchange rates that impact our business and operations as at and for the year ended March 28,
2021 and for the year ended March 29, 2020 are summarized below:

Foreign currency exchange rate to $1.00 CAD
Fiscal 2021

Average Rate

Currency

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

2021

USD/CAD
EUR/CAD
GBP/CAD
CHF/CAD
CNY/CAD
HKD/CAD

1.3859 
1.5256 
1.7203 
1.4378 
0.1955 
0.1788 

1.3316 
1.5579 
1.7212 
1.4486 
0.1926 
0.1718 

1.3030 
1.5537 
1.7207 
1.4417 
0.1967 
0.1681 

1.2666 
1.5267 
1.7461 
1.4003 
0.1955 
0.1633 

1.3218 
1.5410 
1.7271 
1.4321 
0.1951 
0.1705 

Foreign currency exchange rate to $1.00 CAD
Fiscal 2020

Average Rate

Currency

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

2020

USD/CAD
EUR/CAD
GBP/CAD
CHF/CAD
CNY/CAD
HKD/CAD

1.3375 
1.5032 
1.7190 
1.3345 
0.1960 
0.1706 

1.3206 
1.4677 
1.6280 
1.3394 
0.1882 
0.1687 

1.3200 
1.4617 
1.7004 
1.3338 
0.1874 
0.1687 

1.3442 
1.4811 
1.7185 
1.3887 
0.1925 
0.1730 

1.3306 
1.4784 
1.6915 
1.3491 
0.1910 
0.1702 

Closing Rate
March 28,
2021

1.2580 
1.4831 
1.7345 
1.3384 
0.1923 
0.1619 

Closing Rate
March 29,
2020

1.4056 
1.5525 
1.7353 
1.4666 
0.1981 
0.1813 

    Source: Bank of Canada

-46-

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to the year ended March 29, 2020

The following table summarizes results of operations and expresses the percentage relationship to revenue of certain financial
statement captions. Basis points (“bps”) expresses the changes between percentages.

CAD $ millions
(except share and per share data)
Statement of Income data:
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Gross margin
SG&A expenses

SG&A expenses as % of revenue

Depreciation and amortization
Operating income
Operating margin

Net interest, finance and other costs
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Effective tax rate

Net income
Other comprehensive (loss) income
Comprehensive income

Earnings per share

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

(1)

Basic
Diluted
Non-IFRS Financial Measures:
EBIT
Adjusted EBIT
Adjusted EBIT margin
Adjusted net income
Adjusted net income per basic share
Adjusted net income per diluted share

For the year ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

$ Change

% Change

903.7 
349.7 
554.0 

61.3 %

367.3 

40.6 %
69.8 
116.9 

12.9 %
30.9 
86.0 
15.8 
18.4 %
70.2 
(5.6)
64.6 

0.64 
0.63 

$
$

958.1 
364.8 
593.3 

61.9 %

350.5 

36.6 %
50.7 
192.1 

20.1 %
28.4 
163.7 
12.0 

7.3 %

151.7 
2.8 
154.5 

1.38 
1.36 

110,261,600 
111,112,173 

109,892,031 
111,168,788 

116.9 
132.5 

14.7 %
86.1 
0.78 
0.77 

$
$

192.1 
207.4 

21.6 %

147.2 
1.34 
1.32 

$
$

$
$

(54.4)
15.1 
(39.3)

(16.8)

(19.1)
(75.2)

(2.5)
(77.7)
(3.8)

(81.5)
(8.4)
(89.9)

(0.74)
(0.73)

(75.2)
(74.9)

(61.1)
(0.56)
(0.55)

(5.7)%
4.1%
(6.6)%
(60) bps
(4.8)%
(400) bps
(37.7)%
(39.1)%
(720) bps
(8.8)%
(47.5)%
(31.7)%
(1,110) bps
(53.7)%
(300.0)%
(58.2)%

(53.6)%
(53.7)%

(39.1)%
(36.1)%
(690) bps
(41.5)%
(41.8)%
(41.7)%

(1)

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these measures and a reconciliation to the nearest IFRS measure.

-47-

Revenue

Revenue  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  decreased  by  $54.4m,  or  5.7%,  to  $903.7m  from  $958.1m  for  the  year  ended
March 29, 2020. On a constant currency  basis, revenue decreased by 6.8% for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to
the  year  ended  March  29,  2020.  Revenue  generated  from  our  DTC  channel  represented  58.4%  of  total  revenue  for  the  year
ended March 28, 2021 compared to 54.8% for the year ended March 29, 2020.

(1)

For the year ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

528.2 
321.3 
54.2 
903.7 

525.0 
424.0 
9.1 
958.1 

As reported
3.2 
(102.7)
45.1 
(54.4)

$ Change
Foreign
exchange
impact

(6.3)
(4.3)
(0.1)
(10.7)

% Change

In constant
(1)
currency

As reported

In constant
currency

(3.1)
(107.0)
45.0 
(65.1)

0.6 %
(24.2)%
495.6 %
(5.7)%

(0.6)%
(25.2)%
494.5 %
(6.8)%

CAD $ millions
DTC
Wholesale
Other

Total revenue

(1)

Constant currency revenue is a non-IFRS financial measure. See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of this
measure.

DTC

Revenue  from  our  DTC  segment  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  was  $528.2m  compared  to  $525.0m  for  the  year  ended
March  29,  2020.  The  increase  of  $3.2m  was  driven  by  e-Commerce  growth  offset  by  net  retail  store  declines.  E-Commerce
growth of 54% was driven by increases in United States, Great Britain, Mainland China, Canada and Germany. Retail revenue
was  negatively  impacted  by  lower  traffic,  limited  occupancy  levels  and  reduced  operating  hours  as  well  as  government
mandated  closures  for  retail  stores  in  Canada  and  Europe  including  during  our  peak  selling  season.  Retail  revenue  declines
were partially offset by growth from continued store expansion in Mainland China and North America.

Wholesale

Revenue  from  our  Wholesale  segment  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  was  $321.3m  compared  to  $424.0m  for  the  year
ended March 29, 2020. The decrease of $102.7m was due to the significant reduction in the planned order book relative to the
comparative period primarily as a result of the impact of COVID-19.

Other

Revenue from our Other segment for the year ended March 28, 2021 was $54.2m compared to $9.1m for the year ended March
29, 2020. The increase of $45.1m was driven by $47.1m of PPE sales in support of COVID-19 response efforts in fiscal 2021,
partially offset by a decrease in sales to employees.

-48-

Revenue by geography

For the year ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

217.7 
226.1 
262.0 
197.9 

903.7 

293.1 
279.0 
199.9 
186.1 

958.1 

$ Change
Foreign
exchange
impact

— 
2.0 
(5.6)
(7.1)

As reported
(75.4)
(52.9)
62.1 
11.8 

(54.4)

(10.7)

CAD $ millions
Canada
United States
Asia
Europe and Rest
of World
Total revenue

% Change

In constant
(1)
currency

As reported

In constant
(1)
currency

(75.4)
(50.9)
56.5 
4.7 

(65.1)

(25.7)%
(19.0)%
31.1 %
6.3 %

(5.7)%

(25.7)%
(18.2)%
28.3 %
2.5 %

(6.8)%

(1)

Constant currency revenue is a non-IFRS financial measure. See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of this
measure.

Revenue decreased in Canada and the United States during the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to the year ended March
29, 2020  due  to  the  impact  of  COVID-19  as  described  above.  The  decline  in  revenue  was  partially  offset  by  higher  revenue
generated  in  Asia  driven  by  the  increase  in  DTC  revenue,  including  growth  of  48.7%  in  Greater  China,  and  higher  revenue
generated  in  Europe  and  Rest  of  World  driven  by  e-Commerce  revenue.  Revenue  generated  in  Canada  during  fiscal  2021
included PPE sales of $47.1m.

Gross Profit (Loss)

Gross profit and gross margin for the year ended March 28, 2021 were $554.0m and 61.3%, respectively, compared to $593.3m
and  61.9%,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  decrease  in  gross  profit  was  attributable  to  the  decline  in
revenue noted above. The decrease in gross margin was  a  result  of  a  higher  proportion  of  revenue  from  our  Other  segment,
partially offset by a higher proportion of DTC gross margin.

For the year ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

Gross profit
(loss)

406.4 
150.4 
(2.8)
554.0 

Gross margin
76.9 %
46.8 %
(5.2)%
61.3 %

Gross profit
395.0 
197.8 
0.5 
593.3 

Gross margin
75.2 %
46.7 %
5.5 %
61.9 %

$ Change

% Change

11.4 
(47.4)
(3.3)
(39.3)

2.9 %
(24.0)%
(660.0)%
(6.6)%

CAD $ millions
DTC
Wholesale
Other
Total gross profit

DTC

Gross profit in our DTC segment was $406.4m for the year  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $395.0m  for  the  year  ended
March  29,  2020. The  increase  in  DTC  gross  profit  of  $11.4m  was  partially  driven  by  the  increase  in  segment  revenue  noted
above. The DTC gross margin increased to 76.9% in the year ended March 28, 2021 from 75.2%. The increase in gross margin
was attributable to favourable geographic shift to Asia and Europe and Rest of World (+90 bps), $2.3m (+40 bps) of government
subsidies and duty recovery related to 2019 shipments to China (+30 bps).

-49-

Wholesale

Gross  profit  in  our  Wholesale  segment  was  $150.4m  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $197.8m  for  the  year
ended March 29, 2020.  The  decrease  in  gross  profit  of  $47.4m  was  driven  by  the  decline  in  segment  revenue  primarily  as  a
result  of  COVID-19.  Wholesale  gross  margin  increased  slightly  to  46.8%  in  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021 from  46.7%.  The
increase  in  gross  margin  was  attributable  to  $10.0m  (+310  bps)  of  government  subsidies  offset  by  higher  costs  per  unit  as
production levels were limited and impacted by COVID-19 safety protocols at our manufacturing facilities (-140 bps), and higher
inventory provisions (-90 bps) and higher proportion of lower margin distributor sales (-90 bps) .

Other

Gross loss in our Other segment was $2.8m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to gross profit of $0.5m for the year
ended March 29, 2020. The decrease in gross profit to gross loss was attributable to $4.3m of net overhead costs resulting from
the temporary closure of our manufacturing facilities in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 due to COVID-19. PPE gross profit and
gross  margin  were  $1.5m  and  3.2%,  respectively.  Gross  profit  and  gross  margin  from  employee  sales  in  our  Other  segment
were flat for the year ended March 28, 2021 and $0.5m and 5.5%, respectively, in the comparative period.

SG&A Expenses

SG&A expenses were $367.3m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to $350.5m for the year ended March 29, 2020.
The increase in SG&A expenses of $16.8m or (4.8)% was attributable to $16.3m of higher costs driven by e-Commerce, $13.7m
of  incremental  performance-based  compensation,  and  $8.5m  of  product  development  costs,  partially  offset  by  corporate
initiatives  to  reduce  costs  across  the  business  in  response  to  COVID-19,  and  supplemented  by  $13.6m  of  government
subsidies.

For the year ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

Reported

% of segment
revenue

Reported

% of segment
revenue

$
Change

% Change

118.0 
43.8 
205.5 
367.3 

22.3 %
13.6 %

40.6 %

107.4 
49.9 
193.2 
350.5 

20.5 %
11.8 %

36.6 %

(10.6)
6.1 
(12.3)
(16.8)

(9.9)%
12.2 %
(6.4)%
(4.8)%

CAD $ millions
DTC
Wholesale
Other
Total SG&A expenses

DTC

SG&A  expenses  in  our  DTC  segment  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  were  $118.0m,  or  22.3%  of  segment  revenue,
compared to $107.4m, or 20.5% of segment revenue, for the year ended March 29, 2020, an increase of $10.6m, or 9.9%. The
increase of $10.6m, representing a 1.8% increase of SG&A expenses as a percentage of segment revenue, was attributable to
$14.0m of higher costs related to e-Commerce volume, $2.3m of costs to support expanded e-Commerce platform, and $1.6m
of  increased  facility  costs  associated  with  our  expanded  retail  network.  Partially  offsetting  these  higher  costs  were  $4.1m  of
savings  from  rent  abatements  and  $3.2m  of  government  subsidies.  COVID-19  related  temporary  store  closure  and  pre-store
opening  costs  of  $2.5m  and  $2.2m,  respectively,  were  recognized  in  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  temporary
store closure and pre-store opening costs of $0.7m and $2.1m, respectively in the year ended March 29, 2020.

-50-

Wholesale

SG&A  expenses  in  our  Wholesale  segment  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  were  $43.8m,  or  13.6%  of  segment  revenue,
compared to $49.9m, or 11.8% of segment revenue, for the year ended March 29, 2020, a decrease of $6.1m or 12.2%. The
decrease  was  attributable  to  $3.3m  of  lower  freight  costs  due  to  a  reduction  in  volumes,  $2.1m  lower  warranty  costs,  and
corporate initiatives to reduce costs in response to COVID-19, supplemented by $1.4m of government subsidies.

Other

SG&A expenses in our Other segment, which include unallocated corporate expenses, were $205.5m for the year ended March
28, 2021 compared to $193.2m for the year ended March 29, 2020. The increase of $12.3m or 6.4% was driven by $13.7m of
higher performance-based compensation, $8.5m of product development costs, and $6.0m of incremental marketing costs. This
was  partially  offset  by  corporate  initiatives  to  reduce  costs  across  the  business  in  response  to  COVID-19,  supplemented  by
$9.0m of government subsidies.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization was $69.8m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to $50.7m for the year ended March
29, 2020, an increase of $19.1m. Of this increase, $13.8m was driven by continued retail expansion and information technology-
related  expenditures  to  support  growth.  Depreciation  expense  on  right-of-use  assets  of  $3.0m  and  $5.0m  was  related  to  pre-
store  opening  costs  and  COVID-19  temporary  store  closures,  respectively,  in  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to
$6.1m  and  $1.0m  of  pre-store  opening  costs  and  COVID-19  temporary  store  closures  in  the  year  ended  March  29,  2020,
respectively.

CAD $ millions
DTC
Wholesale
Other
Total depreciation and amortization

For the year ended

March 28,
2021
Reported

March 29,
2020
Reported

52.4 
3.8 
13.6 
69.8 

-51-

38.6 
2.8 
9.3 
50.7 

$ Change

% Change

(13.8)
(1.0)
(4.3)
(19.1)

(35.8)%
(35.7)%
(46.2)%
(37.7)%

Operating Income (Loss) and Margin

Operating  income  and  operating  margin  were  $116.9m  and  12.9%  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $192.1m
and  20.1%,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  March  29,  2020.  Operating  income  decreased  as  a  result  of  reduced  revenue
described previously. Operating margin decreased due to a higher proportion of revenue from the Other segment, which carries
a lower gross margin and higher operating costs. Operating income for the year ended March 28, 2021 included $4.3m of net
production costs due to the temporary closure of our manufacturing facilities in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and $7.5m of net
temporary store closure costs, resulting from the impact of COVID-19.

For the year ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

Operating
income (loss)

Operating
margin

Operating
income (loss)

Operating
margin

$ Change

% Change

236.0 
102.8 
(221.9)
116.9 

44.7 %
32.0 %

12.9 %

249.0 
145.1 
(202.0)
192.1 

47.4 %
34.2 %

20.1 %

(13.0)
(42.3)
(19.9)
(75.2)

(5.2)%
(29.2)%
(9.9)%
(39.1)%

CAD $ millions
Segment:

DTC
Wholesale
Other

Total operating income

DTC

DTC  segment  operating  income  was  $236.0m  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $249.0m  for  the  year  ended
March  29,  2020.  The  decrease  in  operating  income  and  margin  of  $13.0m  and  2.7%,  respectively,  were  due  to  the  impact  of
lower retail store revenues driven by COVID-19 and increased fixed costs related to operating 28 stores as at March 28, 2021
versus 20 as at March 29, 2020. These drivers were partially offset by e-Commerce revenue growth of 54%, which had higher
operating profitability than retail stores. In addition, there were $5.5m of government subsidies and $4.1m of savings from rent
abatements.  COVID-19  related  temporary  store  closure  costs  and  pre-store  opening  costs  of $7.5m  and  $5.2m,  respectively,
were recognized in fiscal 2021 compared to temporary store closure costs and pre-store opening costs of $1.7m and $8.2m in
fiscal 2020, respectively.

Wholesale

Wholesale  segment  operating  income  was  $102.8m  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $145.1m  for  the  year
ended March 29, 2020. The decrease of $42.3m in operating income was attributable to the decline in revenue, partially offset
by cost reduction initiatives, supplemented by $11.4m of government subsidies. The decline in operating margin reflects fixed
cost deleverage as a result of lower revenue.

Other

Other segment operating loss was $221.9m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to $202.0m for the year ended March
29,  2020.  The  increase  in  operating  loss  was  attributable  to  higher  operating  costs  including  $13.7m  of  higher  performance-
based compensation, $8.5m of product development costs, and $6.0m increase in marketing costs. In addition, there was $4.3m
higher  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  related  to  information  technology-related  expenditures  to  support  growth.  This
was  partially  offset  by  corporate  initiatives  to  reduce  costs  across  the  business  in  response  to  COVID-19,  supplemented  by
$10.2m of government subsidies.

-52-

Net Interest, Finance and Other Costs

Net interest, finance and other costs were $30.9m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to $28.4m for the year ended
March  29,  2020.  The  increase  was  attributable  to  higher  interest  charges  on  the  Term  Loan  Facility  of  $5.7m  due  to  the
Refinancing Amendment (as defined further below under “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources - Indebtedness -
Amendment to the Term Loan Facility”) and corporate restructuring costs of $1.7m in the year ended March 28, 2021, offset by
the  lower  acceleration  of  unamortized  costs  in  connection  with  the  refinancing  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility  by  $5.9m  from  the
comparative period. Excluding the impact of interest on lease liabilities of $9.5m for the year ended March 28, 2021 and $8.4m
for the year ended March 29, 2020, interest charges increased by $1.4m from the comparative period as a result of higher gross
borrowings.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $15.8m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to $12.0m for the year ended March 29, 2020.
For  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the  effective  and  statutory  tax  rates  were  18.4%  and  25.4%,  respectively,  compared  to
7.3% and 25.5% for the year ended March 29, 2020, respectively.

Given our global operations, the effective tax rate is largely impacted by our profit or loss in taxable jurisdictions relative to the
applicable tax rates. The lower rate in the prior comparative period was due to a one-time change in tax law related to Swiss tax
reform effective January 1, 2020 and the differences in tax rates in our foreign jurisdictions.

Net Income

Net income for the year ended March 28, 2021 was $70.2m compared to $151.7m for the year ended March 29, 2020, driven by
the factors described above.

-53-

For the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020

The following table summarizes results of operations and expresses the percentage relationship to revenues of certain financial
statement captions.

CAD $ millions
(except share and per share data)

Statement of Income data:
Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Gross margin

SG&A expenses

SG&A expenses as % of revenue

Depreciation and amortization

Operating income (loss)

Operating margin

Net interest, finance and other costs

(Loss) income before income taxes

Income tax recovery

Effective tax rate

Net income

Other comprehensive (loss) income

Comprehensive (loss) income

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

Basic

Diluted

Non-IFRS Financial Measures:
EBIT

(1)

Adjusted EBIT

Adjusted EBIT margin

Adjusted net income (loss)

Adjusted net income (loss) per basic share

Adjusted net income (loss) per diluted share

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

$ Change

% Change

208.8 

70.2 

138.6 

66.4 %

111.6 

53.4 %

19.2 

7.8 

3.7 %

8.2 

(0.4)

(3.3)

825.0 %

2.9 

(8.2)

(5.3)

140.9 

47.3 

93.6 

66.4 %

95.9 

68.1 %

14.9 

(17.2)

(12.2)%

4.5 

(21.7)

(24.2)

111.5 %

2.5 

4.8 

7.3 

$

$

$

$

0.03 

0.03 

$

$

0.02 

0.02 

$

$

110,367,711 

111,364,712 

109,846,029 

110,809,126 

7.8 

5.4 

2.6 %

1.1 

0.01 

0.01 

$

$

(17.2)

(9.7)

(6.9)%

(13.3)

(0.12)

(0.12)

$

$

67.9 

(22.9)

45.0 

(15.7)

(4.3)

25.0 

(3.7)

21.3 

(20.9)

0.4 

(13.0)

(12.6)

0.01 

0.01 

25.0 

15.1 

14.4 

0.13 

0.13 

48.2%

(48.4)%

48.1%

0 bps
(16.4)%

1,470 bps
(28.9)%

145.3%

1,590 bps
(82.2)%

98.2%

(86.4)%

71,350 bps
16.0%

270.8%

(172.6)%

50.0%

50.0%

145.3%

155.7%

950 bps
108.3%

108.3%

108.3%

(1)

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these measures and a reconciliation to the nearest IFRS measure.

-54-

Revenue

Revenue for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 was $208.8m,  an  increase  of  $67.9m,  or  48.2%,  from  $140.9m  for  the
fourth  quarter  ended  March  29,  2020.  Revenue  generated  from  our  DTC  channel  represented  82.5%  of  total  revenue  for  the
fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to 81.1% for the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020. Revenue generated from
our  DTC  and  Wholesale  segments  was  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  factors  described  below.  On  a  constant  currency  basis,
revenue increased by 47.6% for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020.

(1)

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

172.2 
33.3 
3.3 
208.8 

114.2 
25.0 
1.7 
140.9 

As reported
58.0 
8.3 
1.6 
67.9 

$ Change
Foreign
exchange
impact

(1.0)
0.1 
— 
(0.9)

% Change

In constant
(1)
currency

As reported

In constant
(1)
currency

57.0 
8.4 
1.6 
67.0 

50.8 %
33.2 %
94.1 %
48.2 %

49.9 %
33.6 %
94.1 %
47.6 %

CAD $ millions
DTC
Wholesale
Other

Total revenue

(1)

Constant currency revenue is a non-IFRS financial measure. See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these
measures.

DTC

Revenue from our DTC segment was $172.2m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to $114.2m for the fourth
quarter  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  increase  of  $58.0m  was  driven  by  e-Commerce  growth  of  123.2%  driven  by  significant
increases in all existing major markets. Additionally, continued retail expansion and minimal retail disruptions in Mainland China
more than offset retail declines due to reduced traffic and mandatory closures in North America and Europe. Refer to “Factors
Affecting our Performance” for further details.

Wholesale

Revenue from our Wholesale segment was $33.3m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021  compared  to  $25.0m  for  the
fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020. The increase of $8.3m was driven by higher in-season orders relative to the comparative
period.

Other

Revenue  from  our  Other  segment  was  $3.3m  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $1.7m  for  the  fourth
quarter  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  increase  of  $1.6m  was  attributable  to  higher  sales  to  employees  from  the  comparative
quarter.

-55-

Revenue by geography

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

39.2 
55.9 
76.3 
37.4 

42.1 
35.1 
38.2 
25.5 

As reported
(2.9)
20.8 
38.1 
11.9 

208.8 

140.9 

67.9 

$ Change
Foreign
exchange
impact

— 
0.7 
(0.8)
(0.8)

(0.9)

CAD $ millions
Canada
United States
Asia
Europe and Rest
of World
Total revenue

% Change

In constant
(1)
currency

As reported

In constant
(1)
currency

(2.9)
21.5 
37.3 
11.1 

67.0 

(6.9)%
59.3 %
99.7 %
46.7 %

48.2 %

(6.9)%
61.3 %
97.6 %
43.5 %

47.6 %

(1)

Constant currency revenue is a non-IFRS financial measure. See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these
measures.

Revenue  increased  across  all  regions  except  Canada  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  the  fourth
quarter ended March 29, 2020 resulting from an increase in DTC revenue, including growth of 100.6% in Greater China, which
was significantly impacted by COVID-19 in the comparative quarter. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a decline in
revenue  primarily  due  to  the  prolonged  store  closures  in  Eastern  Canada  and  Europe  discussed  in  the  COVID-19  factors
described above.

Gross Profit (Loss)

Gross profit and gross margin for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 were $138.6m and 66.4%, respectively, compared to
$93.6m and 66.4%, respectively, for the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020. The increase in gross profit was attributable to
higher revenue. Gross margin was flat with gains from a higher proportion of DTC revenue offset by margin declines in the DTC
and Wholesale segments. This includes a $4.1m increase in provisions for raw materials and finished goods for certain colours
on the basis of Fall / Winter sales velocity.

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

Gross profit
129.0 
9.7 
(0.1)
138.6 

Gross margin
74.9 %
29.1 %
(3.0)%
66.4 %

Gross profit
86.2 
8.7 
(1.3)
93.6 

Gross margin
75.5 %
34.8 %
(76.5)%
66.4 %

$ Change

% Change

42.8 
1.0 
1.2 
45.0 

49.7 %
11.5 %
(92.3)%
48.1 %

CAD $ millions
DTC
Wholesale
Other
Total gross profit

DTC

Gross profit in our DTC segment was $129.0m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to $86.2m for the fourth
quarter ended March 29, 2020. The increase in DTC gross profit was attributable to increased revenue noted above offset by
higher inventory provisions ($2.4m). The decrease in gross margin was driven by higher inventory provisions (-140 bps) partially
offset by the favourable impact of pricing and volume mix (+90 bps) driven by parkas.

Wholesale

Gross profit in our Wholesale segment was $9.7m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to $8.7m for the fourth
quarter ended March 29, 2020. The $1.0m increase in gross

-56-

profit was attributable to revenue increases noted above offset by higher inventory provisions ($1.7m). The decrease in gross
margin driven by higher inventory provisions (-530 bps) was disproportionate due to seasonally lower Wholesale revenues.

Other

Gross loss and gross margin in our Other segment was $0.1m and (3.0)%, respectively, for the fourth quarter ended March 28,
2021 compared to gross loss and gross margin of $1.3m and (76.5)%, respectively, for the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020.
The $1.2m decrease in gross loss is attributable to overhead costs resulting from the temporary closure of our manufacturing
facilities due to COVID-19 in the comparative quarter of fiscal 2020.

SG&A Expenses

SG&A expenses were $111.6m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to $95.9m for the fourth quarter ended
March  29,  2020.  The  increase  of  $15.7m  or  16.4%  was  attributable  to  $10.2m  of  higher  performance-based  compensation,
$6.8m  higher  marketing  costs,  $5.4m  increase  in  variable  costs  driven  by  e-Commerce  volumes,  and  $2.2m  of  product
development costs. This was partially offset by $10.1m of favourable foreign exchange fluctuations.

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

Reported

% of segment
revenue

Reported

% of segment
revenue

$ Change

% Change

38.2 
12.4 
61.0 
111.6 

22.2 %
37.2 %

53.4 %

30.7 
13.5 
51.7 
95.9 

26.9 %
54.0 %

68.1 %

(7.5)
1.1 
(9.3)
(15.7)

(24.4)%
8.1 %
(18.0)%
(16.4)%

CAD $ millions
DTC
Wholesale
Other
Total SG&A expenses

DTC

SG&A expenses in our DTC segment for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 were $38.2m, or 22.2% of segment revenue,
compared to $30.7m, or 26.9% of segment revenue, for the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020. The increase of $7.5m was
attributable to $5.4m of higher costs related to e-Commerce volumes and $2.3m of costs to support our expansion into new e-
Commerce markets. COVID-19 related temporary store closure and pre-store opening costs of $0.3m and $0.3m, respectively,
were recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 compared to temporary store closure and pre-store opening costs of $0.7m
and $0.2m, respectively, in the comparative quarter.

Wholesale

SG&A  expenses  in  our  Wholesale  segment  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  were  $12.4m,  or  37.2%  of  segment
revenue,  compared  to  $13.5m,  or  54.0%  of  segment  revenue,  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  decrease  of
$1.1m or 8.1% was attributable to $1.2m reduction in administration costs driven by corporate initiatives in response to COVID-
19 and $1.1m of lower warranty costs, which were partially offset by $1.5m higher freight costs driven by incremental volume in
the quarter.

-57-

Other

SG&A  expenses  in  our  Other  segment,  which  include  unallocated  corporate  expenses,  were  $61.0m  for  the  fourth  quarter
ended March 28, 2021 compared to $51.7m for the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020. The increase of $9.3m or 18.0% was
attributable to $10.2m of higher performance-based compensation, $6.8m of incremental marketing costs and $2.2m of product
development  costs.  This  was  partially  offset  by  $10.1m  of  favourable  foreign  exchange  fluctuations  related  to  working  capital
and the Term Loan Facility, net of hedge impacts.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation  and  amortization  was  $19.2m  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $14.9m  for  the  fourth
quarter ended March 29, 2020, an increase of $4.3m. Of the increase, $2.5m was driven by continued retail expansion as well
as  information  technology-related  expenditures  to  support  growth.  Depreciation  expense  on  right-of-use  assets  of  $0.1m  and
$0.4m was related to pre-store opening costs and COVID-19 temporary store closures, respectively, in the fourth quarter ended
March  28,  2021  compared  to  $0.4m  and  $1.0m  of  pre-store  opening  costs  and  COVID-19  temporary  store  closures,
respectively, in the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020.

CAD $ millions
DTC
Wholesale
Other
Total depreciation and amortization

Operating Income (Loss) and Margin

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021
Reported

March 29,
2020
Reported

14.4 
1.2 
3.6 
19.2 

11.9 
0.7 
2.3 
14.9 

$ Change

% Change

(2.5)
(0.5)
(1.3)
(4.3)

(21.0)%
(71.4)%
(56.5)%
(28.9)%

Operating  income  and  operating  margin  were  $7.8m  and  3.7%  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to
operating  loss  and  operating  margin  of  $17.2m  and  (12.2)%  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  increase  in
operating  income  was  attributable  to  higher  gross  profit,  partially  offset  by  higher  operating  costs.  The  increase  in  operating
margin reflects the positive impact of e-Commerce.

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

Operating
income (loss)

Operating
margin

Operating
income (loss)

Operating
margin

$ Change

% Change

76.4 
(3.9)
(64.7)

7.8 

44.4 %
(11.7)%

3.7 %

43.6 
(5.5)
(55.3)

(17.2)

38.2 %
(22.0)%

(12.2)%

32.8 
1.6 
(9.4)

25.0 

75.2 %
29.1 %
(17.0)%

145.3 %

CAD $ millions
Segment:

DTC
Wholesale
Other

Total operating income
(loss)

DTC

DTC segment operating income was $76.4m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to $43.6m for the fourth
quarter ended March 29, 2020. The increase in operating

-58-

income  and  operating  margin  of  $32.8m  and  6.2%,  respectively,  were  attributable  to  the  growth  in  e-Commerce  of  123.2%,
which had higher operating profitability than retail stores. This was partially offset by the impact of retail expansion and operating
disruptions as a result of COVID-19. Pre-store opening costs and COVID-19 related temporary store closure costs of $0.4m and
$0.7m,  respectively,  were  recognized  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  compared  to  pre-store  opening  costs  and  COVID-19
related temporary store closure costs of $0.6m and $1.7m, respectively, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.

Wholesale

Wholesale segment operating loss was $3.9m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to $5.5m for the fourth
quarter  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  decrease  in  operating  loss  and  increase  in  operating  margin  of  $1.6m  and  10.3%,
respectively, were attributable to a higher gross profit and cost reduction initiatives.

Other

Other  segment  operating  loss  was  $64.7m  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $55.3m  for  the  fourth
quarter ended March 29, 2020. The  increase  in  operating  loss  was  attributable  to  higher  operating  costs  including  $10.2m  of
higher performance-based compensation, $6.8m of incremental marketing costs and $2.2m of product development costs. This
was partially offset by $10.1m of favourable foreign exchange fluctuations related to working capital and the Term Loan Facility,
net of hedge impacts.

Net Interest, Finance and Other Costs

Net interest, finance and other costs were $8.2m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to $4.5m for the fourth
quarter  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  increase  was  driven  by  higher  interest  charges  on  the  Term  Loan  Facility  of  $3.3m.
Excluding  the  impact  of  interest  on  lease  liabilities  of  $2.4m  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  and  $2.1m  for  the
fourth  quarter  ended  March  29,  2020,  interest  charges  increased  by  $3.1m  as  a  result  of  higher  gross  borrowings  from  the
comparative  quarter,  specifically,  on  the  Term  Loan  Facility  which  was  refinanced  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  partially
offset by a lower average interest rate.

Income Taxes

Income tax recovery was $3.3m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to $24.2m for the fourth quarter ended
March 29, 2020. For the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021, the effective and statutory tax rates were 825.0% and 25.4%,
respectively, compared to 111.5% and 25.5% for the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020.

Given our global operations, the effective tax rate is largely impacted by our profit or loss in taxable jurisdictions relative to the
applicable tax rates. For the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021, the effective tax rate was higher as a result of a recovery of
non-deductible expense. For the fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020, the effective tax rate in the prior comparative year was
higher than the statutory rate due to the one-time change in tax law related to Swiss tax reform effective January 1, 2020.

Net Income

Net income for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 was $2.9m compared to $2.5m for the fourth quarter ended March 29,
2020, driven by the factors described above.

-59-

Quarterly Financial Information

CAD $ millions (except per
share data)

Revenue

DTC

Wholesale

Other

Total

% of fiscal year revenue

Net income (loss)
Earnings (loss) per share

Basic
Diluted

(1)

Adjusted EBIT
Adjusted net income (loss)
per diluted share

(1)

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2020

Fourth
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Second
Quarter

First
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Second
Quarter

First
Quarter

172.2

33.3

3.3

208.8
23.1 %

2.9 

299.4

160.8

13.8

474.0
52.5 %

107.0 

46.2

118.5

30.1

194.8
21.6 %

10.4 

$
$

0.03 
0.03 
5.4 

0.97 
0.96 
157.9 

$
$

$
$

0.09 
0.09 
15.7 

10.4

8.7

7.0

26.1
2.9 %

(50.1)

(0.46)
(0.46)
(46.5)

0.01 

$

1.01 

$

0.10 

$

(0.35)

$
$

$

$
$

$

114.2

25.0

1.7

140.9
14.7 %

2.5 

301.8

145.3

5.0

452.1
47.2 %

118.0 

74.2

218.1

1.7

294.0
30.7 %

60.6 

$
$

0.02 
0.02 
(9.7)

1.08 
1.07 
163.8 

$
$

$
$

0.55 
0.55 
79.2 

34.8

35.6

0.7

71.1
7.4 %

(29.4)

(0.27)
(0.27)
(25.9)

(0.12)

$

1.08 

$

0.57 

$

(0.21)

(1)

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these measures and a reconciliation to the nearest IFRS measure.

Revenue in our wholesale segment is highest in our second and third quarters as we fulfill wholesale customer orders in time for
the  Fall  and  Winter  retail  seasons,  and,  in  our  DTC  segment,  in  the  third  and  fourth  quarters.  Our  net  income  is  typically
negative in the first quarter and reduced in the fourth quarter as we invest ahead of our peak season.

Revenue

Over the last eight quarters, revenue has been impacted by the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the COVID-19 pandemic beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020;

timing of store openings;

launch and expansion of international e-Commerce sites;

timing and extent of demand generation activities, including in-channel marketing;

increased  manufacturing  flexibility  through  a  shift  to  in-house  production,  which  has  an  impact  on  the  timing  of
wholesale order shipments and customer demand;

timing of end-consumer purchasing in the DTC segment and the availability of new products;

successful execution of global pricing strategy;

shift in mix of revenue from wholesale to DTC, which has impacted the seasonality of our financial performance;

shift in geographic mix of sales to increase sales outside of Canada;

fluctuation of foreign currencies relative to the Canadian dollar;

political disruptions in Hong Kong beginning in June 2019;

protests in many North American cities beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021; and

-60-

• PPE production beginning in the first quarter through to the third quarter of fiscal 2021.

Net Income (Loss)

Over the last eight quarters, net income (loss) has been affected by the following factors:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

impact of the items affecting revenue, as discussed above;

costs incurred and relief received from government programs as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic beginning in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2020;

increase  and  timing  of  our  investment  in  brand,  marketing,  and  administrative  support  as  well  as  increased
investment in property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets to support growth initiatives;

increase  in  fixed  SG&A  costs  associated  with  our  business,  particularly  the  headcount  growth  and  premises  costs
associated  with  our  expanding  DTC  channel,  resulting  in  negative  and  reduced  net  income  in  our  seasonally  low-
revenue first and fourth quarters, respectively;

impact of foreign exchange;

fluctuations in average cost of borrowings to address growing net working capital requirements and higher seasonal
borrowings in the first and second quarters of each fiscal year to address the seasonal nature of revenue;

pre-store opening costs incurred, timing of leases signed, and opening of stores;

the  nature  and  timing  of  transaction  costs  in  connection  with  secondary  offerings  of  shares,  the  Baffin  acquisition,
and amendments to long-term debt agreements; and

the  proportion  of  taxable  income  in  non-Canadian  jurisdictions  and  changes  to  rates  and  tax  legislation  in  those
jurisdictions.

-61-

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Company uses certain non-IFRS financial measures in this document and other documents, including EBIT, adjusted EBIT,
adjusted EBIT margin, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income (loss), adjusted net income (loss) per basic and diluted
share,  constant  currency  revenue,  net  debt,  net  debt  leverage,  net  working  capital,  net  working  capital  turnover,  and  free
operating  cash  flow.  These  financial  measures  are  employed  by  the  Company  to  measure  its  operating  and  economic
performance  and  to  assist  in  business  decision-making,  as  well  as  providing  key  performance  information  to  senior
management.  The  Company  believes  that,  in  addition  to  conventional  measures  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS,  certain
investors  and  analysts  use  this  information  to  evaluate  the  Company’s  operating  and  financial  performance.  These  financial
measures  are  not  defined  under  IFRS  nor  do  they  replace  or  supersede  any  standardized  measure  under  IFRS.  Other
companies  in  our  industry  may  calculate  these  measures  differently  than  we  do,  limiting  their  usefulness  as  comparative
measures.

CAD $ millions (except per share data)
EBIT
Adjusted EBIT
Adjusted EBIT margin
EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted net income (loss)
Adjusted net income (loss) per basic share
Adjusted net income (loss) per diluted share
Free operating cash flow

$
$

CAD $ millions
Net debt
Net working capital

For the year ended

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

116.9 
132.5 

14.7 %

201.5 
209.1 
86.1 
0.78 
0.77 
222.9 

$
$

192.1 
207.4 

21.6 %

255.2 
263.4 
147.2 
1.34 
1.32 
(24.5)

$
$

March 28,
2021

7.8 
5.4 
2.6 %

30.6 
27.7 
1.1 
0.01 
0.01 
22.8 

$
$

(17.2)
(9.7)
(6.9)%
1.9 
8.0 
(13.3)
(0.12)
(0.12)
(42.6)

(154.2)
202.1 

March 29,
2020

(355.5)
327.1 

EBIT,  adjusted  EBIT,  adjusted  EBIT  margin,  EBITDA,  adjusted  EBITDA,  adjusted  net  income  (loss),  and  adjusted  net  income
(loss) per basic and diluted share

These non-IFRS measures exclude the impact of certain non-cash items and certain other adjustments related to events that
are  non-recurring  or  unusual  in  nature,  including  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  that  we  believe  are  not  reflective  of  our  ongoing
operations and that make comparisons of underlying financial performance between periods difficult. We use, and believe that
certain  investors  and  analysts  use,  this  information  to  evaluate  our  core  financial  and  operating  performance  for  business
planning purposes, as well as to analyze how our business operates in, or responds to, swings in economic cycles or to other
events that impact the apparel industry.

For the year ended March 28, 2021, we believe that identifying certain costs directly resulting from the impact of the COVID-19
pandemic  and  excluding  these  amounts  from  our  calculation  of  the  non-IFRS  measures  described  above  helps  management
and investors assess the impact

-62-

of COVID-19 on our business as well as our general economic performance during the period. For the year ended March 28,
2021,  these  primarily  comprised  overhead  costs  recognized  during  the  temporary  closure  of  our  manufacturing  facilities  and
temporary store closure costs including depreciation and interest expenses. These were partially offset by rent concessions and
government subsidies recognized during the period.

Constant currency revenue

Constant currency revenue is calculated by translating the prior year reported amounts into comparable amounts using a single
foreign  exchange  rate  for  each  currency  calculated  based  on  the  current  period  exchange  rates.  We  use,  and  believe  that
certain investors and analysts use, this information to assess how our business and geographic segments performed excluding
the  effects  of  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations.  See  the  Revenue  section  of  the  “Results  of  Operations”  for  a
reconciliation of reported revenue and revenue on a constant currency basis.

Net debt and net debt leverage

We  define  net  debt  as  total  indebtedness,  net  of  cash,  and  net  debt  leverage  as  the  ratio  of  net  debt  to  adjusted  EBITDA,
measured on a spot basis. We use, and believe that certain investors and analysts use, these non-IFRS financial measures to
determine  the  Company’s  financial  leverage  and  ability  to  meet  its  debt  obligations.  See  “Financial  Condition,  Liquidity  and
Capital Resources - Indebtedness” below for a table providing the calculation of net debt and discussion of net debt leverage.

Net working capital and net working capital turnover

We define net working capital as current assets, net of cash, minus current liabilities, excluding the Short-term Borrowings and
current  portion  of  lease  liabilities.  Net  working  capital  turnover  is  the  ratio  of  average  net  working  capital  to  revenue,  by
averaging net working capital for each quarter. We use, and believe that certain investors and analysts use, this information to
assess  the  Company’s  liquidity  and  management  of  net  working  capital  resources.  See  “Financial  Condition,  Liquidity  and
Capital Resources” below for a table providing the calculation of net working capital.

Free operating cash flow

We  define  free  operating  cash  flow  as  net  cash  flows  from  (used  in)  operating  activities  plus  net  cash  flows  from  (used  in)
investing activities, minus principal payments on lease liabilities. We use, and believe that certain investors and analysts use,
this information to assess the Company’s financial leverage and cash available for repayment of borrowings and other financing
activities  and  as  an  indicator  of  operational  financial  performance.  See  “Cash  Flows”  below  for  a  table  providing  the  free
operating cash flow balance for the year.

-63-

The tables below reconcile net income to EBIT, adjusted EBIT, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, and adjusted net income (loss) for
the periods indicated. Adjusted EBIT margin is equal to adjusted EBIT for the period presented as a percentage of revenue for
the same period.

CAD $ millions
Net income
Add (deduct) the impact of:
Income tax expense (recovery)
Net interest, finance and other costs
EBIT
Costs of the Baffin acquisition (a)
Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss
on Term Loan Facility (b)
Transition of logistics agencies (c)
Net temporary store closure costs (d)
Net excess overhead costs from
temporary closure of manufacturing
facilities (d)
Pre-store opening costs (e)
Non-cash provision release (f)
Unrealized foreign exchange losses on
de-designation of operational hedges (g)
Other
Total adjustments
Adjusted EBIT
Adjusted EBIT margin

Add the impact of:
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA

(2)

(3)

(1)

For the year ended

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

70.2 

15.8 
30.9 
116.9 
1.0 

(1.7)
2.2 
7.5 

4.3 
5.2 
(3.0)

— 
0.1 
15.6 
132.5 

14.7 %

84.6 
201.5 
209.1 

151.7 

12.0 
28.4 
192.1 
2.4 

(1.6)
0.6 
1.7 

1.2 
8.2 
— 

1.7 
1.1 
15.3 
207.4 

21.6 %

63.1 
255.2 
263.4 

2.9 

(3.3)
8.2 
7.8 
— 

(3.1)
— 
0.7 

— 
0.4 
— 

— 
(0.4)
(2.4)
5.4 
2.6 %

22.8 
30.6 
27.7 

2.5 

(24.2)
4.5 
(17.2)
0.5 

1.1 
0.6 
1.7 

1.2 
0.6 
— 

1.7 
0.1 
7.5 
(9.7)
(6.9)%

19.1 
1.9 
8.0 

(1)

(2)

Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation on right-of-use assets under IFRS 16, Leases.

EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We reported earnings before interest,
taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization,  and  rent  expense  (“EBITDAR”)  in  prior  periods.  EBITDAR  has  been  replaced  with
EBITDA given the rent component used in the calculation of EBITDAR is not meaningful.

-64-

(3)

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  calculated  as  EBITDA,  adjusted  for  items  (a)  to  (f)  but  excluding  $0.4m  and  $5.0m  of  net  temporary
store  closure  costs  in  (d),  and  $0.1m  and  $3.0m  of  pre-store  opening  costs  in  (e),  for  the  fourth  quarter  and  year  ended
March  28,  2021,  respectively,  compared  to  net  temporary  store  closure  costs  of  $1.0m  and  $1.0m  and  pre-store  opening
costs of $0.4m and $6.1m, for the fourth quarter and year ended March 29, 2020, respectively.

CAD $ millions
Net income
Add (deduct) the impact of:
Costs of the Baffin acquisition (a)
Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss on
Term Loan Facility (b)
Transition of logistics agencies (c)
Net temporary store closure costs (d) (h)
Net excess overhead costs from temporary
closure of manufacturing facilities (d)
Pre-store opening costs (e) (i)
Non-cash provision release (f)
Unrealized foreign exchange losses on de-
designation of operational hedges (g)
Acceleration of unamortized costs on Term
Loan Refinancing (j)
Restructuring expense (d)
Swiss tax reform (k)
Other
Total adjustments
Tax effect of adjustments
Adjusted net income (loss)

For the year ended

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

70.2 

1.0 

(1.7)
2.2 
9.0 

4.3 
6.0 
(3.0)

— 

1.1 
1.7 
— 
0.3 
20.9 
(5.0)
86.1 

151.7 

2.4 

(1.6)
0.6 
1.9 

1.2 
9.4 
— 

1.7 

7.0 
— 
(23.1)
1.1 
0.6 
(5.1)
147.2 

2.9 

— 

(3.1)
— 
0.9 

— 
0.6 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
(0.4)
(2.0)
0.2 
1.1 

2.5 

0.5 

1.1 
0.6 
2.0 

1.2 
0.7 
— 

1.7 

— 
— 
(23.1)
0.1 
(15.2)
(0.6)
(13.3)

(a) Costs in connection with the Baffin acquisition and the impact of gross margin that would otherwise have been recognized

on inventory recorded at net realizable value less costs to sell.

(b) Unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  the  translation  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility  from  USD  to  CAD,  net  of  the  effect  of  derivative

transactions entered into to hedge a portion of the exposure to foreign currency exchange risk.

(c) Costs incurred for the transition of logistics, warehousing, and freight forwarding agencies to enhance our global distribution

structure.

-65-

(d) Total government subsidies globally of $0.4m and $27.5m were recognized in the fourth quarter and year ended March 28,
2021,  respectively.  These  subsidies  were  recorded  as  a  reduction  to  the  associated  wage  costs  which  the  Company
incurred; as a result government subsidies were recorded as a reduction to excess overhead costs from temporary closure
of  manufacturing  facilities  ($nil  and  $1.3m),  temporary  store  closure  costs  ($0.4m  and  $1.8m),  and  restructuring  expense
($nil and $0.4m), for the fourth quarter and year ended March 28, 2021, respectively. The benefit of $0.4m and $24.0m of
government  subsidies  therefore  remained  in  adjusted  EBIT  as  a  reduction  to  the  associated  wage  costs  for  the  fourth
quarter and year ended March 28, 2021, respectively.

(e) Costs incurred during pre-opening periods for new retail stores, including depreciation on right-of-use assets.

(f) Release  of  a  non-cash  sales  contract  provision  as  a  result  of  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of  limitations  in  the  respective

jurisdiction in the year ended March 28, 2021.

(g) Represents unrealized losses on foreign exchange operational hedges deemed ineffective, a consequence of the COVID-19

pandemic.

(h) Includes $0.1m and $1.5m of interest expense on lease liabilities for temporary store closures in the fourth quarter and year

ended March 28, 2021, respectively.

(i) Pre-store  opening  costs  incurred  in  (e)  above  plus  $0.2m  and  $0.8m  of  interest  expense  on  lease  liabilities  for  new  retail
stores during pre-opening periods in the fourth quarter and year ended March 28, 2021, respectively (fourth quarter and year
ended March 29, 2020 - $0.3m and $1.2m, respectively).

(j) The  non-cash  unamortized  costs  accelerated  in  connection  with  the  amendments  to  the  Term  Loan  Facility  on  October  7,

2020 and May 10, 2019.

(k) Represents deferred tax asset recognized due to Swiss tax reform effective January 1, 2020.

-66-

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Financial Condition

The following table represents our net working capital

 position as at March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020:

(1)

CAD $ millions
Current assets
Deduct: Cash
Current assets, net of cash

Current liabilities
Deduct the impact of:
Current portion of lease liabilities
Current liabilities, net of lease liabilities
Net working capital

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

$ Change

% Change

896.9 
(477.9)
419.0 

262.1 

(45.2)
216.9 
202.1 

531.8 
(31.7)
500.1 

208.9 

(35.9)
173.0 
327.1 

365.1 
(446.2)
(81.1)

53.2 

(9.3)
43.9 
(125.0)

68.7 %
1,407.6 %
(16.2)%

25.5 %

25.9 %
25.4 %
(38.2)%

(1)

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these measures.

As at March 28, 2021, we had $202.1m of net working capital compared to $327.1m of net working capital as at March 29, 2020.
The $125.0m decrease, or 38.2%, was driven by a decrease in inventory levels of $70.0m, a $12.5m decrease in other current
assets, a  $33.4m  increase  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  due  to  the  extension  of  payment  terms  in  response  to
COVID-19, and a $4.4m increase in provisions. Net working capital turnover

 was 32.0% in the year ended March 28, 2021.

(1)

-67-

Cash Flows

The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company’s  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021
compared to the year ended March 29, 2020, and for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to the fourth quarter
ended March 29, 2020.

CAD $ millions
Total cash provided by (used
in):

Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effects of foreign currency
exchange rate changes on
cash
Increase (decrease) in cash

Cash, beginning of period
Cash, end of period

Free operating cash flow

(1)

For the year ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

$ Change

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

$ Change

293.7 
(32.0)
197.0 

(12.5)
446.2 
31.7 
477.9 

222.9 

62.5 
(62.3)
(58.7)

1.6 
(56.9)
88.6 
31.7 

(24.5)

231.2 
30.3 
255.7 

(14.1)
503.1 
(56.9)
446.2 

247.4 

44.4 
(10.6)
(17.3)

(7.6)
8.9 
469.0 
477.9 

22.8 

(19.2)
(15.8)
(6.6)

1.3 
(40.3)
72.0 
31.7 

(42.6)

63.6 
5.2 
(10.7)

(8.9)
49.2 
397.0 
446.2 

65.4 

(1)

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of this measure - and “Free operating cash flow” for a reconciliation to
the nearest IFRS measure.

Cash Requirements

Our  primary  need  for  liquidity  is  to  fund  net  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  debt  services,  and  general  corporate
requirements of our business. Our primary source of liquidity to meet our cash requirements is cash generated from operating
activities  over  our  annual  operating  cycle.  We  also  utilize  our  Short-term  Borrowings,  the  Revolving  Facility,  and  the  Trade
accounts  receivable  factoring  program  to  provide  short-term  liquidity  and  to  have  funds  available  for  net  working  capital.  Our
ability to fund our operations, invest in planned capital expenditures, meet debt obligations, and repay or refinance indebtedness
depends  on  our  future  operating  performance  and  cash  flows,  which  are  subject,  but  not  limited  to,  prevailing  economic,
financial,  and  business  conditions,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  Cash  generated  from  operating  activities  is
significantly impacted by the seasonality of our business. Historically, cash flows from operating activities have been highest in
the third and fourth fiscal quarters of the fiscal year due to revenue from the DTC segment and the collection of receivables from
wholesale revenue earlier in the year.

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from operating activities were $293.7m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to $62.5m for the year ended
March 29, 2020. The increase in cash from operating activities of $231.2m was driven by favourable changes in working capital
due to a decrease in inventories of $208.8m resulting from limited production and an increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities of $22.6m due to the extension of payment terms.

Cash  flows  from  operating  activities  was  $44.4m  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  cash  flows  used  in
operating activities of $19.2m for the fourth quarter ended March

-68-

29, 2020. The increase in cash from operating activities of $63.6m was driven by favourable changes in working capital resulting
from a decrease in inventories as described above.

Cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities were $32.0m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to $62.3m for the year ended
March  29,  2020.  The  decrease  in  cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  of  $30.3m  was  primarily  due  to  the  extension  of
payment terms for capital expenditures on retail store construction and investments in information technology for the year ended
March 28, 2021.

Cash flows used in investing activities were $10.6m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 compared to cash flows used in
investing  activities  of  $15.8m  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  decrease  in  cash  flows  used  in  investing
activities of $5.2m was primarily due to the extension of payment terms as described above for the fourth quarter ended March
28, 2021.

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

Cash flows from financing activities were $197.0m for the year ended March 28, 2021 compared to cash flows used in financing
activities  of  $58.7m  for  the  year  ended  March  29,  2020.  The  increase  in  cash  flows  from  financing  activities  of  $255.7m  was
driven by $247.5m of higher gross borrowings due to the Term Loan Refinancing Amendment and $38.7m of payments for the
purchase  and  cancellation  of  subordinate  voting  shares  in  fiscal  2020.  The  increase  was  partially  offset  by  $14.1m  in  higher
principal paid on lease liabilities.

Cash  flows  used  in  financing  activities  were  $17.3m  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  March  28,  2021  compared  to  $6.6m  for  the
fourth quarter ended March 29, 2020. The increase in cash flows used in financing activities of $10.7m was driven by $7.1m of
repayments on Short-term Borrowings.

Free operating cash flow

(1)

The table below reconciles the cash flows from (used in) operating and investing activities, principal payments on lease liabilities
to free operating cash flow.

CAD $ millions
Total cash from 
(used in):

Operating activities
Investing activities

Add (deduct) the impact of:
Principal payments on lease
liabilities
Free operating cash flow

(1)

For the year ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

$ Change

Fourth quarter ended

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

$ Change

293.7 
(32.0)

(38.8)
222.9 

62.5 
(62.3)

(24.7)
(24.5)

231.2 
30.3 

(14.1)
247.4 

44.4 
(10.6)

(11.0)
22.8 

(19.2)
(15.8)

(7.6)
(42.6)

63.6 
5.2 

(3.4)
65.4 

(1)

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of this measure.

Free operating cash flow increased to $222.9m for the year ended March 28, 2021 from $(24.5)m for the year ended March 29,
2020 due to improved cash flows from operating and

-69-

investing activities as described above, partially offset by higher principal paid on lease liabilities.

Free operating cash flow increased to $22.8m for the fourth quarter ended March 28, 2021 from $(42.6)m for the fourth quarter
ended March 29, 2020 due to the factors described above.

Indebtedness

The following table presents our net debt

 as of March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020.

(1)

CAD $ millions
Cash
Short-term Borrowings
Revolving Facility
Term Loan Facility
Lease liabilities
Net debt

(1)

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

$ Change

477.9 
— 
— 
(377.3)
(254.8)
(154.2)

31.7 
— 
— 
(159.3)
(227.9)
(355.5)

446.2 
— 
— 
(218.0)
(26.9)
201.3 

(1)

See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of this measure.

As at March 28, 2021, net debt was $154.2m compared to $355.5m as at March 29, 2020. The decrease of $201.3m was driven
by a significant improvement in our cash position of $446.2m, partially offset by higher borrowings of $218.0m under the Term
Loan  Facility  due  to  the  Refinancing  Amendment  and  an  increase  of  $26.9m  in  lease  liabilities.  Net  debt  leverage   as  at
March 28, 2021 was 0.7 times adjusted EBITDA.

(1)

Short-term Borrowings

On July 18, 2019, a subsidiary of the Company in Greater China entered into an uncommitted loan facility in the amount of RMB
160.0m. The facility includes a non-financial bank guarantee facility in the amount of RMB 10.0m. The term of each draw on the
loan  is  one,  three  or  six  months  or  such  other  period  as  agreed  upon  and  shall  not  exceed  twelve  months  (including  any
extension or rollover). The interest rate is equal to 105% of the applicable People's Bank of China Benchmark Lending Rate and
payable  at  one,  three  or  six  months,  depending  on  the  term  of  each  draw.  The  facility  is  guaranteed  by  the  Company  and
proceeds drawn on the facility will be used to support working capital requirements. As at March 28, 2021, the Company had no
amount owing on the facility (March 29, 2020 - $nil).

Revolving Facility

The Company has an agreement with a syndicate of lenders for a senior secured asset-based Revolving Facility consisting of (i)
a  revolving  credit  facility  in  the  amount  of  $417.5m  (the  “Existing  Revolving  Facility”)  with  an  increase  in  commitments  to
$467.5m during the peak season (June 1 - November 30) (February 24, 2020 to May 25, 2020 - $467.5m with an increase to
$517.5m during the peak season, May 10, 2019 to February 23, 2020 - $300.0m with an increase to $350.0m during the peak
season),  and  (ii)  a  first-in,  last-out  (“FILO”)  Revolving  Facility  in  the  amount  of  $50.0m  (the  “FILO  Revolving  Facility”).  The
revolving credit commitment also includes a letter of credit commitment in the amount of $25.0m, with a $5.0m sub-commitment
for  letters  of  credit  issued  in  a  currency  other  than  Canadian  dollars,  U.S.  dollars,  euros  or  British  pounds  sterling,  and  a
swingline commitment for $25.0m. Amounts owing under the Revolving Facility can be drawn in Canadian dollars, U.S. dollars,
euros,  British  pounds  sterling  or  other  currencies.  The  Revolving  Facility  matures  on  June  3,  2024  and  the  FILO  Revolving
Facility matures on May 25, 2021. Amounts owing under the Revolving Facility may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed for
general corporate purposes.

-70-

Loans  under  the  Revolving  Facility,  at  our  option,  may  be  maintained  from  time  to  time  as  (a)  Prime  Rate  Loans,  which  bear
interest  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the  Applicable  Margin  for  Prime  Rate  Loans  plus  the  Prime  Rate,  (b)  Banker’s
Acceptances  funded  on  a  discounted  proceeds  basis  given  the  published  discount  rate  plus  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the
Applicable Margin for stamping fees, (c) ABR Loans, which bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for
ABR  Loans  plus  the  ABR,  (d)  European  Base  Rate  Loans,  which  bear  interest  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the  Applicable
Margin for European Base Rate Loans plus the European Base Rate, (e) LIBOR Loans, which bear interest at a rate per annum
equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans plus the LIBOR Rate or (f) EURIBOR Loans, which bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to the Applicable Margin for EURIBOR Loans plus the applicable EURIBOR.

A commitment fee will be charged on the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Facility of 0.25% per annum if average
utilization under the Revolving Facility is greater than 50% or 0.375% if average utilization under the Revolving Facility is less
than 50%. A letter of credit fee, with respect to standby letters of credit, will accrue on the aggregate face amount of outstanding
letters  of  credit  under  the  Revolving  Facility  equal  to  the  Applicable  Margin  for  LIBOR  Loans,  and,  with  respect  to  trade  or
commercial letters of credit, 50% of the then Applicable Margin on LIBOR Loans. A fronting fee will be charged on the aggregate
face amount of outstanding letters of credit equal to 0.125% per annum. In addition, we pay the administrative agent under the
Revolving Facility a monitoring fee of one thousand dollars per month.

As  at  March  28,  2021  and  March  29,  2020,  the  Company  had  repaid  all  amounts  owing  on  the  revolving  facility  and  related
deferred  financing  charges  in  the  amounts  of  $1.7m  and  $1.7m,  respectively,  were  included  in  other  long-term  liabilities.  The
Revolving Facility contains financial and non-financial covenants which could impact the Company’s ability to draw funds. As at
and during the years ended March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020 , the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

The  Company  had  unused  borrowing  capacity  available  under  the  Revolving  Facility  of  $181.2m  as  at  March  28,  2021
(March 29, 2020 - $226.6m).

As at March 28, 2021, the Company had letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Facility of $5.0m (March 29, 2020 -
$5.7m).

Amendments to Revolving Facility

On  May  26,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  further  amendment  to  the  Revolving  Facility  to  increase  its  ability  to  borrow
against  the  borrowing  base  by  up  to  $50.0m.  Borrowings  under  the  Existing  Revolving  Facility  were  transferred  to  the  FILO
Revolving  Facility  on  the  transaction  date  and  future  amounts  are  drawn  in  priority  on  the  FILO  Revolving  Facility.  Amounts
drawn  on  the  FILO  Revolving  Facility  are  subject  to  an  interest  rate  charge  that  is  2.00%  higher  than  the  Existing  Revolving
Facility.  The  FILO  Revolving  Facility  matures  on  May  25,  2021  and  upon  maturity,  the  credit  commitments  on  the  Existing
Revolving  Facility  will  be  restored,  resulting  in  no  net  change  in  aggregate  commitments  under  the  Revolving  Facility.
Transaction costs are amortized over the term of the facility.

Term Loan Facility

The  Company  has  a  senior  secured  loan  agreement  with  a  syndicate  of  lenders  that  is  secured  on  a  split  collateral  basis
alongside the Revolving Facility, with an aggregate principal amount owing of US$300.0m. The Term Loan Facility bears interest
at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 4.25%, provided that LIBOR may not be less than 0.75%, payable quarterly in
arrears.  The  Term  Loan  Facility  matures  on  October  7,  2027  and  US$0.8m  of  the  principal  amount  is  repayable  quarterly
commencing on March 31, 2021.

-71-

As the Term Loan Facility is denominated in U.S. dollars, the Company remeasures the outstanding balance in Canadian dollars
at each balance sheet date. As at March 28, 2021, we had an $377.3m aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term
Loan  Facility  (March  29,  2020  -  $159.3m).  The  difference  in  amounts  in  these  periods  is  the  result  of  increased  gross
borrowings, a result of the amendment mentioned below, as well as the change in the CAD:USD exchange rate.

Voluntary prepayments of amounts owing under the Term Loan Facility may be made at any time without premium or penalty
(except LIBOR breakage costs and a call premium in the case of certain repricing events prior to April 7, 2021), but once repaid
may not be reborrowed. The Company has pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral for the Term Loan Facility. The
Term Loan Facility contains financial and non-financial covenants which could impact the Company’s ability to draw funds. As at
and during the years ended March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020 , the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

Amendment to the Term Loan Facility

On  October  7,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Refinancing  Amendment  to  the  Term  Loan  Facility  (the  “Refinancing
Amendment”)  to  increase  the  aggregate  principal  amount  to  US$300.0m  from  US$113.8m.  The  Company  accounted  for  the
amendment as a debt extinguishment due to the significant changes to the terms. As a result, deferred financing costs of $1.1
million on the existing Term Loan Facility were written-off. In connection with the amendment, the Company incurred transaction
costs of US$4.7m and an original issue discount of US$3.0m, which are being amortized using the effective interest rate method
over the new term to maturity.

Lease Liabilities

The Company had $254.8m (March 29, 2020 - $227.9m) of lease liabilities as at March 28, 2021, of which $45.2m (March 29,
2020 - $35.9m) are due within one year. Lease liabilities represent the discounted amount of future payments under leases for
right-of-use assets.

Capital Management

(1)

The Company manages its capital, which consists of equity (subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares), Short-term
Borrowings, and long-term debt (the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan Facility), with the objectives of safeguarding sufficient
  over  the  annual  operating  cycle  and  providing  sufficient  financial  resources  to  grow  operations  to  meet
net  working  capital
 to adjusted EBITDA , reflecting the seasonal change in
long-term consumer demand. Management targets a ratio of net debt
the business as net working capital builds through the second fiscal quarter. The Board of Directors of the Company monitors
the  Company’s  capital  management  on  a  regular  basis.  We  will  continually  assess  the  adequacy  of  the  Company’s  capital
structure  and  capacity  and  make  adjustments  within  the  context  of  the  Company’s  strategy,  economic  conditions,  and  risk
characteristics of the business.

(1)

(1)

(1)

    See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of these measures.

-72-

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes certain of our significant contractual obligations and other obligations as at March 28, 2021:

CAD $ millions
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
Term loan
Interest commitments relating to
borrowings
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Lease obligations
Pension obligation

(1)

Total contractual obligations

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

177.8 
3.8 

18.9 
2.9 
57.1 
— 
260.5 

— 
3.8 

18.9 
— 
53.6 
— 
76.3 

— 
3.8 

18.9 
— 
46.9 
— 
69.6 

— 
3.8 

18.9 
— 
44.5 
— 
67.2 

— 
3.8 

18.9 
14.4 
33.9 
— 
71.0 

— 
358.3 

28.3 
— 
69.3 
2.1 
458.0 

Total

177.8 
377.3 

122.8 
17.3 
305.3 
2.1 
1,002.6 

(1)

Interest commitments are calculated based on the Term Loan Facility balance at the interest rate of 5.00% as at March 28,
2021.

As  at  March  28,  2021,  we  had  additional  liabilities  which  included  provisions  for  warranty,  sales  returns,  asset  retirement
obligations,  and  deferred  income  tax  liabilities.  These  liabilities  have  not  been  included  in  the  table  above  as  the  timing  and
amount of future payments are uncertain.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The  Company  uses  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  including  letters  of  credit  and  guarantees  in  connection  with  certain
obligations,  including  leases.  The  Company  in  Europe  also  entered  into  an  agreement  to  factor,  on  a  limited  recourse  basis,
certain of its trade accounts receivable up to a limit of €20.0m in exchange for advanced funding equal to 100% of the principal
value  of  the  invoice.  Refer  to  the  “Credit  risk”  section  of  this  MD&A  for  additional  details  on  the  Trade  accounts  receivable
factoring program. Other than those items disclosed here and elsewhere in this MD&A and our financial statements, we did not
have any material off-balance sheet arrangements or commitments as at March 28, 2021.

Letter of guarantee facility

On  April  14,  2020,  Canada  Goose  Inc.  entered  into  a  letter  of  guarantee  facility  with  HSBC  Bank  Canada  in  the  amount  of
$10.0m. Letters of guarantee are available for terms of up to twelve months and will be charged a fee equal to 1.2% per annum
calculated against the face amount and over the term of the guarantee. Amounts issued on the facility will be used to finance
working  capital  requirements  through  letters  of  guarantee,  standby  letters  of  credit,  performance  bonds,  counter  guarantees,
counter  standby  letters  of  credit,  or  similar  credits.  The  Company  shall  immediately  reimburse  the  issuing  bank  for  amounts
drawn  on  issued  letters  of  guarantees.  As  at  March  28,  2021,  the  Company  had  $4.5m  outstanding  in  connection  with  our
leases.

Outstanding Share Capital

Canada  Goose  is  a  publicly  traded  company  and  the  subordinate  voting  shares  are  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange
(NYSE:  GOOS)  and  on  the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  (TSX:  GOOS).  As  at  May  7,  2021,  there  were  59,435,079  subordinate
voting shares issued and outstanding, and 51,004,076 multiple voting shares issued and outstanding.

As at May 7, 2021, there were 2,498,851 options and 136,570 restricted share units outstanding under the Company’s equity
incentive plans, of which 833,487 options were vested as of such

-73-

date. Each option is exercisable for one subordinate voting share. We expect that vested restricted share units will be paid at
settlement through the issuance of one subordinate voting share per restricted share unit.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain market risks arising from transactions in the normal course of our business. Such risk is principally
associated with credit risk, foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to
a financial loss.

Credit risk arises from the possibility that certain parties will be unable to discharge their obligations. The Company manages its
credit risk through a combination of third party credit insurance and internal house risk. Credit insurance is provided by a third
party  for  customers  and  is  subject  to  continuous  monitoring  of  the  credit  worthiness  of  the  Company's  customers.  Insurance
covers  a  specific  amount  of  revenue,  which  may  be  less  than  the  Company's  total  revenue  with  a  specific  customer.  As  at
March 28, 2021, accounts receivable totaling approximately $5.7m (March 29, 2020 - $20.1m) were insured, under a maximum
credit limit of $30.0m.

Credit insurance is subject to continuous review by the insurer and can be reduced or eliminated if, in the view of the insurer, the
customer's credit worthiness has deteriorated. Upon receiving notification of credit insurance limit modifications, credit insurance
remains  in  place  for  60  days.  During  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the  Company  experienced  significant  reductions  in  the
market availability of credit insurance for a number of its customers.

Complementary to the third party insurance, the Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers through a
combination of third party financial reports, credit monitoring, publicly available information, and direct communication with those
customers. The Company establishes payment terms with customers to mitigate credit risk and continues to closely monitor its
accounts receivable credit risk exposure.

Customer  deposits  are  received  in  advance  from  certain  customers  for  seasonal  orders  to  further  mitigate  credit  risk,  and
applied to reduce accounts receivable when goods are shipped. As at March 28, 2021, customer deposits of $1.6m (March 29,
2020 - $2.1m) were included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

-74-

The aging of trade receivables was as follows:

CAD $ millions

Trade accounts receivable
Credit card receivables
Government grant receivable
Other receivables
March 28, 2021

Trade accounts receivable
Credit card receivables
Other receivables
March 29, 2020

Total
 $
21.9 
2.1 
4.4 
14.3 
42.7 

26.9 
2.1 
5.1 
34.1 

Current
 $
9.0 
2.1 
4.4 
14.3 
29.8 

15.9 
2.1 
5.1 
23.1 

< 30 days
 $
5.4 
— 
— 
— 
5.4 

5.0 
— 
— 
5.0 

31-60 days
 $
1.4 
— 
— 
— 
1.4 

2.5 
— 
— 
2.5 

Past due
> 61 days
 $
6.1 
— 
— 
— 
6.1 

3.5 
— 
— 
3.5 

Trade accounts receivable factoring program

On December 23, 2019, a subsidiary of the Company in Europe entered into an agreement to factor, on a limited recourse basis,
certain of its trade accounts receivable up to a limit of €20.0m in exchange for advanced funding equal to 100% of the principal
value of the invoice. Accepted currencies include euros, British pounds sterling, and Swiss francs. The Company is charged a
fee  of  the  applicable  EURIBOR  or  LIBOR  reference  rate  plus  1.15%  per  annum,  based  on  the  number  of  days  between  the
purchase  date  and  the  invoice  due  date,  which  is  lower  than  the  Company’s  average  borrowing  rate  under  the  Revolving
Facility. The program is utilized to provide sufficient liquidity to support its international operating cash needs. Upon transfer of
the  receivables,  the  Company  receives  cash  proceeds  and  continues  to  service  the  receivables  on  behalf  of  the  third-party
financial institution. The program meets the derecognition requirements in accordance with IFRS 9, Financial Instruments as the
Company  transfers  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  upon  the  sale  of  a  receivable.  These  proceeds  are
classified as cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows.

For  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the  Company  received  cash  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  trade  accounts  receivable  with
carrying  values  of  $16.9m  which  were  derecognized  from  the  Company’s  statement  of  financial  position.  Fees  of  less  than
$0.1m were incurred during the year ended March 28, 2021 (year ended March 29, 2020 - less than $0.1m) and included in net
interest, finance and other costs in the statement of income. As at March 28, 2021, the outstanding amount of trade accounts
receivable derecognized from the Company’s statement of financial position, but which the Company continued to service, was
$nil (March 29, 2020 - $2.4m).

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk in operating cash flows

Our  Annual  Financial  Statements  are  expressed  in  Canadian  dollars,  but  a  portion  of  the  Company’s  net  assets  are
denominated in foreign currencies, primarily U.S. dollars, euros, British pounds sterling, Swiss francs, Chinese yuan, and Hong
Kong dollars through its foreign

-75-

operations in the U.S., U.K., France, Switzerland, Hong Kong, and China. Furthermore, as our business in Greater China grows,
transactions  in  Chinese  yuan  and  Hong  Kong  dollar  will  increase.  Net  monetary  assets  denominated  in  currencies  other  than
Canadian  dollars  that  are  held  in  entities  with  Canadian  dollar  functional  currency  are  translated  into  Canadian  dollars  at  the
foreign currency exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. As a result, we are exposed to foreign currency translation
gains and losses. Revenues and expenses of all foreign operations are translated into Canadian dollars at the foreign currency
exchange  rates  that  approximate  the  rates  in  effect  at  the  dates  when  such  items  are  recognized.  Appreciating  foreign
currencies  relative  to  the  Canadian  dollar  will  positively  impact  operating  income  and  net  income  by  increasing  our  revenue,
while depreciating foreign currencies relative to the Canadian dollar will have the opposite impact.

We  are  also  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  the  prices  of  U.S.  dollar  denominated  purchases  as  a  result  of  changes  in  U.S.  dollar
exchange  rates.  A  depreciating  Canadian  dollar  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar  will  negatively  impact  operating  income  and  net
income by increasing our costs of raw materials, while an appreciating Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar will have the
opposite impact.

The  Company  has  entered  into  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  reduce  the  foreign  exchange  risk  to  fluctuations  in  the
U.S.  dollar,  euro,  British  pound  sterling,  Swiss  franc,  Chinese  yuan,  and  Hong  Kong  dollar  exchange  rates  for  revenues  and
purchases. Certain forward foreign exchange contracts were designated at inception and accounted for as cash flow hedges.
The operating hedge program for the fiscal year ending March 28, 2021 was initiated during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company recognized $1.7m of unrealized losses on foreign exchange hedges deemed
ineffective as a result of uncertainties in our future cash flows among our foreign operations.

The Company recognized the following unrealized losses in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges in other
comprehensive income:

CAD $ millions

Forward foreign
exchange contracts
designated as cash
flow hedges

March 28,
2021
Net loss Tax expense
$

$

For the year ended
March 29,
2020
Net loss Tax recovery
$

$

March 28,
2021
Net loss Tax expense
$

$

Fourth quarter ended
March 29,
2020
Net loss Tax recovery
$

$

(0.3)

(1.1)

(3.7)

1.1 

(1.5)

(0.6)

(4.9)

2.6 

-76-

The Company reclassified the following losses and gains from other comprehensive income on derivatives designated as cash
flow hedges to locations in the consolidated financial statements described below:

Loss (gain) from other comprehensive income
Forward foreign exchange contracts designated
as cash flow hedges

Revenue
SG&A expenses
Inventory

March 28,
2021
$

For the year ended
March 29,
2020
$

Fourth quarter ended
March 29,
2020
$

March 28,
2021
$

3.3 
(0.2)
(0.9)

(0.2)
1.0 
0.1 

3.3 
(2.1)
(0.7)

— 
(1.7)
(0.3)

For the fourth quarter and year ended March 28, 2021, unrealized gains of $1.5m and $6.4m, respectively (for the fourth quarter
and year ended March 29, 2020 - unrealized losses of $5.0m and $3.2m, respectively) on forward exchange contracts that were
not treated as hedges were recognized in SG&A expenses in the statement of income.

Foreign currency contracts outstanding as at March 28, 2021 related to operating cash flows were:

(in millions)
Forward contract to purchase Canadian dollars

Forward contract to sell Canadian dollars

Forward contract to purchase euros

Forward contract to sell euros

Foreign exchange risk on borrowings

US$
€

US$
€

CNY 
£
HKD 
SEK 

CHF 
CNY 
£

Aggregate Amounts

Currency

75.7 
48.2 

40.3 
36.2 

259.6 
19.7 
43.3 
0.1 

0.6 
2.3 
2.0 

U.S. dollars
euros

U.S. dollars
euros

Chinese yuan
British pounds sterling
Hong Kong dollars
Swedish kronor

Swiss francs
Chinese yuan
British pounds sterling

Amounts  available  for  borrowing  under  Short-term  Borrowings  and  part  of  our  Revolving  Facility  are  denominated  in  Chinese
renminbi and U.S. dollars, respectively. As at March 28, 2021, there were no amounts owing under both Short-term Borrowings
and the Revolving Facility.

Amounts  available  for  borrowing  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility  are  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars.  Based  on  our  outstanding
balances of $377.3m (US$300.0m) under the Term Loan Facility as at March 28, 2021, a $0.01 depreciation in the value of the
Canadian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a decrease in our pre-tax income of $3.0m solely as a result
of that exchange rate fluctuation’s effect on the debt.

The Company hedges a portion of its exposure to foreign currency exchange risk on principal and interest payments related to
its U.S. dollar denominated Term Loan Facility.

-77-

The  Company  recognized  the  following  unrealized  losses  and  gains  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  designed  as  hedging
instruments in other comprehensive income:

Net (loss)
gain
$

March 28,
2021
Tax recovery
(expense)
$

For the year ended
March 29,
2020

Net gain

March 28,
2021

(loss) Tax expense
$

$

Net gain
$

Tax expense
$

Fourth quarter ended
March 29,
2020
Tax (expense)
recovery
$

Net gain
(loss)
$

(0.9)

(0.5)

1.3 

(0.2)

3.9 

(1.3)

1.5 

(0.2)

0.2 

0.1 

(0.3)

(0.2)

— 

— 

(1.4)

0.1 

CAD $ millions

Swaps designated
as cash flow
hedges
Euro-
denominated
cross-currency
swap designated
as a net
investment hedge

The  Company  reclassified  the  following  losses  and  gains  from  other  comprehensive  income  on  derivatives  designated  as
hedging instruments to SG&A expenses:

CAD $ millions
Loss (gain) from other
comprehensive income
Swaps designated as cash flow
hedges

March 28,
2021

$

5.6 

For the year ended
March 29,
2020

March 28,
2021

Fourth quarter ended
March 29,
2020

$

(5.3)

$

0.3 

$

(6.3)

For  the  fourth  quarter  and  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  unrealized  losses  of  $5.3m  and  $21.7m,  respectively  (for  the  fourth
quarter and year ended March 29, 2020 - unrealized gains of $2.5m and $3.3m, respectively) in the fair value of the long-dated
forward exchange contract related to a portion of the term loan balance were recognized in SG&A expenses in the statement of
income.

The  Company  enters  into  derivative  transactions  to  hedge  a  portion  of  its  exposure  to  foreign  currency  exchange  risk  and
interest  rate  risk  related  to  the  Term  Loan  Facility  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars.  Following  the  refinancing  of  the  Term  Loan
Facility  on  October  7,  2020,  the  cross-currency  swap  designated  and  accounted  for  as  a  cash  flow  hedge  in  relation  to  the
previous term loan was deemed ineffective; however, the other designated hedge transactions remained effective.

On October 30, 2020, the Company terminated its existing derivative contracts associated with the previous Term Loan Facility
and  entered  into  new  derivative  transactions  to  better  align  with  the  refinancing  amendment  to  the  Term  Loan  Facility.  The
Company entered into a five-year interest rate swap by selling US$270.0m, floating rate debt bearing interest at LIBOR plus an
applicable margin 4.25% as measured on the trade date, provided that LIBOR may not be less than 0.75%, for a fixed rate debt
bearing interest at a rate of 5.20%. The interest rate swap was designated at inception and accounted for as a cash flow hedge,
and to the extent that the hedge remains effective, unrealized gains and losses will be included in other comprehensive income
until  reclassified  to  the  statement  of  income  as  the  hedged  interest  payments  and  principal  repayments  (or  periodic
remeasurements) impact net income.

-78-

The  Company  also  entered  into  a  five-year  forward  exchange  contract  by  selling  $368.5m  and  receiving  US$270.0m  as
measured on the trade date, to fix the foreign exchange risk on a portion of the Term Loan Facility borrowings. Unrealized gains
and losses in the fair value of the forward contract are recognized in SG&A expenses in the statement of income, which offset
the  unrealized  gains  and  losses  recognized  on  the  principal  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility  that  are  also  recognized  in  SG&A
expenses.

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk related to the effect of interest rate changes on borrowings outstanding under our Short-
term  Borrowings,  Revolving  Facility,  and  Term  Loan  Facility.  As  at  March  28,  2021,  the  Company  had  $377.3m  outstanding
under  the  Term  Loan  Facility  which  currently  bears  interest  at  5.00%.  As  at  March  28,  2021,  the  Company  had  repaid  all
amounts  owing  on  our  Short-term  Borrowings  and  Revolving  Facility.  Based  on  the  weighted  average  amount  of  outstanding
borrowings on our Short-term Borrowings during the year ended March 28, 2021, a 1.00% increase in the average interest rate
on  our  borrowings  would  have  increased  interest  expense  by  $0.1m  (year  ended  March  29,  2020  -  less  than  $0.1m).
Correspondingly, a 1.00% increase in the average interest rate would have increased interest expense on the Revolving Facility
and  Term  Loan  Facility  by  $1.1m  and  $2.6m,  respectively  (year  ended  March  29,  2020  -  $0.9m  and  $1.5m,  respectively).
Interest rate risk on the Term Loan Facility is partially mitigated by cross-currency swap hedges. The impact on future interest
expense as a result of future changes in interest rates will depend largely on the gross amount of our borrowings at that time.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company enters into transactions from time to time with its principal shareholders and organizations affiliated with members
of  the  Board  of  Directors  by  incurring  expenses  for  business  services.  During  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the  Company
incurred  expenses  with  related  parties  of  $1.2m  (year  ended  March  29,  2020  -  $1.7m)  from  companies  related  to  certain
shareholders. Net balances owing to related parties as at March 28, 2021 were $0.3m (March 29, 2020 - $0.4m).

A lease liability due to the controlling shareholder of the acquired Baffin Inc. business (the “Baffin Vendor”) for leased premises
was $4.6m as at March 28, 2021 (March 29, 2020 - $5.3m). During the year ended March 28, 2021, the Company paid principal
and interest on the lease liability, net of rent concessions, and other operating costs to entities affiliated with the Baffin Vendor
totaling  $1.2m  (year  ended  March  29,  2020  -  $1.4m).  No  amounts  were  owing  to  Baffin  entities  as  at  March  28,  2021  and
March  29,  2020.  Furthermore,  $3.0m  was  paid  to  the  Baffin  Vendor  on  November  1,  2020  and  charged  to  expense  over  two
years.

For a discussion of additional related party transactions see Item 7B. — “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”
— “Related Party Transactions”.

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

Transactions with related parties are conducted on terms pursuant to an approved agreement, or are approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company.

-79-

Key management compensation

Key management consists of the Board of Directors, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the executives who report
directly to the President and Chief Executive Officer.

CAD $ millions
Short term employee benefits
Long term employee benefits
Share-based compensation
Compensation expense

March 28,
2021

March 29,
2020

13.2 
0.1 
8.6 
21.9 

9.1 
0.1 
5.9 
15.1 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our Annual Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of our
financial  statements  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,
revenues and expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our Annual Financial Statements, we believe
that  the  following  accounting  policies  and  estimates  are  critical  to  our  business  operations  and  understanding  our  financial
results.

The following are the accounting policies subject to judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty that we believe could
have the most significant impact on the amounts recognized in the Annual Financial Statements.

Revenue recognition. Revenue comprises DTC, Wholesale, and Other segment revenues. Revenue is measured at the amount
of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of the
Company’s activities. Revenue is presented net of sales tax, estimated returns, sales allowances, and discounts. The Company
recognizes  revenue  when  the  Company  has  agreed  terms  with  its  customers,  the  contractual  rights  and  payment  terms  have
been identified, the contract has commercial substance, it is probable that consideration will be collected by the Company, and
when control of the goods is transferred to the customer have been met.

It is the Company’s policy to sell merchandise through the DTC segment with a limited right to return, typically within 30 days.
Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for such returns.

Inventories. Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value which requires us to use estimates related to
fluctuations in obsolescence, shrinkage, future retail prices, seasonality and costs necessary to sell the inventory.

We  periodically  review  our  inventories  and  make  provisions  as  necessary  to  appropriately  value  obsolete  or  damaged  raw
materials  and  finished  goods.  In  addition,  as  part  of  inventory  valuations,  we  accrue  for  inventory  shrinkage  for  lost  or  stolen
items based on historical trends from actual physical inventory counts.

Leases.  We  exercise  judgment  when  contracts  are  entered  into  that  may  give  rise  to  a  right-of-use  asset  that  would  be
accounted  for  as  a  lease.  Judgment  is  required  in  determining  the  appropriate  lease  term  on  a  lease  by  lease  basis.  We
consider  all  facts  and  circumstances  that  create  an  economic  incentive  to  exercise  a  renewal  option  or  to  not  exercise  a
termination  option  at  inception  and  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  including  investments  in  major  leaseholds,  operating
performance, and changed circumstances. The periods covered by renewal or

-80-

termination  options  are  only  included  in  the  lease  term  if  we  are  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  that  option.  Changes  in  the
economic environment or changes in the retail industry may impact the assessment of the lease term.

We determine the present value of future lease payments by estimating the incremental borrowing rate specific to each leased
asset  or  portfolio  of  leased  assets.  We  determine  the  incremental  borrowing  rate  of  each  leased  asset  or  portfolio  of  leased
assets  by  incorporating  our  creditworthiness,  the  security,  term,  and  value  of  the  underlying  leased  asset,  and  the  economic
environment  in  which  the  leased  asset  operates.  The  incremental  borrowing  rates  are  subject  to  change  mainly  due  to
macroeconomic changes in the environment.

Impairment of non-financial assets (goodwill, intangible assets, right-of- use assets and property, plant and equipment). We are
required to use judgment in determining the grouping of assets to identify their cash generating units (“CGU”) for the purposes of
testing  fixed  assets  for  impairment.  Judgment  is  further  required  to  determine  appropriate  groupings  of  CGUs  for  the  level  at
which  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  are  tested  for  impairment.  For  the  purpose  of  goodwill  impairment  testing,  CGUs  are
grouped  at  the  lowest  level  at  which  goodwill  is  monitored  for  internal  management  purposes.  For  the  purpose  of  intangible
assets’ impairment testing, intangible assets are assessed at the CGU level. In addition, judgment is used to determine whether
a triggering event has occurred requiring an impairment test to be completed.

In determining the recoverable amount of a CGU or a group of CGUs, various estimates are employed. We determine value-in-
use  by  using  estimates  including  projected  future  revenues,  earnings,  working  capital,  and  capital  investment  consistent  with
strategic  plans  presented  to  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Company.  Discount  rates  are  consistent  with  external  industry
information reflecting the risk associated with the specific cash flows.

Income  and  other  taxes.  Current  and  deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and
comprehensive  income,  except  when  it  relates  to  a  business  combination,  or  items  recognized  in  equity  or  in  other
comprehensive  income.  Application  of  judgment  is  required  regarding  the  classification  of  transactions  and  in  assessing
probable  outcomes  of  claimed  deductions  including  expectations  about  future  operating  results,  the  timing  and  reversal  of
temporary differences and possible audits of income tax and other tax filings by the tax authorities in the various jurisdictions in
which the Company operates.

Warranty. The  critical  assumptions  and  estimates  used  in  determining  the  warranty  provision  at  the  balance  sheet  date  are:
number  of  jackets  expected  to  require  repair  or  replacement;  proportion  to  be  repaired  versus  replaced;  period  in  which  the
warranty claim is expected to occur; cost of repair; cost of jacket replacement; and risk-free rate used to discount the provision
to present value. We review our inputs to this estimate on a quarterly basis to ensure the provision reflects the most current
information regarding our products.

-81-

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Standards issued and adopted

Leases - COVID-19 Rent Concessions

In  May  2020,  the  IASB  issued  an  amendment  to  IFRS  16,  Leases  exempting  lessees  from  determining  whether  COVID-19
related rent concessions are lease modifications. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
June  1,  2020  and  earlier  application  is  permitted.  In  accordance  with  the  guidance  issued,  the  Company  adopted  the
amendment effective March 30, 2020 and elected not to treat COVID-19 related rent concessions as lease modifications. Rent
concessions of $4.1m were  recognized  in  the  statement  of  income  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  and  the  Company  will
consider seeking further rent concessions as it continues to monitor the impact of COVID-19.

Standards issued and not yet adopted

Certain  new  standards,  amendments,  and  interpretations  to  existing  IFRS  standards  have  been  published  but  are  not  yet
effective and have not been adopted early by the Company. Management anticipates that pronouncements will be adopted in
the Company’s accounting policy for the first period beginning after the effective date of the pronouncement. Information on new
standards, amendments, and interpretations is provided below.

In January 2020, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements to clarify its requirements for
the presentation of liabilities in the statement of financial position. The limited scope amendment affected only the presentation
of liabilities in the statement of financial position and not the amount or timing of its recognition. The amendment clarified that
the classification of liabilities as current or non-current is based on rights that are in existence at the end of the reporting period
and specified that classification is unaffected by expectations about whether an entity will exercise its right to defer settlement of
a liability. It also introduced a definition of ‘settlement’ to make clear that settlement refers to the transfer to the counterparty of
cash, equity instruments, other assets or services. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
January 1, 2023. Earlier application is permitted. The Company is assessing the potential impact of the amendment.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Amendment to the Term Loan Facility

On April 9, 2021, the Company entered into a repricing amendment to the Term Loan Facility to decrease the interest to a rate of
LIBOR  plus  an  applicable  margin  of  3.50%  from  LIBOR  plus  an  applicable  margin  of  4.25%.  As  a  result  of  the  repricing
amendment, there were no changes to the following conditions from the existing Term Loan Facility: a) the aggregate principal
amount  of  US$300.0m;  b)  the  maturity  date  of  October  7,  2027;  c)  LIBOR  may  not  be  less  than  0.75%,  and;  d)  existing
derivative contracts entered into on October 30, 2020.

-82-

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management,  including  the  CEO  and  CFO,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as
defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded
that  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  as  at  March  28,  2021  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  the
information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports it files is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within
the appropriate time periods and is accumulated and communicated to management, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control
over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the CEO and the CFO and effected by the Board
of  Directors,  management  and  other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting
and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting
Standards. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

• Pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  accurately  and  fairly  reflect,  in  reasonable  detail,  the  transactions  and

dispositions of assets of the Company;

• Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
in  accordance  with  IFRS  and  that  the  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Company  are  made  only  in  accordance  with
authorizations of management and directors; and

• Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of

the assets of the Company that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the year ended March 28, 2021 that
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.
Management determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 28, 2021.

Limitations of Controls and Procedures

Due  to  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  all  misstatements.
Management's projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as to future periods
are  subject  to  the  risks  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

-83-

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our directors and executive officers as of May 5, 2021. Other than for
Pat  Sherlock  and  Penny  Brook,  whose  business  address  is  135  Baarerstrasse,  6300  Zug,  Switzerland,  and  Scott  Cameron
whose business address is Shop No.6, UG/F, Sunrise House, 27 Old Bailey Street, Central, Hong Kong, the business address
for our directors and officers is c/o Canada Goose Holdings Inc., 250 Bowie Ave, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M6E 4Y2.

Name

Age

Position

Dani Reiss
Jonathan Sinclair
Pat Sherlock
Ana Mihaljevic
Penny Brook
Kara MacKillop
Scott Cameron
David Forrest
Carrie Baker
John Moran
Michael (Woody) Blackford
Eric Westerby
Paul Hubner
Joshua Bekenstein
Jodi Butts
Maureen Chiquet
Ryan Cotton
John Davison
Stephen Gunn
Jean-Marc Huët
Michael D. Armstrong

47 President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
59 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
47 President, Canada Goose International AG & EMEA
40 Chief Commercial Officer
44 Chief Marketing Officer
45 Chief of Staff and Executive Vice President, People & Culture
43 President, Asia-Pacific
41 Senior Vice President and General Counsel
45 President, North America
58 Executive Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain
52 Executive Vice President, Product
49 Senior Vice President, Omni
60 President and Chief Executive Officer, Baffin Limited
62 Director
48 Director
58 Director
42 Director
62 Director
66 Director
52 Director
48 Director

-84-

Dani Reiss C. M. (Member of the Order of Canada and the Order of Ontario), President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

The grandson of our founder, Mr. Reiss joined the company in 1997 and was named President and Chief Executive Officer of
the company in 2001. Mr. Reiss has worked in almost every area of the company and successfully developed our international
sales channels prior to assuming the role of President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Reiss received a Bachelor of Arts from
University of Toronto. Mr. Reiss is the Chairman of our board of directors and brings leadership and operational experience to
our board of directors as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Jonathan Sinclair, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr.  Sinclair  joined  the  company  in  June  2018  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  Prior  to  joining  the
company,  Mr.  Sinclair  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President  of  Business  Operations  at  Jimmy  Choo
PLC  from  June  2014  to  May  2018,  Chief  Operating  Officer  at  Vertu  from  June  2013  to  June  2014,  Chief  Operating  Officer  at
Jimmy Choo from December 2008 to May 2013, and Group Finance Director at Pentland Brands Plc from November 2003 to
December 2008. He brings more than 20 years of global financial and operational experience to his role. Mr. Sinclair received a
Bachelor of Arts from Loughborough University of Technology.

Pat Sherlock, President,Canada Goose International AG & EMEA

Mr. Sherlock joined the company in November 2012 as the Director of Canadian Sales and was named Senior Director of Sales
in May 2014, Vice President of Sales Canada in May 2015, Senior Vice President of Global Wholesale in April 2016, President
of Canada Goose International AG in April 2018, overseeing all operations in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and South America
and most recently in May, 2021, President, Canada Goose International AG & EMEA. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Sherlock
served  as  the  National  Sales  Manager  of  New  Balance  Canada  Inc.,  from  January  2008  to  November  2012  and  Managing
Director,  Central  Eastern  Canada  for  Lothar  Heinrich  Agencies  Ltd.  (Warsteiner)  from  December  2006  to  January  2008.  He
spent 10 years at InBev (Labatt), from 1997 to 2007 most recently as National Field Sales Manager. Mr. Sherlock received a
Bachelor of Business Administration and Management from University of Winnipeg.

Ana Mihaljevic, Chief Commercial Officer

Ms.  Mihaljevic  joined  the  company  in  April  2015  as  Vice  President  of  Planning  and  became  Vice  President  of  Planning  and
Sales  Operations  in  April  2016,  Senior  Vice  President  of  Planning  and  Sales  Operations  in  April  2017  and  Chief  Commercial
Officer in April 2019. Prior to joining the company, Ms. Mihaljevic served as the Director of Business Planning at Marc Jacobs
International,  a  designer  apparel  company,  from  March  2013  to  March  2015,  the  Director  of  Sales  and  Planning  at  Jones
Apparel Group, a women’s apparel company, from May 2011 to March 2013, and as an Account Executive at Ralph Lauren from
April 2008 to May 2011. Ms. Mihaljevic received a Bachelor in Commerce from Queen’s University.

-85-

Penny Brook, Chief Marketing Officer

Ms. Brook joined the company in 2014 as European Marketing Director. She most recently served as General Manager and Vice
President of International Marketing for the company and was named Chief Marketing Officer in January 2018. Prior to joining
the  company,  Ms.  Brook  served  in  progressively  senior  marketing  roles  across  a  wide  range  of  industries  including  luxury,
fashion, consumer electronics and fast-moving consumer goods, at companies such as Mulberry Group plc, Clarks and Philips
Electronics. Ms. Brook received a Bachelor of Arts from Kingston University in London.

Kara MacKillop, Chief of Staff and Executive Vice President, People and Culture

Ms. MacKillop joined the company in September 2014 as the Vice President of Human Resources. She was promoted to Senior
Vice President of Human Resources in 2016, Executive Vice President, People and Culture in April 2018 and Chief of Staff and
Executive Vice President, People and Culture in June 2020 . Prior to joining our team, Ms. MacKillop served as the Director of
Human Resources for Red Bull Canada, a company that produces and sells energy drinks, from September 2010 to September
2014, and as Director of Human Resources for Indigo Books and Music from August 2003 until September 2010. Ms. MacKillop
received a Bachelor of Science from the University of Western Ontario.

Scott Cameron, President, Asia-Pacific

Mr.  Cameron  joined  the  company  in  December  2015  as  Chief  Strategy  and  Business  Development  Officer,  was  named
Executive  Vice  President  e-Commerce,  Stores  and  Strategy  in  July  2016,President,  Greater  China  in  March  2018  and
President, Asia-Pacific in April 2021. Prior to joining our team, Mr. Cameron spent eight years focused on luxury and apparel
retail brands at McKinsey & Co. Toronto, a management consulting firm, most recently as a principal. Mr. Cameron received a
Bachelor  in  Commerce  (Honours)  degree  from  Queen’s  University  and  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  from  Harvard
Business School, where he was a Baker Scholar.

David Forrest, Senior Vice President, General Counsel

Mr.  Forrest  joined  the  company  in  May  2014  as  Director,  Legal  and  was  named  Senior  Director,  Legal  in  May  2015,  Vice
President, Legal in October 2016 and Senior Vice President, General Counsel in April 2017. Prior to joining the company, Mr.
Forrest served as the General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Thomas Cook North America from May 2012 to May 2014,
prior  to  which  he  practiced  law  at  Osler,  Hoskin  &  Harcourt  LLP,  from  August  2006  until  May  2012.  Mr.  Forrest  received  a
Bachelor of Laws (with distinction) from Western University in 2006 and a Honours Bachelor of Arts, Applied Economics from
Queen’s University in 2002.

Carrie Baker, President, North America

Ms. Baker joined the company in May 2012 as the Vice President of Communications and was named Chief of Staff and Senior
Vice  President  in  January  2017, Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  of  Staff  in  April  2018  and  President,  North  America  in  June
2020. Prior to joining the company Ms. Baker spent 12 years at High Road Communications, a North American communications
agency, from May 2000 to April 2012, serving most recently as Senior Vice President. Ms. Baker received a Bachelor of Arts
from the University of Western Ontario.

-86-

John Moran, Executive Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain

Mr. Moran joined the company in November 2014 as Vice President of Manufacturing, was promoted in January 2017 to Senior
Vice  President,  Manufacturing  and  Supply  Chain,  and  was  named  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Manufacturing  and  Supply
Chain  in  April  2018.  Prior  to  joining  the  company,  Mr.  Moran  served  as  Chief  Operating  Officer  at  Smith  &  Vandiver  Corp.  in
2014 and as Vice President, Operations from October 2003 to March 2011 and later Chief Operating Officer from April 2011 to
April 2013 at Robert Talbott Inc. in Monterey, California, a renowned producer of men’s and women’s luxury apparel. Throughout
his time with Robert Talbott Inc., Mr. Moran’s responsibilities ranged from strategic planning and business development to sales,
sourcing,  manufacturing,  distribution  and  finance.  Prior  to  his  time  with  Robert  Talbott  Inc.,  Mr.  Moran  was  employed  full-time
with Gitman Brothers Shirt Company, based in Ashland, Pennsylvania, from 1984 to October 2003 holding positions of varying
levels  of  responsibility  in  manufacturing,  distribution  and  finance.  At  the  time  of  his  departure  in  October  2003  he  held  the
position of Chief Operating Officer.

Michael (Woody) Blackford, Executive Vice President, Product

Mr. Blackford joined the company in November 2019 as Executive Vice President, Design and Merchandising and was named
Executive  Vice  President,  Product  in  March  2020.  Prior  to  joining  the  company,  Mr.  Blackford  spent  14  years  at  Columbia
Sportswear Company, most recently serving as Vice President of Global Design & Innovation. Prior to that, he held a number of
roles in product and sales at Sierra Designs. Throughout his career, Mr. Blackford has developed expertise in design leadership,
product  development  and  technical  innovation.  Mr.  Blackford  received  a  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  and  Economics
from St. Francis Xavier University.

Eric Westerby, Senior Vice President, Omni

Mr.  Westerby  joined  the  company  in  December  2018  as  an  independent  consultant  and  formally  joined  the  company  as  the
Senior  Vice  President  of  Information  Technology  in  July  2019  and  in  January  2021  was  named  Senior  Vice  President,  Omni.
Prior  to  joining  our  team,  Mr.  Westerby  served  as  the  Chief  Information  Officer/EVP  Omni-Channel  for  Palliser  Furniture
Upholstery/EQ3,  a  leading  North  American  furniture  company,  from  July  2017  to  September  2018.  He  previously  led  the
executive  office  of  IT  for  Nygard,  Alliance  Films,  West  49  Inc.,  Laura  Secord  and  Cole  National  Corp.  Mr.  Westerby  studied
Computer Programming and Analysis at Seneca College.

Paul Hubner, President and Chief Executive Officer, Baffin Limited

Paul  Hubner  is  the  founder  of  Baffin,  an  industry-leading  designer  and  manufacturer  of  performance  outdoor  and  industrial
footwear, and currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer. With more than 30 years of footwear construction and
design expertise and senior management experience, he has led the expansion and growth of the brand since 1997. Prior to
founding Baffin, Paul worked at Deloitte as a Certified Management Accountant. He graduated from McMaster University with a
Bachelor of Commerce Degree.

Joshua Bekenstein, Director

Mr.  Bekenstein  has  served  as  a  member  of  our  board  of  directors  since  December  2013.  He  is  a  Managing  Director  of  Bain
Capital. Prior to joining Bain Capital, in 1984, Mr. Bekenstein spent two years at Bain & Company, Inc., where he was involved
with companies in a variety of

-87-

industries.  Mr.  Bekenstein  serves  as  a  director  of  BRP  Inc.,  Dollarama  Inc.  and  Bright  Horizons  Family  Solutions  Inc.  He
previously  served  as  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  The  Gymboree  Corporation,  Burlington  Stores,  Inc.,  Waters
Corporation and The Michaels Companies, Inc. Mr. Bekenstein received a Bachelor of Arts from Yale University and a Master of
Business  Administration  from  Harvard  Business  School.  Mr.  Bekenstein  provides  strong  executive  and  business  operations
skills to our board of directors and valuable experience gained from previous and current board service.

Jodi Butts, Director

Ms. Butts has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2017. Prior to joining the board, Ms. Butts served
as  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Rise  Asset  Development  and  Senior  Vice-President  of  Operations  and  Redevelopment  at
Mount Sinai Hospital Toronto. Ms. Butts also serves as a board member and member of the Nominating Committee of Aphria
Inc.; as a board member of Dot Health Inc; as a member of the Board of Governors and Audit Committee of the University of
Windsor; and as Chair of the board of directors of the Walrus Foundation. She also holds several board advisory roles, including
with Bayshore Home Healthcare. She received a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Windsor, a Master of Arts in Canadian
History from the University of Toronto and a Bachelor of Laws from the University of Toronto.

Maureen Chiquet, Director

Ms. Chiquet has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2017. Ms. Chiquet began her career in marketing at
L’Oreal Paris in 1985, started working at The Gap in 1988, where she helped launch and build the Old Navy brand, and served
as President of Banana Republic in 2002 prior to becoming Chief Operating Officer and President of U.S. Operations of Chanel
in 2003. In 2007, Ms. Chiquet became Chanel’s first Global Chief Executive Officer. She left Chanel in 2016. Ms. Chiquet served
as a Trustee to the New York Academy of Art. Ms. Chiquet also served as a Trustee to the Yale Corporation and was a fellow of
Yale University, where she received a Bachelor of Arts in literature. She serves as a non-executive director and acting executive
chairwoman of the board of MatchesFashion, the chairwoman of the board of Golden Goose as well as on the board of directors
of Credo. Ms. Chiquet provides strong executive, product, marketing and business operations skills to the board of directors.

Ryan Cotton, Director

Mr.  Cotton  has  served  as  a  member  of  our  board  of  directors  since  December  2013.  He  joined  Bain  Capital  in  2003,  and  is
currently a Managing Director. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Cotton was a consultant at Bain & Company from 2001 to 2003.
Mr. Cotton serves as a director of Advantage Solutions, Maesa, Varsity Brands, Virgin Voyages, Virgin Australia and Blue Nile.
Mr. Cotton also currently serves on the board of directors and board of trustees for City Year New York, and St. Mark’s School of
Texas, respectively. He previously served as a member of the board of directors of Apple Leisure Group, International Market
Centers,  Inc.,  Daymon  Worldwide,  TOMS  Shoes,  Sundial  Brands  and  The  Michaels  Companies,  Inc.  Mr.  Cotton  received  a
bachelor’s  degree  from  Princeton  University  and  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  from  the  Stanford  Graduate  School  of
Business. Mr. Cotton provides strong executive and business operations skills to our board of directors and valuable experience
gained from previous and current board service.

-88-

John Davison, Director

Mr. Davison has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. Mr. Davison is currently the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Four Seasons Holdings Inc. (“Four Seasons”), the luxury hotel and resort management company, where he
oversees all aspects of the company’s global portfolio of hotels, resorts and branded residences. Initially joining Four Seasons
as Senior Vice President, Project Financing in 2002, Mr. Davison later served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer from 2005 to 2019. Prior to joining Four Seasons, Mr. Davison spent four years as a member of the Audit and Business
Investigations Practices at KPMG in Toronto, followed by 14 years at IMAX Corporation from 1987 to 2001, ultimately holding
the  position  of  President,  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  Currently  he  also  serves  on  the  board  of  IMAX
China Holding, Inc. Mr. Davison has been a Chartered Professional Accountant since 1986, and a Chartered Business Valuator
since  1988.  He  received  a  Bachelor  of  Commerce  from  the  University  of  Toronto.  Mr.  Davison  provides  strong  executive  and
business operations skills to our board of directors.

Stephen Gunn, Director

Mr. Gunn has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2017. He previously served as a Co-Chair of Sleep
Country  Canada  Inc.  (“Sleep  Country”).  He  co-founded  Sleep  Country  in  1994  and  served  as  its  Chair  and  Chief  Executive
Officer from 1997 to 2014. Prior to founding Sleep Country, Mr. Gunn was a management consultant with McKinsey & Company
from  1981  to  1987  and  then  co-founded  and  was  President  of  Kenrick  Capital,  a  private  equity  firm.  Mr.  Gunn  serves  as  the
Chair  of  the  board  of  directors  of  Dollarama  Inc.  Mr.  Gunn  is  also  the  Chair  of  the  audit  committee  of  Recipe  Unlimited
Corporation  (formerly  Cara  Operations  Limited),  and  served  as  a  director  of  Golf  Town  Canada  Inc.  from  2008  to  2019.  He
received  a  Bachelor  of  Electrical  Engineering  from  Queens  University  and  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  from  the
University of Western Ontario. Mr. Gunn provides strong executive and business operations skills to our board of directors and
valuable experience gained from previous and current board service.

Jean-Marc Huët, Director

Mr. Huët has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2017. He serves as the Chairman of Heineken N.V.,
a  member  of  the  advisory  committee  of  Bridgepoint  Capital  and  the  Chairman  of  Vermaat,  a  catering  business  owned  by
Bridgepoint Capital. Mr. Huët served as a director of Formula One from 2012 to January 2017, and was an Executive Director
and Chief Financial Officer of Unilever N.V. from 2010 to 2015. Mr. Huët was also formerly Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial  Officer  of  Bristol-Myers  Squibb  Company  from  2008  to  2009  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Royal  Numico  N.V.  from
2003  to  2007.  Prior  to  that,  he  worked  at  Goldman  Sachs.  He  received  a  A.B.  from  Dartmouth  College  and  an  M.B.A.  from
INSEAD.  Mr.  Huët  provides  strong  executive,  consumer  and  financial  expertise  to  our  board  of  directors  and  valuable
experience gained from previous and current board service.

Michael D. Armstrong, Director

Mr. Armstrong has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2021. He is a global media expert as well as a
business  development  and  operations  executive.  He  is  currently  Executive  Vice  President,  Worldwide  Television  Licensing  &
Operations  at  ViacomCBS,  Global  Distribution  Group,  and  has  spent  most  of  his  career  developing  and  launching  revenue
generating brands around the world. Mr. Armstrong previously served as

-89-

General Manager of BET Networks, and was Executive Vice President and General Manager, Revenue and Emerging Brands at
Viacom International Media Networks. He is on the board of the non-profit audio journalism company PRX and is a member of
the Board of Trustees at his alma mater Hampton University.Mr. Armstrong previously chaired the boards of Dance Theatre of
Harlem and the National Association for Multi-Ethnicity in Communications (NAMIC). He is also a member of the International
Academy  of  Television  Arts  &  Sciences  and  received  an  MBA  at  the  University  of  Chicago  Booth  School  of  Business.    Mr.
Armstrong provides strong executive and business operations skills to our board of directors.

B. Compensation

Board of Director Compensation

Only the company’s independent directors, Messrs. Armstrong, Davison, Gunn and Huët and Mmes. Chiquet and Butts received
compensation in respect of fiscal 2021 for their service on our board of directors. Messrs. Reiss, Bekenstein and Cotton do not
receive any compensation as directors of the company. Mr. Reiss’ compensation for serving as President and Chief Executive
Officer is included with that of the other named executive officers. Canada Goose does not compensate representatives of Bain
Capital for their service on our board. In light of the impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, Messrs. Davison, Gunn, and Huët
and  Mmes.  Chiquet  and  Butts  voluntarily  reduced  their  compensation  by  up  to  28%  in  fiscal  2021  (the  “2021  Director
Reductions”). The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid by the company to Messrs. Davison,
Armstrong, Gunn and Huët and Mmes. Chiquet and Butts in respect of fiscal 2021:

Name

John Davison
Stephen Gunn
Jean-Marc Huët
Maureen Chiquet
Jodi Butts
Michael D. Armstrong

(4)

(1)

Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash ($)
99,135
85,366
85,366
111,802
102,990
22,031

(2)

Stock Awards ($)
33,802
33,802
33,802
33,802
33,802
—

(3)

Option Awards ($)
101,391
101,391
101,391
101,391
101,391
—

Total ($)
234,328
220,559
220,559
246,995
238,183
22,031

(1)        Compensation  paid  in  U.S.  dollars  converted  at  an  exchange  rate  of  US$1.00  to  $1.32  which  is  an  average  rate
determined in accordance with the company's policies based on exchange rates available as at the applicable payment
dates for the fiscal year.

(2)    Amount shown reflects the grant date fair value of restricted share unit (“RSU”) awards granted to Messrs. Davison, Gunn
and  Huët  and  Mmes.  Chiquet  and  Butts  in  fiscal  2021.  The  value  was  determined  in  accordance  with  IFRS  2  “Share-
based Payment”.

(3)       Amount  shown  reflects  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  options  to  purchase  subordinate  voting  shares  granted  to  Messrs.
Davison,  Gunn,  and  Huët  and  Mmes.  Chiquet  and  Butts  in  fiscal  2021.  The  value  was  determined  in  accordance  with
IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”.

(4)    Mr. Armstrong joined our board of directors in February 2021 and was paid a prorated

-90-

fee of US$12,500 for his service on our board of directors and US$4,167 for his service as a committee member during
fiscal 2021.

As compensation for service on our board of directors, the Company pays each of its independent directors US$75,000 per year
(the  “Board  Retainer”)  which  was  reduced  for  service  during  fiscal  2021  in  connection  with  the  2021  Director  Reductions.  In
addition,  independent  directors  who  serve  as  members  of  committees  of  our  board  of  directors  are  paid  an  additional
US$12,500  per  year  for  their  committee  service,  including  a  prorated  fee  of  $2,083  for  Messrs.  Huët,  Armstrong  and  Mme.
Chiquet  following  the  formation  of  the  Vision  Committee  in  February  2021.  Mr.  Davison  is  paid  US$25,000  per  year  for  his
service as the Chair of the Audit Committee. Ms. Butts, who as Chair of the Nominating & Governance Committee is entitled to
an annualized amount of US$15,000, was paid a prorated fee of US$10,417 during fiscal 2021 for her service as a committee
member  and  a  prorated  fee  of  US$2,500  for  her  service  as  Chair  of  the  Nominating  &  Governance  Committee  beginning  in
February 2021.

On June 12, 2020, each of Messrs. Davison, Gunn and Huët and Mmes. Butts and Chiquet was granted an award of 10,240
options to purchase our subordinate voting shares (“Options”) under the Omnibus Plan. The Options are subject to time-based
vesting of one-fourth on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. The Options have an exercise
price of $33.97 per share and expire on June 12, 2030.

On June 12, 2020, each of Messrs. Davison, Gunn and Huët and Mmes. Butts and Chiquet was granted an award of 995 RSUs
under  the  Omnibus  Plan,  which  are  subject  to  time-based  vesting  of  one-third  on  each  of  the  first,  second  and  third
anniversaries of the grant date.

Executive Compensation

Components of Executive Compensation

Each  year,  the  compensation  committee  of  our  board  of  directors  is  responsible  for  determining  our  executive  compensation
framework, which consisted of the following elements for fiscal 2021: (i) base salary; (ii) annual bonus; (iii) equity-based long-
term incentives; and (iv) employee benefits and other compensation.

Named Executive Officers

The following tables and discussion relate to the compensation paid to or earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer,
Dani Reiss; our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Jonathan Sinclair; and our three most highly compensated
executive officers (other than Messrs. Reiss and Sinclair) who were serving as executive officers on the last day of fiscal 2021.
They  are  Michael  (Woody)  Blackford,  our  Executive  Vice  President,  Product;  Pat  Sherlock,  our  President,  Canada  Goose
International AG & EMEA; and Penny Brook, our Chief Marketing Officer. Messrs. Reiss, Sinclair, Blackford and Sherlock and
Ms. Brook are referred to collectively in this Annual Report as our named executive officers.

-91-

The following table sets forth information about certain compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive
officers in respect of fiscal 2021:

Name and principal position

Salary ($)

(1)

Bonus ($)

(2)

331,154

5,651,000

Stock awards
($)
1,076,238

(3)

Option awards ($)
(4)

5,941,746

All other
compensation ($)
52,989

(5)

Total compensation
($)
13,053,127

Dani Reiss, President and Chief
Executive Officer
Jonathan Sinclair, Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael (Woody) Blackford, Executive
Vice President, Product
Pat Sherlock, President, Canada
Goose International AG & EMEA
Penny Brook, Chief Marketing
Officer

(6)

(6)

665,146

712,000

194,762

700,092

555,000

528,000

130,012

389,999

411,778

348,000

405,508

362,000

91,861

95,564

275,587

286,687

463,949

45,460

312,427

42,963

2,735,949

1,648,471

1,439,653

1,192,722

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Amounts  shown  reflect  that,  in  response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  each  of  our  named  executive  officers  voluntary
reduced his or her base salary by up to 20% in fiscal 2021, and Mr. Reiss elected to forego his salary from March 16,
2020 to December 28, 2020.

Amounts shown reflect the bonuses earned by our named executive officers, in respect of fiscal 2021. A portion of the
bonus will be paid in the form of RSUs at the time of the annual RSU grant.

Amounts  shown  reflect  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  RSU  awards  granted  to  Messrs.  Reiss,  Sinclair,  Blackford  and
Sherlock and Ms. Brook in fiscal 2021. The value was determined in accordance with IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”.

Amounts  shown  reflect  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  Options  granted  to  Messrs.  Reiss,  Sinclair,  Blackford  and  Sherlock
and Ms. Brook in fiscal 2021. The values were determined in accordance with IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”.

For more detail on the amounts included in this column, see “All Other Compensation - Benefits and Perquisites” below.

Salary paid in Swiss francs converted at an exchange rate of CHF1.00 to $1.43 which is an average rate determined in
accordance with the company's policies based on exchange rates available as at the applicable payment dates for the
fiscal year. Certain amounts under “All other compensation” paid in Swiss francs converted at the same exchange rate of
CHF1.00 to $1.43. Bonus paid in Swiss francs converted at an exchange rate of CHF1.00 to $1.34.

Base Salary

Base  salaries  provide  our  named  executive  officers  with  a  fixed  amount  of  compensation  each  year.  Base  salary  levels  are
established based on a range of factors, including peer company compensation, the executive’s role, responsibilities and prior
experience  and  the  overall  market  demand  for  the  executive.  In  light  of  the  impacts  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  Mr.  Reiss
elected  to  forego  his  salary  from  March  16,  2020  to  December  28,  2020,  and  effective  from  March  30,  2020  and  ending  on
December 31, 2020, each of our other named executive officers voluntarily reduced his or her base salary by up to 20% in fiscal
2021. As a result, Mr. Reiss’ base salary paid in fiscal 2021 was $331,154, Mr. Sinclair’s base salary paid in fiscal 2021 was

-92-

$665,146,  Mr.  Blackford’s  base  salary  paid  in  fiscal  2021  was  $555,000,  Ms.  Brook’s  base  salary  paid  in  fiscal  2021  was
CHF283,156,  and  Mr.  Sherlock’s  base  salary  paid  in  fiscal  2021  was  CHF287,534.  Beginning  January  1,  2021,  Mr.  Reiss’
annual base salary is $1,230,000, Mr. Sinclair’s annual base salary is $779,000, Mr. Blackford’s annual base salary is $650,000,
Ms. Brook’s annual base salary is CHF333,000 and Mr. Sherlock’s annual base salary is CHF320,000.

Bonus

Each  named  executive  officer  is  eligible  to  receive  an  annual  bonus  pursuant  to  his  or  her  employment  agreement  and  in
accordance with the bonus plan of the company. Fiscal 2021 bonuses earned by Messrs. Reiss, Sinclair, Blackford and Sherlock
and Ms. Brook are reflected in the compensation table above.

For  fiscal  2021,  Mr.  Reiss  was  eligible  to  earn  a  target  annual  bonus  equal  to  150%  of  his  base  salary,  based  on  the
achievement of fiscal 2021 EBIT targets. The payout of Mr. Reiss’s bonus was eligible to be earned at 100% of his target annual
bonus upon achievement of EBIT of 100% of target. In connection with a review of the Company’s performance during a year
affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board permitted eligibility for a bonus above 100% of the EBIT target. Achievement of
EBIT  above  100%  of  target  results  in  Mr.  Reiss’s  bonus  being  earned  at  100%  of  target  plus  6%  of  target  for  each  1%  over
target EBIT. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Reiss earned a fiscal 2021 bonus of 306% of target based on 2021 EBIT
achievement. The bonus will be paid as a combination of cash and new RSU grants.

Messrs. Sinclair, Blackford and Sherlock and Ms. Brook were eligible to earn annual bonuses for fiscal 2021 targeted at 45%
(Mr.  Sinclair)  or  40%  (Messrs.  Sherlock  and  Blackford  and  Ms.  Brook),  of  base  salary.  Target  EBIT  for  purposes  of  our  fiscal
2021 annual bonus plan was determined the same as for Mr. Reiss. In connection with a review of the Company’s performance
during a year affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board permitted eligibility for bonuses under the plan above 100% of the
EBIT target. Achievement of EBIT above 100% of target would result in each executive officer’s (other than Mr. Reiss’) bonus
being earned at 100% of target, plus 3% of target for each 1% over target EBIT. Messrs. Sinclair, Blackford, and Sherlock and
Ms. Brook were determined to earn fiscal 2021 bonuses each equal to 203% of target based on 2021 EBIT achievement. The
bonuses will be paid as a combination of cash and new RSU grants.

Executive Employment Agreements

We have entered into an employment agreement with each of our named executive officers. The terms of the agreements are
as follows.

Compensation and Bonus Opportunities

Under his amended and restated employment agreement, effective March 9, 2017, Mr. Reiss is entitled to an annual base salary
of $1,000,000, subject to annual review and increase by our board of directors. Mr. Reiss is also eligible for an annual incentive
bonus,  which  under  his  employment  agreement  is  targeted  at  75%  of  his  annual  base  salary,  and  which  has  subsequently
increased to 150% of his annual base salary. The employment agreement also provides for an annual equity grant to Mr. Reiss
under our long-term equity incentive plan.

Under  his  employment  agreement,  effective  February  6,  2018,  Mr.  Sinclair  is  entitled  to  an  annual  base  salary  of  $760,000,
subject to annual review. Mr. Sinclair is also eligible for an

-93-

annual  incentive  bonus  targeted  at  45%  of  his  annual  base  salary.  The  employment  agreement  also  provided  for  a  signing
bonus of up to $450,000 (or $225,000 if his employment commenced after June 18, 2018), reduced by any bonus payments he
received  from  his  prior  employer  in  March  and  June  2018.  Mr.  Sinclair  was  paid  a  signing  bonus  of  $192,578.  Mr.  Sinclair’s
employment agreement also provides for an annual equity grant to Mr. Sinclair under our long-term equity incentive plan, initially
equal  to  80%  of  his  annual  base  salary  and  which  has  subsequently  increased  to  100%  of  his  annual  base  salary.  The
employment agreement further provides for certain benefits and perquisites, as described below under “All Other Compensation
- Benefits and Perquisites”.

Under his employment agreement, dated as of May 14, 2019, Mr. Blackford is entitled to an annual base salary of $650,000,
subject to annual review. Mr. Blackford is also eligible for an annual incentive bonus targeted at 40% of his annual base salary.
The employment agreement also provided for a signing bonus in the form of a (i) gross cash amount of $325,000 to be paid to
Mr. Blackford on his start date and (ii) a grant of stock options with a 10 year term, valued at $162,500 and vesting in four equal
annual installments and a grant of restricted stock units valued at $162,500 and vesting over three equal annual installments.
Mr.  Blackford’s  employment  agreement  also  provides  for  an  annual  equity  grant  to  Mr.  Blackford  under  our  long-term  equity
incentive  plan,  equal  to  80%  of  his  annual  base  salary.  The  employment  agreement  further  provides  for  certain  benefits  and
perquisites, as described below under “All Other Compensation - Benefits and Perquisites”.

Under his employment agreement, effective on or around August 1, 2018, Mr. Sherlock is entitled to an annual base salary of
CHF 312,421. Mr. Sherlock is also eligible to participate in our annual bonus plan, with an annual incentive bonus targeted at
40%  of  his  annual  base  salary.  In  connection  with  Mr.  Sherlock’s  assignment  in  Switzerland,  Mr.  Sherlock’s  employment
agreement further provides for certain benefits and perquisites, as described below under “All Other Compensation - Benefits
and Perquisites”.

Under her employment agreement, effective January 3, 2018, Ms. Brook is entitled to an annual base salary of CHF 325,000.
Ms. Brook is also eligible to participate in our annual bonus plan, with an annual incentive bonus targeted at 40% of her annual
base salary. In connection with Ms. Brook’s assignment in Switzerland, Ms. Brook’s employment agreement further provides for
certain benefits and perquisites, as described below under “All Other Compensation - Benefits and Perquisites”.

Severance

If  Mr.  Reiss’s  employment  were  terminated  by  us  without  cause  or  he  resigned  for  good  reason,  he  would  be  entitled  to  (i)  a
severance  amount  representing  two  times  his  annual  base  salary  plus  two  times  the  average  amount  of  the  annual  bonus
earned by Mr. Reiss in the two complete fiscal years preceding the date of his termination of employment, (ii) a pro rata bonus
amount for the year in which the termination occurs, based on the actual bonus amount paid in the prior year and (iii) continued
participation in our benefit plans for a period of 24 months following the date of termination of employment.

If Mr. Sinclair’s employment were terminated by us without cause, he would be entitled to base salary continuation for one year,
as well as continued participation in our benefit plans for one year.

-94-

If Mr. Blackford’s employment were terminated by us without cause, he would be entitled to eight months’ notice, or pay in lieu of
notice and benefit continuation for eight months following such termination of employment.

If Mr. Sherlock’s employment were terminated by us without cause, he would be entitled to six months’ notice.

If Ms. Brook’s employment were terminated by us without cause, she would be entitled to six months’ notice.

Equity-Based Compensation

On  June  12,  2020,  Messrs.  Reiss,  Sinclair,  Sherlock  and  Blackford  and  Ms.  Brook  were  granted  600,088,  70,706,  27,833,
39,388 and 28,954 Options, respectively. One-fourth of each Option award will vest on each of June 12, 2021, June 12 2022,
June 12, 2023 and June 12, 2024, subject to the executive’s continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date.

On June 12, 2020, Messrs. Reiss, Sinclair, Sherlock and Blackford and Ms. Brook were granted 31,680, 5,733, 2,704, 3,827 and
2,813 RSUs, respectively. One-third of these RSUs vest on each of June 12, 2021, June 12, 2022 and June 12, 2023, subject to
the executive’s continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date.

-95-

The following table sets forth information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of March 28, 2021:

Name

Dani Reiss

(1)(2)

Jonathan Sinclair
(4)

(3)

Pat Sherlock

(5)(6)

Michael (Woody)
Blackford

(7)(8)

Penny Brook

(9)(10)

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable

Equity incentive
plan awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options unearned
(#)

Option
exercise
price ($)

— 

36,148 

47,829 

— 

— 

— 

17,698 

7,993 

— 

— 

— 

67,181 

4,439 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

29,629 

4,617 

— 

— 

26,315 

36,149 

143,490 

350,088 

250,000 

— 

17,698 

23,982 

70,706 

— 

— 

— 

13,317 

27,833 
— 
8,573 
39,388 
— 

— 

22,224 

13,854 

28,954 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Option
expiration
date

6/1/2027

6/26/2028

4/3/2029

6/12/2030

6/12/2030

Number of
shares of
stock that
have not
vested (#)

Market value
of shares of
stock that
have not
vested ($)

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

31,680 

1,629,619 

6/26/2028

4/3/2029

6/12/2030

— 

— 

4/3/2029

6/12/2030

— 

11/22/2029
6/12/2030

— 

— 

4/1/2026

4/3/2029

6/12/2030

— 

— 

— 

3,550 

5,733 

— 

— 

— 
2,704 
— 
— 
2,336 

3,827 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

182,612 

294,906 

— 

— 

— 
139,094 
— 
— 
120,164 

196,861 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,813 

144,701 

30.73 

83.53 

63.03 

33.97 

50.00 

— 

83.53 

63.03 

33.97 

— 

— 

63.03 

33.97
— 
46.38
33.97 
— 

— 

4.62

63.03

33.97

— 

1.79 

4/1/2025

(1)

(2)

Mr. Reiss was granted 26,315 Options on June 1, 2017, 72,297 Options on June 26, 2018 and 191,319 Options on April
3, 2019 and 600,088 options on June 12, 2020. His Options are subject to time-based vesting of one-fourth on each of
the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the respective grant dates.

Mr. Reiss was granted 31,680 RSUs on June 12, 2020. His RSUs are subject to time-based vesting of one-third on each
of  the  first,  second  and  third  anniversaries  of  the  grant  date.  The  market  value  of  Mr.  Reiss’  RSUs  was  calculated  by
multiplying  the  number  of  RSUs  subject  to  his  award  by  $51.44  which  was  the  closing  price  of  our  subordinate  voting
shares on the TSX on March 26, 2021, the last trading day of fiscal 2021.

-96-

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

Mr. Sinclair was granted 35,396 Options on June 26, 2018, 31,975 Options on April 3, 2019 and 70,706 Options on June
12,  2020.  His  Options  are  subject  to  time-based  vesting  of  one-fourth  on  each  of  the  first,  second,  third  and  fourth
anniversaries of the grant date.

Mr. Sinclair was granted 10,650 RSUs on July 5, 2018 and 5,733 RSUs on June 12, 2020. His RSUs are subject to time-
based vesting of one-third on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. The market value of Mr.
Sinclair’s RSUs was calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs subject to his award by $51.44 which was the closing
price of our subordinate voting shares on the TSX on March 26, 2021, the last trading day of fiscal 2021.

Mr. Sherlock was granted 84,355 options to purchase Class B Common Shares and 126,533 options to purchase Class
A Junior Preferred Shares on April 17, 2014, which options were exchanged for 114,125 Options in connection with the
Recapitalization.  Mr.  Sherlock  was  also  granted  84,355  options  to  purchase  Class  B  Common  Shares  and  126,533
options  to  purchase  Class  A  Junior  Preferred  Shares  on  April  1,  2015,  which  options  were  exchanged  for  111,110
Options in connection with the Recapitalization. One third of these Options are subject to time-based vesting of 40% on
the second anniversary of the grant date and 20% on each anniversary of the grant date thereafter (the “Sherlock Time-
Based Options”). The remaining two-thirds of his Options are subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting
with  the  performance  metrics  reflecting  a  multiple  of  Bain  Capital’s  return  on  its  investment  in  us  (the  “Sherlock
Performance-Based  Options”).  The  Sherlock  Performance-Based  Options  are  subject  to  the  same  time-based  vesting
schedule  as  the  Sherlock  Time-Based  Options  and,  as  of  March  28,  2021,  the  performance  metrics  applicable  to  the
Sherlock  Performance-Based  Options  had  been  achieved.  The  Sherlock  Time-Based  Options  and  the  time-vesting
component  of  the  Sherlock  Performance-Based  Options,  to  the  extent  then  unvested,  will  accelerate  in  full  upon  a
change of control.

Mr. Sherlock was also granted 17,756 Options on April 3, 2019 and 27,833 Options on June 12, 2020.These Options are
subject to time-based vesting of one-fourth on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date.

Mr.  Sherlock  was  granted  2,704  RSUs  on  June  12,  2020.  His  RSUs  are  subject  to  time-based  vesting  of  one-third  on
each  of  the  first,  second  and  third  anniversaries  of  the  grant  date.  The  market  value  of  Mr.  Sherlock's  RSUs  was
calculated  by  multiplying  the  number  of  RSUs  subject  to  his  award  by  $51.44  which  was  the  closing  price  of  our
subordinate voting shares on the TSX on March 26, 2021, the last trading day of fiscal 2021.

Mr. Blackford was granted 11,430 Options November 22, 2019 and 39,388 Options on June 12, 2020. These Options are
subject to time-based vesting of one-fourth on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date.

Mr. Blackford was granted 3,503 RSUs on November 22, 2019 and 3,827 RSUs on June 12, 2020. His RSUs are subject
to time-based vesting of one-third on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. The market value
of Mr. Blackford’s RSUs was calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs subject to his award by $51.44 which was the
closing price of our subordinate voting shares on the TSX on March 26, 2021, the last trading day of fiscal 2021.

-97-

(9)

Ms. Brook was granted 84,355 options to purchase Class B Common Shares and 126,533 options to purchase Class A
Junior  Preferred  Shares  on  April  1,  2016,  which  options  were  exchanged  for  111,110  Options  in  connection  with  the
Recapitalization. One third of these Options are subject to time-based vesting of 40% on the second anniversary of the
grant date and 20% on each anniversary of the grant date thereafter (the “Brook Time-Based Options”). The remaining
two-thirds of her Options are subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting with the performance metrics
reflecting a multiple of Bain Capital’s return on its investment in us (the “Brook Performance-Based Options”). The Brook
Performance-Based  Options  are  subject  to  the  same  time-based  vesting  schedule  as  the  Brook  Time-Based  Options
and,  as  of  March  29,  2020,  the  performance  metrics  applicable  to  the  Brook  Performance-Based  Options  had  been
achieved. The Brook Time-Based Options and the time-vesting component of the Brook Performance-Based Options, to
the extent then unvested, will accelerate in full upon a change of control.

Ms. Brook was also granted 18,471 Options on April 3, 2019 and 28,954 Options on June 12, 2020. These Options are
subject to time-based vesting of one-fourth on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date.

(10) Ms. Brook was granted 2,813 RSUs on June 12, 2020. Her RSUs are subject to time-based vesting of one-third on each
of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. The market value of Ms. Brook's RSUs was calculated by
multiplying the number of RSUs subject to her award by $51.44 which was the closing price of our subordinate voting
shares on the TSX on March 26, 2021, the last trading day of fiscal 2021.

All Other Compensation - Benefits and Perquisites

Our  full-time  employees,  including  our  named  executive  officers,  are  eligible  to  participate  in  our  health  and  welfare  benefit
plans, which include medical, dental, vision, basic and dependent life, supplemental life, accidental death, dismemberment and
specific  loss,  long-term  disability,  and  optional  critical  illness  insurance.  Employees  are  also  eligible  to  receive  continuing
education  support  and  to  participate  in  our  employee  purchase  program,  which  allows  employees  to  purchase  a  specified
number of jackets and accessories at 50% of the manufacturer’s suggested retail price. Our named executive officers participate
in  these  plans  on  a  slightly  better  basis  than  other  salaried  employees,  including  in  some  instances  with  slightly  lower
deductibles, better cost-sharing rates and the ability to purchase supplemental health coverage. Our named executive officers
are also entitled to complimentary jackets each calendar year.

Our  named  executive  officers  received  additional  benefits  and  perquisites  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  their  employment  with  us
including, for Messrs. Sinclair, Blackford, and Sherlock and Ms. Brook with respect to benefits and perquisites related to their
overseas  assignments.  In  fiscal  2021,  (1)  each  of  our  named  executive  officers  other  than  Ms.  Brook  received  company-paid
personal insurance premiums, and Messrs. Reiss, Sinclair and Blackford also received supplemental health coverage; (2) each
of  our  named  executive  officers  other  than  Ms.  Brook  received  complimentary  jackets;  (3)  Messrs.  Sinclair,  Sherlock  and
Blackford received housing allowances and tax gross-ups related to such allowances; (4) Mr. Sherlock and Ms. Brook received
reimbursement of school fees for their children and tax gross-ups related to such reimbursements; and (5) Mr. Sherlock received
tax equalization payments designed to maintain a tax burden comparable to that of a similarly situated employee in Canada, as
well as

-98-

reimbursement  from  or  net  of  amounts  owing  to  the  Company  for  any  Canadian  taxes  incurred  as  a  direct  result  of  Mr.
Sherlock’s assignment in Switzerland.

Retirement Plans

In  fiscal  2021,  none  of  our  named  executive  officers  participated  in  the  Group  Retirement  Savings  Plan  for  the  Employees  of
Canada  Goose  Inc.  (referred  to  as  the  RSP),  a  broad-based  registered  defined  contribution  plan  offered  to  all  of  our  full-time
Canada-based  employees.  In  fiscal  2021,  we  did  not  make  any  contributions  to  the  Deferred  Profit  Sharing  Plan  for  the
Employees  of  Canada  Goose  Inc.  on  behalf  of  our  named  executive  officers,  and  did  not  otherwise  set  aside  or  accrue  any
amounts for pension, retirement or similar benefits for our named executive officers pursuant to retirement plans sponsored by
the  company.  We  do  not  sponsor  or  maintain  any  qualified  or  non-qualified  defined  benefit  plans  or  supplemental  executive
retirement plans.

C. Board Practices

Composition of our Board of Directors

Under our articles, our board of directors consists of a number of directors as determined from time to time by the directors. Our
board of directors is comprised of nine directors. Our articles provide that a director may be removed with or without cause by a
resolution passed by a special majority comprised of 66 ⁄ % of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy at a
meeting  and  who  are  entitled  to  vote.  The  directors  are  elected  by  the  shareholders  at  each  annual  general  meeting  of
shareholders, and all directors hold office for a term expiring at the close of the next annual shareholders meeting or until their
respective successors are elected or appointed. Under the BCBCA and our articles, between annual general meetings of our
shareholders, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors may not at any
time exceed one-third of the number of current directors who were elected or appointed other than as additional directors.

 2

3

Director Term Limits and Other Mechanisms of Board Renewal

Our board of directors has not adopted director term limits, a retirement policy for its directors or other automatic mechanisms of
board  renewal.  Rather  than  adopting  formal  term  limits,  mandatory  age-related  retirement  policies  and  other  mechanisms  of
board  renewal,  the  nominating  and  governance  committee  of  our  board  of  directors  develop  appropriate  qualifications  and
criteria  for  our  board  of  directors  as  a  whole  and  for  individual  directors.  In  accordance  with  its  mandate,  the  nominating  and
governance committee oversees a process for the assessment of our board of directors, each committee and individual director
regarding  his,  her  or  its  effectiveness  and  contribution,  and  also  reports  evaluation  results  to  our  board  of  directors  at  least
annually. It is further the responsibility of the nominating and governance committee to develop a succession plan for the board
of  directors,  including  maintaining  a  list  of  qualified  candidates  for  director  positions.  The  company  is  not  in  the  practice  of
providing any severance benefits to directors upon termination of service.

Board Committees

Each of our board committees operates under its own written charter adopted by our board of directors.

-99-

Audit Committee

Our  audit  committee  is  composed  of  Mr.  Davison,  Mr.  Gunn  and  Mr.  Huët,  with  Mr.  Davison  serving  as  chairperson  of  the
committee.  Our  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  Mr.  Gunn,  Mr.  Davison  and  Mr.  Huët  meet  the  independence
requirements under the rules of the NYSE, the BCBCA and under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has
determined that Mr. Davison is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC’s regulations and applicable
Listing Rules of the NYSE.

Our  audit  committee  reviews  and  approves  the  scope  of  the  annual  audits  of  our  financial  statements,  reviews  our  internal
control over financial reporting, recommends to the board of directors the appointment of our independent auditors, reviews and
approves  any  non-audit  services  performed  by  the  independent  auditors,  reviews  the  findings  and  recommendations  of  the
internal and independent auditors and periodically reviews major accounting policies.

Compensation Committee

Our  compensation  committee  is  composed  of  Mr.  Cotton,  Mr.  Armstrong  and  Ms.  Chiquet,  with  Mr.  Cotton  serving  as
chairperson of the committee. Its primary purpose, with respect to compensation, is to assist our board of directors in fulfilling its
oversight  responsibilities  and  to  make  recommendations  to  our  board  of  directors  with  respect  to  the  compensation  of  our
directors and executive officers.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our nominating and governance committee is composed of Mr. Bekenstein, Mr. Gunn, Mr. Reiss, and Ms. Butts, with Ms. Butts
serving as chairperson of the committee. The nominating and governance committee’s primary responsibilities are to develop
and  recommend  to  the  board  of  directors  criteria  for  board  and  committee  membership  and  recommend  to  the  board  of
directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the committees of the board of directors. The
nominating  and  governance  committee  also  reviews  and  makes  recommendations  in  respect  of  the  company’s  corporate
governance principles and practices and associated disclosure.

-100-

Vision Committee

Our vision committee is composed of Mr. Reiss, Mr. Armstrong, Ms. Chiquet, Mr. Cotton and Mr. Huët with Mr. Reiss serving
as chairperson of the committee. The vision committee’s primary responsibilities are to develop and recommend to the board
of directors ideas to facilitate the company’s transition as global luxury brand into the emerging digital age.

D. Employees

As of March 28, 2021, March 29, 2020 and March 31, 2019, we had 3,590, 1,219, and 3,932 employees, including both full-time
and part-time employees however excluding those on leave. The number of employees by function as of the end of the period
for our fiscal years ended March 28, 2021, March 29, 2020 and March 31, 2019 was as follows:

By Function:
Canadian manufacturing
Selling and retail
Corporate head office
Total

2021

2020

2019

2,489 
557 
544 
3,590 

389 
352 
478 
1,219 

3,104 
360 
468 
3,932 

The decrease in the number of manufacturing and retail employees as at the end fiscal 2020 was primarily as a result of the
temporary  layoffs  that  occurred  in  connection  with  the  temporary  closure  in  March  2020  of  our  manufacturing  facilities  and
retail  stores  in  North  America  and  Europe  due  to  measures  in  place  relating  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Subsequently,
employees who had been subject to a temporary layoff were rehired during fiscal 2021. As of March 28, 2021, the company
has 565 employees on leave including 195 employees whose leave is related to COVID-19 and 370 employees who are on
leave for maternity, medical, disability and/or unpaid leave.

E. Share Ownership

See Item 6.B. - “Compensation” and Item 7 - “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.”

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders.

Security Ownership

The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of May 5, 2021, by:

•    each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our subordinate voting shares;

•    each of our directors; and

•    each of our named executive officers.

Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with  SEC  rules.  The  information  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  beneficial
ownership for any other purpose. In general, under these

-101-

rules  a  beneficial  owner  of  a  security  includes  any  person  who,  directly  or  indirectly,  through  any  contract,  arrangement,
understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares voting power or investment power with respect to such security. A person
is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security
within  60  days.  Except  as  otherwise  indicated,  and  subject  to  applicable  community  property  laws,  the  persons  named  in  the
table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by that person.

The  percentage  of  voting  shares  beneficially  owned  is  computed  on  the  basis  of  59,435,079  subordinate  voting  shares  and
51,004,076 multiple voting shares outstanding as of May 5, 2021. 

Subordinate Voting Shares

Multiple Voting Shares

 (1)

 (3)

 (2)

 (5)

Name and address of beneficial owner
5% shareholders:
Bain Capital Entity
Dani Reiss
Ameriprise
 (4)
FMR
Morgan Stanley
 (6)
CDPQ
 (7)
IICO
Named executive officers and directors:
Joshua Bekenstein
Jodi Butts
Maureen Chiquet
Ryan Cotton
Stephen Gunn
Jean-Marc Huët
John Davison
Michael D. Armstrong
Jonathan Sinclair
Michael (Woody) Blackford
Pat Sherlock
Penny Brook

 (8)

 (8)

Number
of
shares

—
83,977
931,913
4,435,661
11,184,572
4,465,600
4,486,087

—
24,235
38,381
—
82,149
70,569
39,132
—
63,560
9,847
83,918
69,263

Percentage
of
shares

—
*
5.8%
7.6%
7.6%
14.1%
5.0%

—%
*
*
—%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Number
of
shares

30,873,742
20,130,334
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Percentage
of
shares

60.5%
39.5%
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

*    Less than 1%

(1)

Includes shares registered in the name of Brent (BC) Participation S.à r.l (the “Bain Capital Entity”), which is owned
by Brent (BC) S.à r.l, which in turn is owned by Bain Capital Integral Investors 2008, L.P. Bain Capital Investors, LLC
(“BCI”) is the general partner of Bain Capital Integral Investors 2008, L.P. As a result, BCI may be deemed to share
voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entity. The Bain Capital Entity has an
address of c/o Bain Capital Private Equity, LP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

-102-

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Includes shares registered in the name of DTR LLC, an entity indirectly controlled by Dani Reiss.

Based  on  information  obtained  from  Schedule  13G  filed  by  Ameriprise  Financial,  Inc.  and  Columbia  Management
Investment  Advisers,  LLC  (together,  “Ameriprise”)  on  February  12,  2021.  According  to  that  report,  Ameriprise
possesses sole power to vote or to direct the voting of none of such shares and possesses shared power to vote or
to  direct  the  voting  of  926,552  of  such  shares  and  possesses  sole  power  to  dispose  or  to  direct  the  disposition  of
none of such shares and possesses shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 931,913 of such shares.
In addition, according to that report, Ameriprise Financial, Inc.’s business address is 145 Ameriprise Financial Center,
Minneapolis,  MN  55474  and  Columbia  Management  Investment  Advisers,  LLC’s  business  address  is  225  Franklin
St., Boston, MA 02110.

Based on information obtained from Schedule 13G filed by FMR LLC and its affiliates (“FMR”) on February 8, 2021.
According to that report, FMR possesses sole power to vote or to direct the voting of 1,412,176 of such shares and
possesses shared power to vote or to direct the voting of none of such shares and possesses sole power to dispose
or  to  direct  the  disposition  of  4,435,661  of  such  shares  and  possesses  shared  power  to  dispose  or  to  direct  the
disposition of none of such shares. In addition, according to that report, FMR’s business address is 245 Summer St.,
Boston, MA 02210.

Based on information obtained from Schedule 13G filed by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates (“Morgan Stanley”) on
February 3, 2021. According to that report, Morgan Stanley possesses sole power to vote or to direct the voting of
none  of  such  shares  and  possesses  shared  power  to  vote  or  to  direct  the  voting  of  9,945,346  of  such  shares  and
possesses sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of none of such shares and possesses shared power to
dispose  or  to  direct  the  disposition  of  11,184,572  of  such  shares.  In  addition,  according  to  that  report,  Morgan
Stanley’s business address is 1585 Broadway New York, NY 10036 and certain of its affiliates’ business address is
522 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10036.

Based on information obtained from Schedule 13G filed by Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec (“CDPQ”) on
February 16, 2021. According to that report, CDPQ possesses sole power to vote or to direct the voting of 4,465,600
of such shares and possesses shared power to vote or to direct the voting of none of such shares and possesses
sole  power  to  dispose  or  to  direct  the  disposition  of  4,465,600  of  such  shares  and  possesses  shared  power  to
dispose  or  to  direct  the  disposition  of  none  of  such  shares.  In  addition,  according  to  that  report,  CDPQ’s  business
address is 1000, Place Jean-Paul-Riopelle, Montréal (Québec) H2Z 2B3, Canada.

Based  on  information  obtained  from  Schedule  13G  filed  by  Ivy  Investment  Management  Company  (“IICO”)  and  its
parent  company  Waddell  &  Reed  Financial,  Inc.  (“WDR”)  on  February  12,  2021.  According  to  that  report,  IICO
possesses  sole  power  to  vote  or  to  direct  the  voting  of  4,486,087  of  such  shares  and  possesses  shared  power  to
vote or to direct the voting of none of such shares and possesses sole power to vote or to direct the disposition of
4,486,087 of such shares and possesses shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of none of such shares.
In  addition,  according  to  that  report,  IICO  and  WDR’s  business  address  is  6300  Lamar  Avenue,  Overland  Park,,
Kansas City, Missouri  66202.

-103-

(8)

Does  not  include  shares  held  by  the  Bain  Capital  Entity.  Each  of  Messrs.  Cotton  and  Bekenstein  is  a  Managing
Director of BCI and as a result may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital
Entity. The address for Messrs. Cotton and Bekenstein is c/o Bain Capital Private Equity, LP, 200 Clarendon Street,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

Significant Changes in Ownership

There have been no significant changes in ownership of our multiple voting shares and subordinate voting shares during fiscal
2021.

Voting Rights

Holders of our multiple voting shares are entitled to 10 votes per multiple voting share and holders of subordinate voting shares
held  in  the  United  States  (and  outside  the  United  States)  are  entitled  to  one  vote  per  subordinate  voting  share  on  all  matters
upon which holders of shares are entitled to vote.

U.S.  Shareholders.  On  March  28,  2021,  we  had  3  registered  shareholders  with  addresses  in  the  United  States  (which  may
include  addresses  of  investment  managers  holding  securities  on  behalf  of  non-U.S.  beneficial  owners)  holding  approximately
20,242,723  subordinate  voting  shares.  Residents  of  the  United  States  may  beneficially  own  subordinate  voting  shares  or
multiple voting shares registered in the names of non-residents of the United States, and non-U.S. residents may beneficially
own subordinate voting shares or multiple voting shares registered in the names of U.S. residents.

Controlled Company

We are currently controlled by Bain Capital. As of March 28, 2021, Bain Capital indirectly beneficially owns approximately 60.5%
of  our  outstanding  multiple  voting  shares,  or  approximately  54.2%  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  our  multiple  voting  and
subordinate voting shares outstanding.

B. Related Party Transactions

Investor Rights Agreement

In connection with our IPO, we entered into an Investor Rights Agreement with Bain Capital and DTR LLC, an entity indirectly
controlled by our President and Chief Executive Officer (the “Investor Rights Agreement”).

The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  registration  rights  and  nomination  rights  of  our  principal  shareholders  (including  their
permitted affiliates and transferees) under the Investor Rights Agreement, which summary is not intended to be complete. The
following discussion is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Investor Rights Agreement.

-104-

Registration Rights

Pursuant  to  the  Investor  Rights  Agreement,  Bain  Capital  is  entitled  to  certain  demand  registration  rights  which  enable  it  to
require us to file a registration statement and/or a Canadian prospectus and otherwise assist with public offerings of subordinate
voting shares (including subordinate voting shares issuable upon conversion of multiple voting shares) under the Securities Act
and applicable Canadian securities laws, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Investor Rights Agreement. DTR
LLC is entitled to similar demand registration rights at such time as Bain Capital no longer holds securities subject to registration
rights, as well as certain incidental registration rights in connection with demand registrations initiated by Bain Capital, and Bain
Capital and DTR LLC is entitled to certain “piggy-back” registration rights in the event that we propose to register securities as
part of a public offering.

We are entitled to postpone or suspend a registration request for a period of up to 60 days during any 12-month period where
such  registration  request  would  require  us  to  make  any  adverse  disclosure.  In  addition,  in  connection  with  an  underwritten
offering, the number of securities to be registered thereunder may be limited, for marketing reasons, based on the opinion of the
managing underwriter or underwriters for such offering.

All  costs  and  expenses  associated  with  any  demand  registration  or  “piggy-back”  registration  will  be  borne  by  us  other  than
underwriting  discounts,  commissions  and  transfer  taxes,  if  any,  attributable  to  the  sale  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares
(including following the conversion of multiple voting shares) by the applicable selling shareholder. We will also be required to
provide  indemnification  and  contribution  for  the  benefit  of  Bain  Capital  and  DTR  LLC  and  their  respective  affiliates  and
representatives in connection with any demand registration or “piggy-back” registration.

Nomination Rights

Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, Bain Capital is entitled to designate 50% of our directors (rounding up to the next
whole number) and will continue to be entitled to designate such percentage of our directors for so long as it holds at least 40%
of the number of subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares outstanding, provided that this percentage will be reduced
(i) to the greater of one director or 30% of our directors (rounding up to the next whole number) once Bain Capital holds less
than 40% of the subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares outstanding, (ii) to the greater of one director or 10% of
our directors (rounding up to the next whole number) once Bain Capital holds less than 20% of the subordinate voting shares
and multiple voting shares outstanding, and (iii) to none once Bain Capital holds less than 5% of the subordinate voting shares
and multiple voting shares outstanding. DTR LLC is entitled to designate one director for as long as it holds 5% or more of the
subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares outstanding.

The nomination rights contained in the Investor Rights Agreement provide that Bain Capital and DTR LLC, at the relevant time,
will  cast  all  votes  to  which  they  are  entitled  to  elect  directors  designated  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the
Investor Rights Agreement.

Other Related Party Transactions

During fiscal 2021, the company contributed approximately $0.6m to Polar Bears International (PBI), a charitable organization
for which our President and Chief Executive Officer, Dani Reiss, serves as a board member. The company also paid the Baffin
vendor and related entities, which continue to be controlled by Paul Hubner, a member of management of the company,

-105-

approximately $1.2m for lease costs associated with the Baffin manufacturing facility and other operating costs.

In addition, during fiscal 2020, affiliates of Bain Capital acquired a majority interest in Kantar Group. Since the acquisition, the
company incurred fees of approximately $0.4m related to consulting services provided by Kantar Group and its related entities.

Interest of Management and Others in Material Transactions

Except as set out above or described elsewhere in this Annual Report, there are no material interests, direct or indirect, of any of
our directors or executive officers, any shareholder that beneficially owns, or controls or directs (directly or indirectly), more than
10% of any class or series of our outstanding voting securities, or any associate or affiliate of any of the foregoing persons, in
any  transaction  within  the  three  years  before  the  date  in  this  Annual  Report  that  has  materially  affected  or  is  reasonably
expected to materially affect us or any of our subsidiaries.

Indebtedness of Directors, Executive Officers and Employees

Except  as  set  out  above  or  described  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report,  as  of  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report,  none  of  our
directors,  executive  officers,  employees,  former  directors,  former  executive  officers  or  former  employees  or  any  of  our
subsidiaries,  and  none  of  their  respective  associates,  is  indebted  to  us  or  any  of  our  subsidiaries  or  another  entity  whose
indebtedness  is  the  subject  of  a  guarantee,  support  agreement,  letter  of  credit  or  other  similar  agreement  or  understanding
provided  by  us  or  any  of  our  subsidiaries,  except,  as  the  case  may  be,  for  routine  indebtedness  as  defined  under  applicable
securities legislations.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information

See Item 18. — “Financial Statements.”

A.7 Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal or regulatory proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, including
proceedings to protect our intellectual property rights. As part of our monitoring program for our intellectual property rights, from
time to time we file lawsuits for acts of trademark counterfeiting, trademark infringement, trademark dilution, patent infringement
or  breach  of  other  state  or  foreign  laws.  These  actions  often  result  in  seizure  of  counterfeit  merchandise  and  negotiated
settlements with defendants. Defendants sometime raise the invalidity or unenforceability of our proprietary rights as affirmative
defenses or counterclaims.

In September 2019, a purported company shareholder filed a putative class action lawsuit against the company and certain of its
current  and  former  officers  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York,  alleging  violations  of  the
Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.  That action was captioned Cheng v. Canada Goose Holdings, Inc., et
al., 19-cv-08204 (the “Action”). In December 2019, the United States District Court for

-106-

the Southern District of New York appointed a different purported shareholder as the lead plaintiff in the Action to represent the
proposed class of company shareholders. On February 18, 2020, the lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which asserts
claims  against  the  company,  certain  of  its  officers,  and  Bain  Capital,  LP  and  certain  related  entities,  alleging  violations  of  the
Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.  The amended complaint alleges that the defendants made certain false
and misleading statements and/or omissions relating to the company’s levels of inventory and the demand for its products.  The
company  intends  to  vigorously  defend  against  this  action  and  has  filed  a  motion  to  dismiss  all  of  the  claims  asserted  in  the
amended complaint. The motion has been fully briefed and is pending before the Court. However, we are unable to predict the
outcome of this action or the ultimate legal and financial liability, if any, and cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any,
at this time.

In  January  2020,  a  purported  company  shareholder  filed  a  putative  class  action  lawsuit  under  the  Ontario  Class  Proceedings
Act, 1992, against the company in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, alleging statutory claims for misrepresentations in the
primary  market  and  secondary  market  contrary  to  the  Securities  Act  (Ontario)  as  well  as  common  law  liability.  The  plaintiff
alleges that the company made misrepresentation concerning the sourcing of down and fur products used in its clothing and that
it omitted to disclose an investigation by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission which artificially inflated the price of the company’s
shares. The court has issued an order dated April 8, 2021 discontinuing the action, Lam v. Canada Goose Holdings Inc., CV-20-
00633971-0000, by no later than July 1, 2021.

In November 2020, a plaintiff filed a putative class action lawsuit against Canada Goose US, Inc. in the United States District
Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging violations of the consumer protection laws of the District of Columbia and
numerous  U.S.  states.  The  complaint  alleges  that  the  labeling  on  certain  of  the  company’s  fur  products  contained  false  and
misleading  statements  regarding  the  company’s  sourcing  of  coyote  fur  and  regulations  governing  fur  trappers.  That  action  is
captioned Lee v. Canada Goose US, Inc., 20-cv-09809. The company intends to vigorously defend against this action and, on
February 26, 2021, moved to dismiss all of the claims asserted in the complaint. However, we are unable to predict the outcome
of this action or the ultimate legal and financial liability, if any, and cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, at this
time.

A.8    Dividend Policy

Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay dividends on our subordinate voting shares or multiple voting shares. We
currently  intend  to  retain  any  future  earnings  to  fund  business  development  and  growth,  and  we  do  not  expect  to  pay  any
dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Any  future  determination  to  declare  cash  dividends  will  be  made  at  the  discretion  of  our
board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of
operations,  capital  requirements,  contractual  restrictions,  general  business  conditions  and  other  factors  that  our  board  of
directors  may  deem  relevant.  Currently,  the  provisions  of  our  senior  secured  credit  facilities  place  certain  limitations  on  the
amount of cash dividends that our main operating subsidiary can pay.

B. Significant Changes

We  have  not  experienced  any  significant  changes  since  the  date  of  our  Annual  Financial  Statements  included  in  this  Annual
Report.

-107-

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

Not applicable except for Item 9.A.4 and Item 9.C.

Our subordinate voting shares have been listed on both the New York Stock Exchange and the Toronto Stock Exchange since
March 16, 2017 under the symbol “GOOS.”

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Notice of Articles and Articles of Association

The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  important  provisions  of  our  articles  and  certain  related  sections  of  the  BCBCA.  Please
note that this is only a summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. This summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to, the provisions of our articles and the BCBCA.

Stated Objects or Purposes

Our articles do not contain stated objects or purposes and do not place any limitations on the business that we may carry on.

Directors

Power to vote on matters in which a director is materially interested. Under the BCBCA a director who has a material interest in
a contract or transaction, whether made or proposed, that is material to us, must disclose such interest to us, subject to certain
exceptions such as if the contract or transaction: (i) is an arrangement by way of security granted by us for money loaned to, or
obligations undertaken by, the director for our benefit or for one of our affiliates’ benefit; (ii) relates to an indemnity or insurance
permitted under the BCBCA; (iii) relates to the remuneration of the director in his or her capacity as director, officer, employee or
agent of our company or of one of our affiliates; (iv) relates to a loan to our company while the director is the guarantor of some
or all of the loan; or (v) is with a corporation that is affiliated with us while the director is also a director or senior officer of that
corporation or an affiliate of that corporation.

A director who holds such disclosable interest in respect of any material contract or transaction into which we have entered or
propose to enter may be required to absent himself or herself from the meeting while discussions and voting with respect to the
matter are taking place. Directors will also be required to comply with certain other relevant provisions of the BCBCA regarding
conflicts of interest.

Directors’ power to determine the remuneration of directors. The remuneration of our directors, if any, may be determined by our
directors  subject  to  our  articles.  The  remuneration  may  be  in  addition  to  any  salary  or  other  remuneration  paid  to  any  of  our
employees (including executive officers) who are also directors.

Number of shares required to be owned by a director. Neither our articles nor the BCBCA provide that a director is required to
hold any of our shares as a qualification for holding his or her office. Our board of directors has discretion to prescribe minimum
share ownership requirements for directors.

-108-

Issuance of Additional Multiple Voting Shares

The  rules  of  the  TSX  generally  prohibit  us  from  issuing  additional  multiple  voting  shares,  however  there  may  be  certain
circumstances where additional multiple voting shares may be issued, including upon receiving shareholder approval. Notably,
approval is not required in connection with a subdivision or consolidation on a pro rata basis as between the subordinate voting
shares and the multiple voting shares.

Subdivision or Consolidation

No subdivision or consolidation of the subordinate voting shares or the multiple voting shares may be carried out unless, at the
same time, the multiple voting shares or the subordinate voting shares, as the case may be, are subdivided or consolidated in
the same manner and on the same basis.

Certain Amendments and Change of Control

In  addition  to  any  other  voting  right  or  power  to  which  the  holders  of  subordinate  voting  shares  shall  be  entitled  by  law  or
regulation or other provisions of our articles from time to time in effect, but subject to the provisions of our articles, holders of
subordinate voting shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, in addition to any other vote of our shareholders that
may  be  required,  in  respect  of  any  alteration,  repeal  or  amendment  of  our  articles  which  would  adversely  affect  the  rights  or
special rights of the holders of subordinate voting shares or affect the holders of subordinate voting shares and multiple voting
shares  differently,  on  a  per  share  basis,  including  an  amendment  to  our  articles  that  provides  that  any  multiple  voting  shares
sold or transferred to a Person that is not a Permitted Holder shall be automatically converted into subordinate voting shares.

Pursuant to our articles, holders of subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares will be treated equally and identically,
on  a  per  share  basis,  in  certain  change  of  control  transactions  that  require  approval  of  our  shareholders  under  the  BCBCA,
unless  different  treatment  of  the  shares  of  each  such  class  is  approved  by  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  by  the  holders  of  our
subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares, each voting separately as a class.

Our  articles  do  not  otherwise  contain  any  change  of  control  limitations  with  respect  to  a  merger,  acquisition  or  corporate
restructuring that involves us.

Shareholder Meetings

Subject  to  applicable  stock  exchange  requirements,  we  must  hold  a  general  meeting  of  our  shareholders  at  least  once  every
calendar year at a time and place determined by our board of directors, provided that the meeting must not be held later than 15
months after the preceding annual general meeting. A meeting of our shareholders may be held anywhere in or outside British
Columbia.

A  notice  to  convene  a  meeting,  specifying  the  date,  time  and  location  of  the  meeting,  and,  where  a  meeting  is  to  consider
special business, the general nature of the special business must be sent to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting and
to  each  director  not  less  than  21  days  and  no  more  than  60  days  prior  to  the  meeting,  although,  as  a  result  of  applicable
securities  laws,  the  minimum  time  for  notice  is  effectively  longer  in  most  circumstances.  Under  the  BCBCA,  shareholders
entitled to notice of a meeting may waive or reduce the period of notice for that meeting, provided applicable securities laws are
met. The accidental omission to

-109-

send  notice  of  any  meeting  of  shareholders  to,  or  the  non-receipt  of  any  notice  by,  any  person  entitled  to  notice  does  not
invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.

A quorum for meetings of shareholders is present if shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold at least 25% of the issued shares
plus  at  least  a  majority  of  multiple  voting  shares  entitled  to  be  voted  at  the  meeting  are  present  in  person  or  represented  by
proxy.  If  a  quorum  is  not  present  within  one-half  hour  from  the  time  set  for  the  holding  of  any  meeting  of  shareholders,  the
meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, unless the meeting was requisitioned
by shareholders, in which case the meeting is dissolved.

Holders  of  our  subordinate  voting  shares  and  multiple  voting  shares  are  entitled  to  attend  and  vote  at  meetings  of  our
shareholders except meetings at which only holders of a particular class are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise provided with
respect to any particular series of preferred shares, and except as otherwise required by law, the holders of our preferred shares
are  not  entitled  as  a  class  to  receive  notice  of,  or  to  attend  or  vote  at  any  meetings  of  our  shareholders.  Our  directors,  our
officers, our auditor and any other persons invited by our chairman or directors or with the consent of those at the meeting are
entitled to attend any meeting of our shareholders but will not be counted in the quorum or be entitled to vote at the meeting
unless he or she is a shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

Shareholder Proposals and Advance Notice Procedures

Under the BCBCA, qualified shareholders holding shares that constitute (i) at least one percent (1%) of our issued voting shares
or (ii) have a fair market value in excess of C$2,000 may make proposals for matters to be considered at the annual general
meeting of shareholders. Such proposals must be sent to us in advance of any proposed meeting by delivering a timely written
notice  in  proper  form  to  our  registered  office  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  BCBCA.  The  notice  must  include
information on the business the shareholder intends to bring before the meeting. To be a qualified shareholder, a shareholder
must currently be and have been a registered or beneficial owner of at least one share of the company for at least two years
before the date of signing the proposal.

We  have  included  certain  advance  notice  provisions  with  respect  to  the  election  of  our  directors  in  our  articles  (the  “Advance
Notice Provisions”). The Advance Notice Provisions are intended to: (i) facilitate orderly and efficient annual general meetings
or, where the need arises, special meetings; (ii) ensure that all shareholders receive adequate notice of board nominations and
sufficient information with respect to all nominees; and (iii) allow shareholders to register an informed vote. Only persons who
are nominated in accordance with the Advance Notice Provisions will be eligible for election as directors at any annual meeting
of shareholders, or at any special meeting of shareholders if one of the purposes for which the special meeting was called was
the election of directors.

Under the Advance Notice Provisions, a shareholder wishing to nominate a director would be required to provide us notice, in
the  prescribed  form,  within  the  prescribed  time  periods.  These  time  periods  include,  (i)  in  the  case  of  an  annual  meeting  of
shareholders  (including  annual  and  special  meetings),  not  less  than  30  days  prior  to  the  date  of  the  annual  meeting  of
shareholders;  provided,  that  if  the  first  public  announcement  of  the  date  of  the  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  (the  “Notice
Date”) is less than 50 days before the meeting date, not later than the close of business on the 10  day following the Notice
Date;  and  (ii)  in  the  case  of  a  special  meeting  (which  is  not  also  an  annual  meeting)  of  shareholders  called  for  any  purpose
which includes electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 15  day following the Notice Date, provided that, in
either instance, if notice-and-access (as defined in National Instrument 54-101-

th

th

-110-

Communication  with  Beneficial  Owners  of  Securities  of  a  Reporting  Issuer)  is  used  for  delivery  of  proxy  related  materials  in
respect of a meeting described above, and the Notice Date in respect of the meeting is not less than 50 days prior to the date of
the applicable meeting, the notice must be received not later than the close of business on the 40 day before the applicable
meeting.

th 

These  provisions  could  have  the  effect  of  delaying  until  the  next  shareholder  meeting  the  nomination  of  certain  persons  for
director that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Take-Over Bid Protection

Under applicable securities laws in Canada, an offer to purchase multiple voting shares would not necessarily require that an
offer be made to purchase subordinate voting shares. In accordance with the rules of the TSX designed to ensure that, in the
event of a take-over bid, the holders of subordinate voting shares will be entitled to participate on an equal footing with holders
of multiple voting shares, the holders of multiple voting shares have entered into a customary coattail agreement with us and a
trustee  (the  “Coattail  Agreement”).  The  Coattail  Agreement  contains  provisions  customary  for  dual-class,  TSX-listed
corporations  designed  to  prevent  transactions  that  otherwise  would  deprive  the  holders  of  subordinate  voting  shares  of  rights
under  applicable  securities  laws  in  Canada  to  which  they  would  have  been  entitled  if  the  multiple  voting  shares  had  been
subordinate voting shares.

The  undertakings  in  the  Coattail  Agreement  do  not  apply  to  prevent  a  sale  by  the  holders  of  multiple  voting  shares  or  their
Permitted Holders of multiple voting shares if concurrently an offer is made to purchase subordinate voting shares that:

(a) offers a price per subordinate voting share at least as high as the highest price per share to be paid pursuant to the take-

over bid for the multiple voting shares;

(b) provides  that  the  percentage  of  outstanding  subordinate  voting  shares  to  be  taken  up  (exclusive  of  shares  owned
immediately prior to the offer by the offeror or persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror) is at least as high as
the percentage of multiple voting shares to be sold (exclusive of multiple voting shares owned immediately prior to the
offer by the offeror and persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror);

(c) has no condition attached other than the right not to take up and pay for subordinate voting shares tendered if no shares

are purchased pursuant to the offer for multiple voting shares; and

(d) is in all other material respects identical to the offer for multiple voting shares.

In addition, the Coattail Agreement does not prevent the transfer of multiple voting shares to Permitted Holders, provided such
transfer is not or would not have been subject to the requirements to make a take-over bid (if the vendor or transferee were in
Canada) or constitutes or would be exempt from certain requirements applicable to take-over bids under applicable securities
laws in Canada. The conversion of multiple voting shares into subordinate voting shares, whether or not such subordinate voting
shares  are  subsequently  sold,  would  not  constitute  a  disposition  of  multiple  voting  shares  for  the  purposes  of  the  Coattail
Agreement.

Under  the  Coattail  Agreement,  any  sale  of  multiple  voting  shares  by  a  holder  of  multiple  voting  shares  party  to  the  Coattail
Agreement is conditional upon the transferee becoming a party to the Coattail Agreement, to the extent such transferred multiple
voting shares are not automatically converted into subordinate voting shares in accordance with our articles.

-111-

The  Coattail  Agreement  contains  provisions  for  authorizing  action  by  the  trustee  to  enforce  the  rights  under  the  Coattail
Agreement  on  behalf  of  the  holders  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares.  The  obligation  of  the  trustee  to  take  such  action  is
conditional on us or holders of the subordinate voting shares providing such funds and indemnity as the trustee may reasonably
require.  No  holder  of  subordinate  voting  shares  will  have  the  right,  other  than  through  the  trustee,  to  institute  any  action  or
proceeding or to exercise any other remedy to enforce any rights arising under the Coattail Agreement unless the trustee fails to
act on a request authorized by holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding subordinate voting shares and reasonable funds
and indemnity have been provided to the trustee.

Other  than  in  respect  of  non-material  amendments  and  waivers  that  do  not  adversely  affect  the  interests  of  holders  of
subordinate voting shares, the Coattail Agreement provides that, among other things, it may not be amended, and no provision
thereof may be waived, unless, prior to giving effect to such amendment or waiver, the following have been obtained: (a) the
consent of the TSX and any other applicable securities regulatory authority in Canada; and (b) the approval of at least two-thirds
of the votes cast by holders of subordinate voting shares represented at a meeting duly called for the purpose of considering
such amendment or waiver, excluding votes attached to subordinate voting shares held by the holders of multiple voting shares
or their affiliates and related parties and any persons who have an agreement to purchase multiple voting shares on terms which
would constitute a sale or disposition for purposes of the Coattail Agreement, other than as permitted thereby.

No provision of the Coattail Agreement limits the rights of any holders of subordinate voting shares under applicable law.

Forum Selection

We have included a forum selection provision in our articles that provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of
an alternative forum, the Superior Court of Justice of the Province of Ontario, Canada and the appellate courts therefrom, will be
the  sole  and  exclusive  forum  for  (i)  any  derivative  action  or  proceeding  brought  on  our  behalf;  (ii)  any  action  or  proceeding
asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees to us; (iii) any action or
proceeding  asserting  a  claim  arising  pursuant  to  any  provision  of  the  BCBCA  or  our  articles;  or  (iv)  any  action  or  proceeding
asserting  a  claim  otherwise  related  to  the  relationships  among  us,  our  affiliates  and  their  respective  shareholders,  directors
and/or officers, but excluding claims related to our business or such affiliates. The forum selection provision also provides that
our  securityholders  are  deemed  to  have  consented  to  personal  jurisdiction  of  the  provincial  and  federal  courts  located  in  the
Province  of  Ontario  and  to  service  of  process  on  their  counsel  in  any  foreign  action  initiated  in  violation  of  the  foregoing
provisions.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Under the BCBCA, a company may indemnify: (i) a current or former director or officer of that company; (ii) a current or former
director  or  officer  of  another  corporation  if,  at  the  time  such  individual  held  such  office,  the  corporation  was  an  affiliate  of  the
company, or if such individual held such office at the company’s request; or (iii) an individual who, at the request of the company,
held,  or  holds,  an  equivalent  position  in  another  entity  (an  “indemnifiable  person”)  against  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses,
including  an  amount  paid  to  settle  an  action  or  satisfy  a  judgment,  reasonably  incurred  by  him  or  her  in  respect  of  any  civil,
criminal, administrative or other legal proceeding or investigative action (whether current, threatened, pending or

-112-

completed) in which he or she is involved because of that person’s position as an indemnifiable person, unless: (i) the individual
did not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of such company or the other entity, as the case may be;
or (ii) in the case of a proceeding other than a civil proceeding, the individual did not have reasonable grounds for believing that
the individual’s conduct was lawful. A company cannot indemnify an indemnifiable person if it is prohibited from doing so under
its  articles  or  by  applicable  law.  A  company  may  pay,  as  they  are  incurred  in  advance  of  the  final  disposition  of  an  eligible
proceeding, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an indemnifiable person in respect of that proceeding only if the
indemnifiable  person  has  provided  an  undertaking  that,  if  it  is  ultimately  determined  that  the  payment  of  expenses  was
prohibited,  the  indemnifiable  person  will  repay  any  amounts  advanced.  Subject  to  the  aforementioned  prohibitions  on
indemnification, a company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by an indemnifiable person in respect of such eligible proceeding if such indemnifiable person has not been reimbursed
for such expenses, and was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the outcome of such eligible proceeding or was
substantially successful on the merits in the outcome of such eligible proceeding. On application from an indemnifiable person or
the  company,  a  court  may  make  any  order  the  court  considers  appropriate  in  respect  of  an  eligible  proceeding,  including  the
indemnification of penalties imposed or expenses incurred in any such proceedings and the enforcement of an indemnification
agreement. As permitted by the BCBCA, our articles require us to indemnify our directors, officers, former directors or officers
(and such individual’s respective heirs and legal representatives) and permit us to indemnify any person to the extent permitted
by the BCBCA.

C. Material Contracts

The  following  is  a  summary  of  each  material  contract,  other  than  material  contracts  entered  into  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business, to which we are a party, for the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report:

Employment Agreements

See  Item  6.B.  —  “Directors,  Senior  Management  and  Employees”  —  “Compensation”  —  “Employment  Agreements  and
Arrangements with Directors and Related Parties”.

Revolving Facility Credit Agreement

On  June  3,  2016,  Canada  Goose  Holdings  Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Canada  Goose  Inc.  and  Canada  Goose
International AG, entered into a senior secured asset-based revolving facility (the “Revolving Facility”), with Canadian Imperial
Bank of Commerce, as administrative agent, and certain financial institutions as lenders. A copy of the Revolving Facility Credit
Agreement  is  included  as  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  company’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  F-1,  as  amended  (File  No.  333-
216078), filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017, and is incorporated by reference herein.

On  August  15,  2017,  the  company  entered  into  an  amendment  (the  “2017  Revolving  Facility  Amendment”)  to  the  Revolving
Facility.  The  2017  Revolving  Facility  Amendment  increased  the  commitments  to  $200.0m  with  a  seasonal  increase  of  up  to
$250.0m from June 1 through November 30 (“peak season”).

On May 10, 2019, the company entered into a further amendment (the “2019 Revolving Facility Amendment”) to the Revolving
Facility.  The  2019  Revolving  Facility  Amendment  increased  the  aggregate  credit  commitments  to  $300.0m  with  a  seasonal
increase of up to $350.0m during

-113-

peak season and extended the credit maturity date to the earlier of June 3, 2024 and the date that is six months prior to the
maturity date of the Term Loan Facility.

On  February  24,  2020,  the  company  entered  into  a  further  amendment  (the  “2020  Revolving  Facility  Amendment”)  to  the
Revolving  Facility.  The  2020  Revolving  Facility  Amendment  increased  the  aggregate  credit  commitments  to  $467.5m  with  a
seasonal increase of up to $517.5m during peak season.

On  May  26,  2020,  the  company  entered  into  a  further  amendment  to  the  Revolving  Facility  to  increase  its  ability  to  borrow
against  the  borrowing  base  by  up  to  $50.0m.  The  amended  revolving  facility  consists  of  the  existing  revolving  facility  with  a
reduced commitment in the amount of $417.5m with a seasonal increase of up to $467.5m during the peak season, and a first-
in, last-out (“FILO”) revolving facility in the amount of $50.0m. Borrowings under the existing Revolving Facility were transferred
to the FILO Revolving Facility on the transaction date and future amounts will be drawn in priority of the FILO Revolving Facility.
Amounts  drawn  on  the  FILO  revolving  facility  are  subject  to  an  interest  rate  charge  that  is  2.00%  higher  than  the  existing
revolving facility. The FILO revolving facility matures on May 25, 2021 and upon maturity, the credit commitments on the existing
revolving facility will be restored.

Term Loan Credit Agreement

On December 2, 2016, Canada Goose Holdings Inc. and Canada Goose Inc. entered into a senior secured term loan facility (the
“Term Loan Facility”), with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain
financial  institutions  as  lenders.  A  copy  of  the  Term  Loan  Credit  Agreement  is  included  as  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  company’s
Registration  Statement  on  Form  F-1,  as  amended  (File  No.  333-216078),  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  15,  2017,  and  is
incorporated by reference herein.

On August 15, 2017, the company entered into an amendment (the “2017 Term Loan Amendment”) to the Term Loan Facility.
The 2017 Term Loan Amendment was executed in connection with the syndication of the outstanding term loans by the existing
term  loan  lenders  and,  among  other  things:  (i)  added  a  provision  whereby  the  company  would  be  required  to  pay  a  1%
prepayment premium on any prepayment of the term loans made in connection with a “Repricing Transaction” (as defined in the
2017  Term  Loan  Amendment)  or  in  connection  with  an  amendment  that  constitutes  a  Repricing  Transaction,  in  each  case,
within six months from August 15, 2017 and (ii) reset the “most-favored nation” protection in favor of the term loan lenders in the
incremental  facilities  provisions  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility,  whereby  if  the  company  were  to  issue  additional  term  loans  under
such incremental facilities provisions within 18 months from August 15, 2017 and the all-in yield on such additional term loans
were  to  exceed  the  all-in-yield  on  the  existing  term  loans  by  more  than  50  basis  points,  the  all-in-yield  on  such  existing  term
loans would be increased so that the all-in-yield of the additional term loans does not exceed the all-in-yield on the existing term
loans by more than 50 basis points.

On May 10, 2019, the company entered into an amendment (the “2019 Term Loan Amendment”) to the Term Loan Facility. The
term  loans  issued  in  connection  with  the  2019  Term  Loan  Amendment  (the  “2019  Refinancing  Term  Loans”)  were  used  to
refinance  in  full  all  of  the  initial  term  loans  then  outstanding  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility.  The  interest  rates  for  the  2019
Refinancing Term Loans are LIBOR plus 3.50% for LIBOR Loans and ABR plus 2.50% for ABR Loans. Among other things, the
2019 Term Loan Amendment extended the maturity date for the Term Loan Facility to December 2, 2024.

-114-

On October 7, 2020, the company entered into an amendment (the “2020 Term Loan Amendment”) to the Term Loan Facility.
The term loans issued in connection with the 2020 Term Loan Amendment (the “2020 Refinancing Term Loans”) were used, in
part, to refinance in full all of the existing term loans outstanding under the Term Loan Facility. The interest rates for the 2020
Refinancing Term Loans are LIBOR plus 4.25% for LIBOR Loans and ABR plus 3.25% for ABR Loans. Among other things, the
2020 Term Loan Amendment extended the maturity date for the Term Loan Facility to October 7, 2027.

On April 9, 2021, the company entered into an amendment (the “2021 Term Loan Amendment) to the Term Loan Facility. The
term loans issued in connection with the 2021 Term Loan Amendment (the “2021 Refinancing Term Loans”) were used, in part,
to  refinance  in  full  all  of  the  existing  term  loans  outstanding  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility.  The  interest  rates  for  the  2021
Refinancing Term Loans are LIBOR plus 3.50% for LIBOR Loans and ABR plus 2.50% for ABR Loans.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers pursuant to which we have agreed to
indemnify them against a number of liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason
of  their  being  a  director  or  executive  officer  of  the  company.  A  copy  of  the  Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  is  included  as
Exhibit 10.28 to the company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-216078), filed with the SEC on
February 15, 2017, and is incorporated by reference herein.

D. Exchange Controls

We are not aware of any governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada that restrict the export or import
of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by our affiliated companies, or that affect the remittance
of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our securities. Any remittances of dividends to residents of
the United States and to other non-resident holders are, however, subject to withholding tax. See Item 10.E. - “Taxation”.

E. Taxation

Subject  to  the  limitations  and  qualifications  stated  herein,  this  discussion  sets  forth  certain  material  U.S.  federal  income  tax
considerations relating to the ownership and disposition by U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the subordinate voting shares.
The discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, existing
and proposed regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect and all subject to change at
any time, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders and does not address tax consequences to
a non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) holding our subordinate voting shares.

This discussion of a U.S. Holder’s tax consequences addresses only those persons that hold our subordinate voting shares as
capital assets and does not address the tax consequences to any special class of holders, including without limitation, holders
(directly,  indirectly  or  constructively)  of  10%  or  more  of  our  equity  (based  on  voting  power  or  value),  dealers  in  securities  or
currencies,  banks,  tax-exempt  organizations,  insurance  companies,  financial  institutions,  broker-dealers,  regulated  investment
companies,  real  estate  investment  trusts,  traders  in  securities  that  elect  the  mark-to-market  method  of  accounting  for  their
securities

-115-

holdings, persons that hold securities that are a hedge or that are hedged against currency or interest rate risks or that are part
of a straddle, conversion or “integrated” transaction, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and U.S. Holders whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar.
This  discussion  does  not  address  the  effect  of  the  U.S.  federal  alternative  minimum  tax,  U.S.  federal  estate  and  gift  tax,  the
3.8%  Medicare  contribution  tax  on  net  investment  income  or  any  state,  local  or  non-U.S.  tax  laws  on  a  holder  of  subordinate
voting shares.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of subordinate voting shares that is for U.S. federal income
tax purposes: (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; (b) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a
corporation  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes)  created  or  organized  in  or  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  any  state
thereof or the District of Columbia; (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its
source; or (d) a trust (i) if a court within the United States can exercise primary supervision over its administration, and one or
more  U.S.  persons  have  the  authority  to  control  all  of  the  substantial  decisions  of  that  trust,  or  (ii)  that  has  a  valid  election  in
effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. The term “non-U.S. Holder” means any beneficial
owner of our subordinate voting shares that is not a U.S. Holder, a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a
partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or a person holding our subordinate voting shares
through such an entity or arrangement.

If  a  partnership  or  an  entity  or  arrangement  that  is  treated  as  a  partnership  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes  holds  our
subordinate voting shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of
the partnership. Partners in partnerships that hold our subordinate voting shares should consult their own tax advisors.

You  are  urged  to  consult  your  own  independent  tax  advisor  regarding  the  specific  U.S.  federal,  state,  local  and  non-
U.S. income and other tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our subordinate voting shares.

Cash Dividends and Other Distributions

As described in Item 8.A.8 above, we currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund business development and growth,
and we do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. However, to the extent there are any distributions made
with  respect  to  our  subordinate  voting  shares,  subject  to  the  passive  foreign  investment  company,  or  “PFIC,”  rules  discussed
below,  a  U.S.  Holder  generally  will  be  required  to  treat  distributions  received  with  respect  to  its  subordinate  voting  shares
(including  the  amount  of  Canadian  taxes  withheld,  if  any)  as  dividend  income  to  the  extent  of  our  current  or  accumulated
earnings  and  profits  (computed  using  U.S.  federal  income  tax  principles),  with  the  excess  treated  as  a  non-taxable  return  of
capital to the extent of the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its subordinate voting shares and, thereafter, as capital gain recognized
on a sale or exchange on the day actually or constructively received by a U.S. Holder. There can be no assurance that we will
maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles. U.S. Holders
should  therefore  assume  that  any  distribution  with  respect  to  our  subordinate  voting  shares  will  constitute  ordinary  dividend
income. Dividends paid on the subordinate voting shares will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to U.S.
corporations.

-116-

Dividends paid to a non-corporate U.S. Holder by a “qualified foreign corporation” may be subject to reduced rates of taxation if
certain holding period and other requirements are met. A qualified foreign corporation generally includes a foreign corporation
(other  than  a  PFIC)  if  (i)  its  subordinate  voting  shares  are  readily  tradable  on  an  established  securities  market  in  the  United
States or (ii) it is eligible for benefits under a comprehensive U.S. income tax treaty that includes an exchange of information
program  and  which  the  U.S.  Treasury  Department  has  determined  is  satisfactory  for  these  purposes.  U.S.  Holders  should
consult  their  own  tax  advisors  regarding  the  availability  of  the  reduced  tax  rate  on  dividends  in  light  of  their  particular
circumstances.

Non-corporate U.S. Holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us if we are a PFIC
in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year.

Distributions paid in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be included in a U.S. Holder’s gross income in a U.S. dollar amount
based on the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, whether or not the payment is converted
into U.S. dollars at that time. The U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in such currency equal to such U.S. dollar amount, and any
gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or conversion of the foreign currency for a different U.S. dollar amount will be
U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally
should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income.

A  U.S.  Holder  who  pays  (whether  directly  or  through  withholding)  Canadian  taxes  with  respect  to  dividends  paid  on  our
subordinate  voting  shares  may  be  entitled  to  receive  either  a  deduction  or  a  foreign  tax  credit  for  such  Canadian  taxes  paid.
Complex limitations apply to the foreign tax credit, including the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate
share of a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. Holder’s “foreign source” taxable income bears to such
U.S. Holder’s worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. Holder’s various items of income and deduction must
be classified, under complex rules, as either “foreign source” or “U.S. source.” In addition, this limitation is calculated separately
with  respect  to  specific  categories  of  income.  Dividends  paid  by  us  generally  will  constitute  “foreign  source”  income  and
generally will be categorized as “passive category income.” However, if 50% or more of our equity (based on voting power or
value)  is  treated  as  held  by  U.S.  persons,  we  will  be  treated  as  a  “United  States-owned  foreign  corporation,”  in  which  case
dividends may be treated for foreign tax credit limitation purposes as “foreign source” income to the extent attributable to our
non-U.S.  source  earnings  and  profits  and  as  “U.S.  source”  income  to  the  extent  attributable  to  our  U.S.  source  earnings  and
profits.  Because  the  foreign  tax  credit  rules  are  complex,  each  U.S.  Holder  should  consult  its  own  tax  advisor  regarding  the
foreign tax credit rules.

Sale or Disposition of Subordinate Voting Shares

A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the taxable sale or exchange of its subordinate voting shares in an amount
equal  to  the  difference  between  the  U.S.  dollar  amount  realized  on  such  sale  or  exchange  (determined  in  the  case  of
subordinate voting shares sold or exchanged for currencies other than U.S. dollars by reference to the spot exchange rate in
effect on the date of the sale or exchange or, if the subordinate voting shares sold or exchanged are traded on an established
securities market and the U.S. Holder is a cash basis taxpayer or an electing accrual basis taxpayer, the spot exchange rate in
effect  on  the  settlement  date)  and  the  U.S.  Holder’s  adjusted  tax  basis  in  the  subordinate  voting  shares  determined  in  U.S.
dollars. The initial tax basis of the subordinate voting shares to a U.S. Holder will be the U.S. Holder’s

-117-

U.S. dollar purchase price for the subordinate voting shares (determined by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the
date of the purchase, or if the subordinate voting shares purchased are traded on an established securities market and the U.S.
Holder is a cash basis taxpayer or an electing accrual basis taxpayer, the spot exchange rate in effect on the settlement date).

Assuming we are not a PFIC and have not been treated as a PFIC during a U.S. Holder’s holding period for our subordinate
voting shares, such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term gain or loss if the subordinate voting shares
have been held for more than one year. Under current law, long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders generally are
eligible  for  reduced  rates  of  taxation.  The  deductibility  of  capital  losses  is  subject  to  limitations.  Capital  gain  or  loss,  if  any,
recognized by a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. U.S.
Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the U.S. foreign tax credit in their particular
circumstances.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

Status as a PFIC

The  rules  governing  PFICs  can  have  adverse  tax  effects  on  U.S.  Holders.  We  generally  will  be  classified  as  a  PFIC  for  U.S.
federal income tax purposes if, for any taxable year, either: (1) 75% or more of our gross income consists of certain types of
passive  income,  or  (2)  the  average  value  (determined  on  a  quarterly  basis),  of  our  assets  that  produce,  or  are  held  for  the
production of, passive income is 50% or more of the value of all of our assets.

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the
active conduct of a trade or business), annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a non-U.S. corporation
owns  at  least  25%  by  value  of  the  stock  of  another  corporation,  the  non-U.S.  corporation  is  treated  for  purposes  of  the  PFIC
tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of
the other corporation’s income.

Additionally,  if  we  are  classified  as  a  PFIC  in  any  taxable  year  with  respect  to  which  a  U.S.  Holder  owns  subordinate  voting
shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in all succeeding taxable years,
regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above, unless the U.S. Holder makes the “deemed sale election”
described below.

We do not believe that we were currently a PFIC last year, and we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  determination  of  whether  we  are  a  PFIC  is  made  annually  and  depends  on  the  particular
facts and circumstances (such as the valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets) and also may be
affected by the application of the PFIC rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. The fair market value of our assets is
expected to depend, in part, upon (a) the market price of our subordinate voting shares, which is likely to fluctuate, and (b) the
composition of our income and assets, which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend any cash that is raised in any
financing transaction. In light of the foregoing, no assurance can be provided that we are not currently a PFIC or that we will not
become  a  PFIC  in  any  future  taxable  year.  U.S.  Holders  should  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  regarding  our  potential  PFIC
status.

-118-

U.S. federal income tax treatment of a shareholder of a PFIC

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns subordinate voting shares, the U.S. Holder,
absent certain elections (including the mark-to-market and QEF elections described below), generally will be subject to adverse
rules (regardless of whether we continue to be classified as a PFIC) with respect to (i) any “excess distributions” (generally, any
distributions received by the U.S. Holder on its subordinate voting shares in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the
average  annual  distributions  received  by  the  U.S.  Holder  in  the  three  preceding  taxable  years  or,  if  shorter,  the  U.S.  Holder’s
holding period for its subordinate voting shares) and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition, including a pledge, of
its subordinate voting shares.

Under these adverse rules (a) the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period, (b)
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as
a  PFIC  will  be  taxed  as  ordinary  income  and  (c)  the  amount  allocated  to  each  other  taxable  year  during  the  U.S.  Holder’s
holding period in which we were classified as a PFIC (i) will be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable
category of taxpayer for that year and (ii) will be subject to an interest charge at a statutory rate with respect to the resulting tax
attributable to each such other taxable year.

If we are classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will generally be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of stock or
shares owned by us in any direct or indirect subsidiaries that are also PFICs and will be subject to similar adverse rules with
respect  to  any  distributions  we  receive  from,  and  dispositions  we  make  of,  the  stock  or  shares  of  such  subsidiaries.  You  are
urged to consult your tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

If we are classified as a PFIC and then cease to be so classified, a U.S. Holder may make an election (a “deemed sale election”)
to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having sold such U.S. Holder’s subordinate voting shares on the last day
our  taxable  year  during  which  we  were  a  PFIC.  A  U.S.  Holder  that  makes  a  deemed  sale  election  would  then  cease  to  be
treated  as  owning  stock  in  a  PFIC  by  reason  of  ownership  of  our  subordinate  voting  shares.  However,  gain  recognized  as  a
result  of  making  the  deemed  sale  election  would  be  subject  to  the  adverse  rules  described  above  and  loss  would  not  be
recognized.

PFIC “mark-to-market” election

In  certain  circumstances,  a  U.S.  Holder  can  avoid  certain  of  the  adverse  rules  described  above  by  making  a  mark-to-market
election with respect to its subordinate voting shares, provided that the subordinate voting shares are “marketable.” Subordinate
voting shares will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or other market within the meaning of
applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. The NYSE is a “qualified exchange.” U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors
with respect to such rules.

A U.S. Holder that makes a mark-to-market election must include in gross income, as ordinary income, for each taxable year
that we are a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s subordinate voting shares
at  the  close  of  the  taxable  year  over  the  U.S.  Holder’s  adjusted  tax  basis  in  its  subordinate  voting  shares.  An  electing  U.S.
Holder may also claim an ordinary loss deduction for the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its subordinate
voting shares over the fair market value of its subordinate voting shares at the close of the taxable year, but this deduction is
allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains previously included in income. A U.S. Holder that makes a

-119-

mark-to-market election generally will adjust such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its subordinate voting shares to reflect the amount
included in gross income or allowed as a deduction because of such mark-to-market election. Gains from an actual sale or other
disposition of subordinate voting shares in a year in which we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income, and any losses
incurred on a sale or other disposition of subordinate voting shares will be treated as ordinary losses to the extent of any net
mark-to-market gains previously included in income.

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owns subordinate voting shares but before a mark-to-
market election is made, the adverse PFIC rules described above will apply to any mark-to market gain recognized in the year
the election is made. Otherwise, a mark-to-market election will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made
and all subsequent taxable years. The election cannot be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”)
unless the subordinate voting shares cease to be marketable, in which case the election is automatically terminated.

A mark-to-market election is not permitted for the shares of any of our subsidiaries that are also classified as PFICs. Prospective
investors  should  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  regarding  the  availability  of,  and  the  procedure  for  making,  a  mark-to-market
election.

PFIC “QEF” election

In  some  cases,  a  shareholder  of  a  PFIC  can  avoid  the  interest  charge  and  the  other  adverse  PFIC  consequences  described
above by obtaining certain information from such PFIC and by making a QEF election to be taxed currently on its share of the
PFIC’s  undistributed  income.  We  do  not,  however,  expect  to  provide  the  information  regarding  our  income  that  would  be
necessary in order for a U.S. Holder to make a QEF election with respect to subordinate voting shares if we are classified as a
PFIC.

PFIC information reporting requirements

If  we  are  a  PFIC  in  any  year,  a  U.S.  Holder  of  subordinate  voting  shares  in  such  year  will  be  required  to  file  an  annual
information return on IRS Form 8621 regarding distributions received on such subordinate voting shares and any gain realized
on disposition of such subordinate voting shares. In addition, if we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will generally be required to file an
annual  information  return  with  the  IRS  (also  on  IRS  Form  8621,  which  PFIC  shareholders  are  required  to  file  with  their  U.S.
federal income tax or information return) relating to their ownership of subordinate voting shares. This new filing requirement is
in addition to the pre-existing reporting requirements described above that apply to a U.S. Holder’s interest in a PFIC (which this
requirement does not affect).

NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT WE ARE NOT CURRENTLY A PFIC OR THAT WE WILL NOT BECOME A PFIC IN
THE FUTURE. U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE OPERATION OF
THE  PFIC  RULES  AND  RELATED  REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS  IN  LIGHT  OF  THEIR  PARTICULAR  CIRCUMSTANCES,
INCLUDING THE ADVISABILITY OF MAKING ANY ELECTION THAT MAY BE AVAILABLE.

Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Information  reporting  to  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  generally  will  be  required  with  respect  to  payments  on  the
subordinate voting shares and proceeds of the sale, exchange or redemption of the subordinate voting shares paid within the
United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries to holders that are U.S. taxpayers, other than exempt

-120-

recipients.  A  “backup”  withholding  tax  may  apply  to  those  payments  if  such  holder  fails  to  provide  a  taxpayer  identification
number to the paying agent or fails to certify that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred (or if such holder
otherwise  fails  to  establish  an  exemption).  We  or  the  applicable  paying  agent  will  withhold  on  a  distribution  if  required  by
applicable  law.  The  amounts  withheld  under  the  backup  withholding  rules  are  not  an  additional  tax  and  may  be  refunded,  or
credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided the required information is timely furnished to the
IRS.

U.S. Holders that own certain “foreign financial assets” (which may include the subordinate voting shares) are required to report
information  relating  to  such  assets,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  on  IRS  Form  8938.  In  addition  to  these  requirements,  U.S.
Holders may be required to annually file FinCEN Report 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (“FBAR”) with the
U.S. Department of Treasury. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the applicability of FBAR and other
reporting requirements in light of their individual circumstances.

Canadian Tax Implications for Non-Canadian Holders

The following is a general summary, as of the date hereof, of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations under
the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Tax Act”) generally applicable to the holding and
disposition  of  subordinate  voting  shares  by  a  beneficial  owner.  This  summary  only  applies  to  such  a  holder  who,  for  the
purposes of the Tax Act and at all relevant times: (1) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada for purposes of any
applicable income tax treaty or convention; (2) deals at arm’s length with us; (3) is not affiliated with us; (4) does not use or
hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, subordinate voting shares in a business carried on in Canada; (5) has not entered into,
with respect to the subordinate voting shares, a “derivative forward agreement” as that term is defined in the Tax Act and (6)
holds the subordinate voting shares as capital property (a “Non-Canadian Holder”). Special rules, which are not discussed in
this  summary,  may  apply  to  a  Non-Canadian  Holder  that  is  an  insurer  carrying  on  an  insurance  business  in  Canada  and
elsewhere.

This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act, and an understanding of the current administrative policies of
the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary takes into account all specific
proposals  to  amend  the  Tax  Act  and  the  Canada-United  States  Tax  Convention  (1980),  as  amended  (the  “Canada-U.S.  Tax
Treaty”)  publicly  announced  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Minister  of  Finance  (Canada)  prior  to  the  date  hereof  (the  “Proposed
Amendments”) and assumes that all Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed. However, no assurances
can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted as proposed, or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into
account  or  anticipate  any  changes  in  law  or  administrative  policy  or  assessing  practice  whether  by  legislative,  regulatory,
administrative or judicial action nor does it take into account tax legislation or considerations of any province, territory or foreign
jurisdiction, which may differ from those discussed herein.

This summary is of a general nature only and is not, and is not intended to be, legal or tax advice to any particular shareholder.
This summary is not exhaustive of all Canadian federal income tax considerations. Accordingly, you should consult your own
tax  advisor  with  respect  to  your  particular  circumstances.  Generally,  for  purposes  of  the  Tax  Act,  all  amounts  relating  to  the
acquisition,  holding  or  disposition  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares  must  be  converted  into  Canadian  dollars  based  on  the
exchange rates as determined in accordance with the Tax Act.

-121-

The amount of any dividends required to be included in the income of, and capital gains or capital losses realized by, a Non-
Canadian Holder may be affected by fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate.

Dividends

Dividends paid or credited on the subordinate voting shares or deemed to be paid or credited on the subordinate voting shares
to a Non-Canadian Holder will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25%, subject to any reduction in the rate of
withholding to which the Non-Canadian Holder is entitled under any applicable income tax convention between Canada and
the country in which the Non-Canadian Holder is resident. For example, under the Canada-U.S. Tax Treaty, where dividends
on the subordinate voting shares are considered to be paid to or derived by a Non-Canadian Holder that is a beneficial owner
of  the  dividends  and  is  a  U.S.  resident  for  the  purposes  of,  and  is  entitled  to  benefits  of,  the  Canada-U.S.  Tax  Treaty,  the
applicable rate of Canadian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15%. A disposition of subordinate voting shares to us may
in certain circumstances result in a deemed dividend.

Dispositions

A Non-Canadian Holder will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act on any capital gain realized on a disposition or deemed
disposition  of  a  subordinate  voting  share,  unless,  at  the  time  of  disposition,  the  subordinate  voting  shares  are  “taxable
Canadian  property”  to  the  Non-Canadian  Holder  for  purposes  of  the  Tax  Act  and  the  Non-Canadian  Holder  is  not  entitled  to
relief  under  an  applicable  income  tax  convention  between  Canada  and  the  country  in  which  the  Non-Canadian  Holder  is
resident.

Generally,  the  subordinate  voting  shares  will  not  constitute  “taxable  Canadian  property”  to  a  Non-Canadian  Holder  at  a
particular time provided that the subordinate voting shares are listed at that time on a “designated stock exchange” (as defined
in the Tax Act), which includes the NYSE and the TSX, unless at any particular time during the 60-month period that ends at
that time (i) one or any combination of (a) the Non- Canadian Holder, (b) persons with whom the Non-Canadian Holder does
not  deal  at  arm’s  length,  and  (c)  partnerships  in  which  the  Non-Canadian  Holder  or  a  person  described  in  (b)  holds  a
membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, has owned 25% or more of the issued shares of
any class or series of our capital stock, and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the subordinate voting shares was
derived, directly or indirectly, from one or any combination of : (i) real or immoveable property situated in Canada, (ii) “Canadian
resource properties” (as defined in the Tax Act), (iii) “timber resource properties” (as defined in the Tax Act) and (iv) options in
respect  of,  or  interests  in,  or  for  civil  law  rights  in,  property  in  any  of  the  foregoing  whether  or  not  the  property  exists.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in certain circumstances set out in the Tax Act, subordinate voting shares could be deemed to
be  “taxable  Canadian  property.”  Non-Canadian  Holders  whose  subordinate  voting  shares  may  constitute  “taxable  Canadian
property” should consult their own tax advisors.

THE ABOVE DISCUSSION DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PARTICULAR
INVESTOR. YOU ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO YOU OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES.

-122-

F. Dividends and Payment Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

You may request a copy of this Annual Report and the related exhibits, and any other report, at no cost, by writing to us at 250
Bowie Ave, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M6E 4Y2 or calling us at (416) 780-9850. Copies of our financial statements and other
continuous  disclosure  documents  required  under  the  Securities  Act  (Ontario)  are  available  for  viewing  on  SEDAR  at
www.sedar.com. All of the documents referred to are in English.

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and are required to file reports and other information with
the  SEC.  The  SEC  maintains  a  website  at  www.sec.gov  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other
information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system.

We also make available on our website’s investor relations page, free of charge, our Annual Report and the text of our reports
on  Form  6-K,  including  any  amendments  to  these  reports,  as  well  as  certain  other  SEC  filings,  as  soon  as  reasonably
practicable  after  they  are  electronically  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the  SEC.  The  information  contained  on  our  website  is  not
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Please  see  Item  5.F  —  “Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects”  —  “Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures  About
Market Risk”.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

-123-

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

PART II

None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

A. – D. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

None.

E. Use of Proceeds

None.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

A. – D.

See Item 5. - “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” - “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and  Results  of  Operations”  -  “Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures”,  “Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over
Financial Reporting”, “Remediation Plan and Activities”, and “Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting”.

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Stephen Gunn, John Davison and Jean-Marc Huët, with Mr. Davison serving as
chairman of the committee. Messrs. Gunn, Davison and Huët each meet the independence requirements under the rules of the
New York Stock Exchange and under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We have determined that Mr. Davison is an “audit
committee  financial  expert”  within  the  meaning  of  Item  407  of  Regulation  S-K.  For  information  relating  to  qualifications  and
experience of each audit committee member, see Item 6 - “Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethics applicable our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions. This code is intended to qualify as a “code of ethics”
is  available  on  our  website  at
within 
https://investor.canadagoose.com/corporate-governance/default.aspx?section=documents. Information contained on, or that can
be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

the  SEC.  Our  code  of  ethics 

the  applicable  rules  of 

the  meaning  of 

-124-

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The  following  table  summarizes  the  fees  charged  by  Deloitte  LLP  for  certain  services  rendered  to  our  company  during  fiscal
2021 and fiscal 2020.

(1)

CAD $ millions
Audit fees
Audit-related fees
(3)
Tax fees
All other fees
Total

(4)

(2)

March 28, 2021
3.9 
0.2 
2.0 
— 
6.1 

For the year ended
March 29, 2020
4.2 
0.2 
1.2 
— 
5.6 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

“Audit  fees”  means  the  aggregate  fees  billed  in  each  of  the  fiscal  years  for  professional  services  rendered  by  Deloitte
LLP for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of our interim financial statements.

“Audit-related fees” includes assurance and related services reasonably related to the financial statement audit and not
included in audit services.

“Tax fees” means the aggregate fees billed in each of the fiscal years for professional services rendered by Deloitte LLP
for tax compliance and tax advice.

“All other fees” includes the aggregate fees billed in each of the fiscal years for non-audit services rendered which were
not listed above.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Our audit committee reviews and pre-approves the scope and the cost of audit services related to us and permissible non-audit
services  performed  by  the  independent  auditors,  other  than  those  for  de  minimis  services  which  are  approved  by  the  audit
committee prior to the completion of the audit. All of the services related to our company provided by Deloitte LLP listed above
have been pre-approved by the audit committee.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

-125-

The  listing  rules  of  the  NYSE  (the  “NYSE  Listing  Rules”),  include  certain  accommodations  in  the  corporate  governance
requirements that allow foreign private issuers, such as us, to follow “home country” corporate governance practices in lieu of
the  otherwise  applicable  corporate  governance  standards  of  the  NYSE.  The  application  of  such  exceptions  requires  that  we
disclose any significant ways that our corporate governance practices differ from the NYSE Listing Rules that we do not follow.
We are currently a “controlled company” as defined in the NYSE Listing Rules. Upon ceasing to be a “controlled company”, as a
foreign  private  issuer,  we  intend  to  continue  to  follow  Canadian  corporate  governance  practices  and  TSX  rules  in  lieu  of  the
corporate governance requirements of the NYSE in respect of the following:

•

•

•

•

•

the  requirement  under  Section  303A.01  of  the  NYSE  Listing  Rules  that  a  majority  of  the  board  be  comprised  of
independent directors;

the  requirement  under  Section  303A.04  of  the  NYSE  Listing  Rules  that  director  nominees  be  selected  or
recommended for selection by a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors and to post the
charter for that committee on our investor website;

the  requirement  under  Section  303A.05  of  the  NYSE  Listing  Rules  to  have  a  compensation  committee  that  is
comprised solely of independent directors and to post the charter for that committee on our investor website;

the requirement under Section 303A.08 of the NYSE Listing Rules that shareholders be given the opportunity to vote
on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions thereto; and

the requirement under Section 303A.09 of the NYSE Listing Rules to have a set of corporate governance guidelines
and to disclose such guidelines on our investor website.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

-126-

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

See Item 18. — “Financial Statements”.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Our Annual Financial Statements are included at the end of this Annual Report.

-127-

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT INDEX

1.1

2.1

2.2
4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

Articles of Canada Goose Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our Annual Report on Form
20-F (file no. 001-38027) filed with the SEC on June 6, 2017)
Form of Share Certificate for Subordinate Voting Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our
Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on March 1, 2017)
Description of Securities
Investor Rights Agreement by and among Canada Goose Holdings Inc. and certain shareholders of Canada
Goose Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file
no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on March 10, 2017)
Coattail Agreement, between Canada Goose Holdings Inc., certain shareholders of Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Annual Report on
Form 20-F (file no. 001-38027) filed with the SEC on June 6, 2017)
Credit Agreement dated December 2, 2016, by and among Canada Goose Holdings Inc., Canada Goose Inc.
and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration
Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated August 15, 2017, by and among Canada Goose Holdings Inc.,
Canada Goose Inc. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to
our Form 6-K (file no. 001-38027) filed with the SEC on August 21, 2017)
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated May 10, 2019, by and among Canada Goose Holdings, Inc. and
Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to our Form 6-K (file no.
001-38027) filed with the SEC on May 14, 2019)
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 26, 2020, by and among Canada Goose Holdings
Inc. and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to our Form 6-K (file
no. 001-38027) filed with the SEC on May 29, 2020)
Refinancing Amendment and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated October 7, 2020, by and among
Canada Goose Holdings Inc. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to our Form 6-K (file no. 001-3827) filed with the SEC on October 9, 2020)
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated April 9, 2021, by and among Canada Goose Holdings Inc. and
Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch (filed herewith).
Lease Agreement dated February 3, 2012, by and between 250 Bowie Holdings Inc., as Landlord and Canada
Goose Inc., as Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file
no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)
First Lease Expansion and Amending Agreement dated July 1, 2013, by and between 250 Bowie Holdings Inc.,
as Landlord and Canada Goose Inc., as Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our Registration
Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)
Second Lease Expansion and Amending Agreement dated January 27, 2014, by and between 250 Bowie
Holdings Inc., as Landlord and Canada Goose Inc., as Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to our
Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)

-128-

4.12

4.13

4.14

4.15

4.16
4.17

4.18

4.19

4.20

4.21

4.22

8.1

12.1
12.2
13.1

13.2

15.1

Third Lease Expansion and Amending Agreement dated November 14, 2014, by and between 250 Bowie
Holdings Inc., as Landlord and Canada Goose Inc., as Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our
Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)
Fourth Lease Expansion and amending Agreement dated April 30, 2015, by and between 250 Bowie Holdings
Inc., as Landlord and Canada Goose Inc., as Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to our
Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)
Fifth Lease Expansion and Amending Agreement dated June 8, 2016, by and between 250 Bowie Holdings Inc.,
as Landlord and Canada Goose Inc., as Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to our Registration
Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)
Canada Goose Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.17 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file no. 001-38027) filed with the SEC on June 6, 2017)
Canada Goose Holdings Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan
Form of Option Agreement under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to our
Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on March 1, 2017)
Board Director’s Agreement dated September 17, 2015, by and between Canada Goose International AG and
Daniel Reiss (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-
216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated March 9, 2017 by and between Canada Goose Inc. and
Dani Reiss (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-
216078) filed with the SEC on March 10, 2017)
Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2018 by and between Canada Goose Inc. and Jonathan Sinclair
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file no. 001-38027) filed with the
SEC on May 29, 2019)
Canada Goose Holdings Inc. Employee Share Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 to our
Annual Report on Form 20-F (file no. 001-38027) filed with the SEC on June 6, 2017)
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to our
Registration statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-216078) filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017)
Subsidiaries of Canada Goose Holdings Inc.

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Consent of Deloitte LLP

-129-

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on annual report on Form 20-F and that it has duly
caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

Canada Goose Holdings Inc.

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ Jonathan Sinclair
Jonathan Sinclair
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer

Date: May 13, 2021

-130-

Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements

March 28, 2021

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Canada Goose Holdings Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  Canada  Goose  Holdings  Inc.  and
subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  as  of  March  28,  2021  and  March  29,  2020,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income  and
comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the 52 weeks ended March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020 and the
year  ended  March  31,  2019,  and  the  related  notes  and  the  schedule  of  Condensed  Financial  Information  of  Canada  Goose
Holdings Inc. (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020, and its financial performance
and  its  cash  flows  for  the  52  weeks  ended  March  28,  2021  and  March  29,  2020  and  the  year  ended  March  31,  2019,  in
conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal
Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission
and our report dated May 12, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due
to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that
are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgements.  The
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and
we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matter  or  on
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

F-1

Inventory Obsolescence – Refer to Notes 2j, 3 and 9 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

Inventory  comprises  raw  materials,  work-in-process  and  finished  goods  and  is  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable
value.  In  estimating  net  realizable  value,  the  Company  uses  estimates  related  to  fluctuations  in  inventory  levels,  planned
production, customer behaviour, obsolescence, future selling prices and costs to sell. As a result of management’s analysis, the
Company recorded an inventory obsolescence adjustment.

Given the importance of inventory to the Company’s operations and the judgement involved in determining net realizable value,
specifically estimated future revenue (future selling prices and product demand); our audit procedures involved a high degree of
auditor judgement and an increased extent of audit effort.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our  audit  procedures  related  to  the  future  revenue  used  in  determining  net  realizable  value  included  the  following,  among
others:

• Evaluated the effectiveness of controls, including those related to management’s process for developing the estimates

used in the determination of net realizable value and the inventory obsolescence adjustment.

• Performed a retrospective review on the prior year estimated future revenue and compared it to current year activity to

evaluate management's ability to accurately estimate the net realizable value.

• Evaluated the reasonableness of future selling prices and product demand by:

◦ Comparing future selling price assumptions to historical trends and recent transactions.

◦ Assessing management’s merchandising strategy to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s assumptions

relating to the expected impact on overall product demand.

◦ Considering industry trends and evidence obtained in other areas of the audit.

• Analyzed inventory levels and revenue to evaluate the completeness of management’s identified population of inventory

with obsolescence exposure.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada
May 12, 2021

We have served as the Company's auditor since fiscal 2010.

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Canada Goose Holdings Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Canada Goose Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”)
as of March 28, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  52  weeks  ended  March  28,  2021,  of  the  Company  and  our
report dated May 12, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual
Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required
to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed  risk,  and  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the
company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are

F-3

subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada
May 12, 2021

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income
Net interest, finance and other costs
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Other comprehensive (loss) income
Items that will not be reclassified to earnings, net of tax:
Actuarial gain (loss) on post-employment obligation
Items that may be reclassified to earnings, net of tax:

Cumulative translation adjustment
Net loss on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Reclassification of net loss (gain) on cash flow hedges to
income
Net gain (loss) on derivatives designated as a net investment
hedge

Other comprehensive (loss) income
Comprehensive income
 Earnings per share

Basic
Diluted

Notes

5
9

10, 11, 12

16

6

21

21

21

7

March 28,
2021
$
903.7 
349.7 
554.0 
367.3 
69.8 
116.9 
30.9 
86.0 
15.8 
70.2 

0.7 

(12.6)
(1.2)

7.3 

0.2 
(5.6)
64.6 

March 29,
2020
$
958.1 
364.8 
593.3 
350.5 
50.7 
192.1 
28.4 
163.7 
12.0 
151.7 

(0.2)

9.4 
(2.4)

(3.7)

(0.3)
2.8 
154.5 

$
$

0.64  $
0.63  $

1.38  $
1.36  $

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$
830.5 
313.7 
516.8 
302.1 
18.0 
196.7 
14.2 
182.5 
38.9 
143.6 

(0.7)

(1.3)
(4.6)

3.8 

3.5 
0.7 
144.3 

1.31 
1.28 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

Assets
Current assets
Cash
Trade receivables
Inventories
Income taxes receivable
Other current assets
Total current assets
Deferred income taxes
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Right-of-use assets
Goodwill
Other long-term assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Provisions
Income taxes payable
Short-term borrowings
Current portion of lease liabilities
Total current liabilities
Provisions
Deferred income taxes
Revolving facility
Term loan
Lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Shareholders' equity
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

Notes

March 28,
2021
$

March 29,
2020
$

8
9
6
20

6
10
11
12
13
20

14, 20
15
6
16
12

15
6
16
16
12
20

17

477.9 
40.9 
342.3 
4.8 
31.0 
896.9 
46.9 
116.5 
155.0 
233.7 
53.1 
5.1 
1,507.2 

177.8 
20.0 
19.1 
— 
45.2 
262.1 
25.6 
21.6 
— 
367.8 
209.6 
20.4 
907.1 
600.1 
1,507.2 

31.7 
32.3 
412.3 
12.0 
43.5 
531.8 
40.8 
115.1 
161.7 
211.8 
53.1 
6.0 
1,120.3 

144.4 
15.6 
13.0 
— 
35.9 
208.9 
21.4 
15.1 
— 
158.1 
192.0 
4.6 
600.1 
520.2 
1,120.3 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

Share capital

Contributed
surplus

Retained
earnings

Accumulated other
comprehensive
income (loss)

Balance at March 31, 2018
Issuance of subordinate voting
shares in business combination
Convert multiple voting shares to
subordinate voting shares
Exercise of stock options
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Share-based payment (including tax
recovery of $2.8)
Balance at March 31, 2019
IFRS 16 initial application
Normal course issuer bid purchase
of subordinate voting shares
Exercise of stock options
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Share-based payment
Balance at March 29, 2020
Exercise of stock options
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Share-based payment

Balance at March 28, 2021

Notes

Multiple
voting
shares
$
1.9 

Subordinate
voting shares
$
104.2 

17

17
17

18

12

17
17

18

17

18

— 

(0.5)
— 
— 
— 

— 
1.4 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1.4 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1.4 

1.5 

0.5 
5.0 
— 
— 

— 
111.2 
— 

(1.6)
3.7 
— 
— 
— 
113.3 
5.8 
— 
— 
— 
119.1 

Total
$
106.1 

1.5 

— 
5.0 
— 
— 

— 
112.6 
— 

(1.6)
3.7 
— 
— 
— 
114.7 
5.8 
— 
— 
— 
120.5 

$
4.5 

— 

— 
(1.9)
— 
— 

6.6 
9.2 
— 

— 
(1.3)
— 
— 
7.8 
15.7 
(1.8)
— 
— 
11.3 
25.2 

$
136.1 

— 

— 
— 
143.6 
— 

— 
279.7 
(4.9)

(37.1)
— 
151.7 
— 
— 
389.4 
— 
70.2 
— 
— 
459.6 

$
(3.1)

— 

— 
— 
— 
0.7 

— 
(2.4)
— 

— 
— 
— 
2.8 
— 
0.4 
— 
— 
(5.6)
— 
(5.2)

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

Total

$
243.6 

1.5 

— 
3.1 
143.6 
0.7 

6.6 
399.1 
(4.9)

(38.7)
2.4 
151.7 
2.8 
7.8 
520.2 
4.0 
70.2 
(5.6)
11.3 
600.1 

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

Notes

March 28,
2021
$

March 29,
2020
$

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$

Operating activities
Net income
Items not affecting cash:

Depreciation and amortization
Income tax expense
Interest expense
Foreign exchange loss (gain)
Acceleration of unamortized costs on debt extinguishment
Loss on disposal of assets
Share-based payment

Changes in non-cash operating items
Income taxes paid
Interest paid
Net cash from operating activities
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Investment in intangible assets
Business combination
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Term loan borrowings
Transaction costs on financing activities
Subordinate voting shares purchased for cancellation
Principal paid on lease liabilities
Settlement of term loan derivative contracts
Exercise of stock options
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash
Increase (decrease) in cash
Cash, beginning of period

Cash, end of period

10, 11, 12
6
16

16

18

22

10
11

16
16
17
12
20
18

70.2 

84.6 
15.8 
26.7 
9.0 
1.1 
0.3 
11.3 
219.0 
102.5 
(6.8)
(21.0)
293.7 

(26.9)
(5.1)
— 
(32.0)

247.5 
(10.8)
— 
(38.8)
(4.9)
4.0 
197.0 
(12.5)
446.2 
31.7 
477.9 

151.7 

143.6 

63.1 
12.0 
20.4 
(0.7)
7.0 
1.7 
8.5 
263.7 
(130.6)
(52.1)
(18.5)
62.5 

(45.3)
(17.0)
— 
(62.3)

— 
(2.3)
(38.7)
(24.7)
4.6 
2.4 
(58.7)
1.6 
(56.9)
88.6 
31.7 

22.7 
38.9 
13.7 
2.7 
— 
0.2 
3.8 
225.6 
(100.7)
(41.0)
(10.5)
73.4 

(30.3)
(19.0)
(33.6)
(82.9)

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3.1 
3.1 
(0.3)
(6.7)
95.3 
88.6 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 1.    The Company

Organization

Canada Goose Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) design, manufacture, and sell performance luxury apparel for
men, women, youth, children, and babies. The Company’s apparel collections include various styles of parkas, lightweight down
jackets, rainwear, windwear, knitwear, footwear, and accessories for fall, winter, and spring seasons. The Company’s head office
is  located  at  250  Bowie  Avenue,  Toronto,  Canada  M6E  4Y2.  The  use  of  the  terms  “Canada  Goose”,  “we”,  “us”  and  “our”
throughout these notes to the consolidated financial statements refer to the Company.

Canada Goose is a public company listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange under the trading
symbol “GOOS”. The principal shareholders of the Company are investment funds advised by Bain Capital LP and its affiliates
(“Bain  Capital”),  and  DTR  LLC,  (“DTR”),  an  entity  indirectly  controlled  by  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the
Company.  The  principal  shareholders  hold  multiple  voting  shares  representing  46.2%  of  the  total  shares  outstanding  as  at
March 28, 2021, or 89.6% of the combined voting power of the total voting shares outstanding. Subordinate voting shares that
trade on public markets represent 53.8% of the total shares outstanding as at March 28, 2021, or 10.4% of the combined voting
power of the total voting shares outstanding.

Statement of compliance

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards
(“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Company’s Board of Directors on May 12, 2021.

Fiscal year

Under  an  accounting  convention  common  in  the  retail  industry,  the  Company  follows  a  52-week  reporting  cycle,  which
periodically necessitates a fiscal year of 53 weeks with the fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to March 31. Each fiscal
quarter is 13 weeks. The additional week in a 53 week fiscal year is added to the third quarter. The Company's first 53 week
fiscal  year  will  occur  in  2022.  Fiscal  2021  comprises  four  fiscal  quarters  ended  on  June  28,  2020,  September  27,  2020,
December 27, 2020 and March 28, 2021. The Company has not adjusted financial results for quarters prior to fiscal 2020. In
these consolidated financial statements, the term "year ended March 28, 2021” refers to the 52-week period ended March 28,
2021 (364 days) and the term “year ended March 29, 2020” refers to the 52-week period ended March 29, 2020 (364 days).

Operating segments

The Company classifies its business in three operating and reportable segments: Direct-to-Consumer (“DTC”), Wholesale, and
Other. The DTC segment comprises sales through country-specific e-Commerce platforms and its Company-owned retail stores
located in luxury shopping locations.

The  Wholesale  segment  comprises  sales  made  to  a  mix  of  functional  and  fashionable  retailers,  including  major  luxury
department stores, outdoor specialty stores, and individual shops, and to international distributors, who are partners that have
exclusive rights to an entire market.

F-9

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal, and we have historically realized a significant portion of our Wholesale revenue and operating income
in the second and third quarters of the fiscal year and DTC revenue and operating income in the third and fourth quarters of the
fiscal year. Thus, lower-than-expected revenue in these periods could have an adverse impact on our annual operating results.

Cash flows from operating activities are typically highest in the third and fourth quarters of the fiscal year due to revenue from
the  DTC  segment  and  the  collection  of  trade  receivables  from  Wholesale  revenue  earlier  in  the  year.  Working  capital
requirements typically increase as inventory builds. Borrowings have historically increased in the first and second quarters and
been repaid in the third quarter of the fiscal year.

COVID-19 pandemic

Globally,  public  health  officials  have  imposed  restrictions  and  recommended  precautions  to  mitigate  the  spread  of  COVID-19,
resulting  in  closures  of  our  retail  locations  as  well  as  reduced  traffic  and  store  productivity,  similarly  impacting  our  wholesale
partners.  We  have  also  experienced  a  significant  reduction  in  the  capacity  of  our  network,  including  our  facilities,  due  to
distancing measures. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we temporarily reduced operating hours for our retail locations in
Mainland China and closed our retail locations in North America and Europe. We began a gradual reopening of these locations
during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  in  accordance  with  guidance  from  local  authorities,  and  all  of  our  retail  locations  were
operating by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2021. During the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2021, 9 of 28 of our retail
stores, representing 32% of our network globally, were closed due to government orders for average durations of three to eight
weeks, respectively. As at May 12, 2021, 6 of 28 of our retail stores, representing 21% of our network, remain closed. We also
temporarily  closed  our  manufacturing  facilities  across  Canada  in  March  2020.  In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  our
manufacturing  facilities  were  temporarily  closed  and  net  overhead  costs  of  $4.3m  were  recognized  in  cost  of  sales.  Our
manufacturing facilities were partially reopened in April 2020 for the production of PPE. During the second quarter of fiscal 2021,
we began a limited restart of the production of outerwear alongside PPE at all of our facilities. All of our manufacturing facilities
were operating as at March 28, 2021 at lower output levels than historically realized to ensure appropriate distancing measures
were in place.

In  response  to  COVID-19,  various  government  programs  have  been  announced  to  provide  financial  relief  for  affected
businesses.  The  most  significant  relief  measure  which  the  Company  qualifies  for  is  the  Canada  Emergency  Wage  Subsidy
("CEWS")  under  the  COVID-19  Economic  Response  Plan  in  Canada.  For  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the  Company
recognized government subsidies totaling $27.5m, under this wage subsidy program and similar plans in other jurisdictions. The
Company recognizes government grants when there is reasonable assurance that it will comply with the conditions required to
qualify for the grant, and that the grant will be received. These subsidies were recorded as a reduction to the associated wage
costs  which  the  Company  incurred  during  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  and  were  recognized  in  cost  of  sales  ($13.5m),
SG&A expenses ($13.6m), and other costs ($0.4m). No such grants were applied for or received in respect of the manufacture
and sale of PPE as these were sold to health authorities at cost.

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The Company periodically reviews the value of inventories
and makes provisions as necessary to estimate the amounts

F-11

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

expected to be unrecoverable due to obsolescence, damage, or declining selling prices. For the year ended March 28, 2021, the
Company did not recognize any significant additional write-offs of inventories (note 9) related to COVID-19.

As a result of the temporary store closures, net costs of $9.0m were recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses,
depreciation and amortization, and interest during the year ended March 28, 2021.

Management assessed whether indicators of impairment existed as at March 28, 2021 in accordance with IAS 36, Impairment of
Assets, and no indicators were identified.

Note 2.    Significant accounting policies

(a) Basis of presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Canadian  dollars,  the  Company’s  functional  and  presentation
currency.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following items,
which are recorded at fair value:

•

•

financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, at fair value in other comprehensive income and
through profit or loss as described in note 20, and

initial recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

(b) Principles of consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Canada  Goose  Holdings  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries.  All
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

(c) Foreign currency translation and transactions

The functional currency of each of the Company’s subsidiaries is the currency of the primary economic environment in
which each entity operates. The assets and liabilities of subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the Canadian dollar
are translated into the functional currency of the Company using the exchange rate at the reporting date. Revenues and
expenses are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the transaction date. The resulting foreign exchange translation
differences are recorded as a currency translation adjustment in other comprehensive income.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of each of the Company’s subsidiaries using the
exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the  date  of  the  transactions  or  valuation  when  items  are  remeasured.  Foreign  exchange
gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the changes at period-end exchange rates
of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the statement of income in SG&A
expenses, except when included in other comprehensive income for qualifying cash flow and net investment hedges.

F-12

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

    Functional currency of subsidiary

Each entity within the Company determines its functional currency based on the primary economic environment in which
the entity operates. Once an entity's functional currency is determined, it is not changed unless there is a change to the
underlying transactions, events, and conditions that determine the entity's primary economic environment.

The  functional  currency  of  Canada  Goose  US,  Inc.,  the  operating  subsidiary  in  the  United  States  (“U.S.”),  was
reassessed  in  fiscal  2019.  Effective  April  1,  2019,  the  functional  currency  of  the  U.S.  subsidiary  was  changed  from
Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars on a prospective basis.

(d) Revenue recognition

Revenue  comprises  of  DTC,  Wholesale  and  Other  segment  revenues.  Revenue  is  measured  at  the  amount  of
consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of
the Company’s activities. Revenue is presented net of sales tax, estimated returns, sales allowances, and discounts. The
Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  Company  has  agreed  terms  with  its  customers,  the  contractual  rights  and
payment  terms  have  been  identified,  the  contract  has  commercial  substance,  it  is  probable  that  consideration  will  be
collected by the Company, and when control of the goods is transferred to the customer have been met.

It is the Company’s policy to sell merchandise through the DTC channel with a limited right to return, typically within 30
days. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for such returns.

(e) Business combinations

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method as of the acquisition date, which is the date
when control is transferred to the Company. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair
value,  calculated  as  the  sum  of  the  acquisition  date  fair  values  of  the  assets  transferred,  liabilities  incurred  by  the
Company, and the equity interests issued by the Company in exchange for control of the acquiree. Transaction costs that
the Company incurs in connection with a business combination are recognized in the statement of income as incurred.

Goodwill  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  the  sum  of  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  over  the  net  of  the
acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

When  the  consideration  transferred  in  a  business  combination  includes  contingent  consideration,  the  contingent
consideration  is  measured  at  its  acquisition  date  fair  value.  Contingent  consideration  is  remeasured  at  subsequent
reporting dates at its fair value, and the resulting gain or loss recognized in the statement of income.

(f) Earnings per share

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  attributable  to  ordinary  equity  holders  by  the  weighted
average number of multiple and subordinate voting shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company by
the weighted average number of multiple and

F-13

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

subordinate  voting  shares  outstanding  during  the  year  plus  the  weighted  average  number  of  subordinate  shares  that
would be issued on the exercise of stock options and settlement of restricted share units (“RSUs”).

(g) Income taxes

Current  and  deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  in  the  statement  of  income,  except  when  it  relates  to  a  business
combination, or items recognized in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Current income tax

Current income tax is the expected income tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the period, using
tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to income tax payable in respect of
previous years.

Deferred income tax

Deferred  income  tax  is  provided  using  the  liability  method  for  temporary  differences  at  the  reporting  date  between  the
income tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax is measured using enacted or substantively enacted income tax rates expected to apply in the years
in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  A  deferred  tax  asset  is  recognized  for
unused income tax losses and credits to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against
which they can be utilized.

The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  reviewed  at  each  reporting  date  and  reduced  to  the  extent  that  it  is  no
longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.
Unrecognized  deferred  tax  assets  are  reassessed  at  each  reporting  date  and  are  recognized  to  the  extent  that  it  has
become probable that future taxable income will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax relating to items recognized outside profit or loss is recognized outside profit or loss. Deferred tax
items  are  recognized  in  correlation  to  the  underlying  transaction  either  in  other  comprehensive  income  or  directly  in
equity.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current income tax
assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred tax relates to the same taxable entity and the same taxation
authority.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing
of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

(h) Cash

Cash  consists  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  including  cash  on  hand,  deposits  in  banks,  and  short-term  deposits  with
maturities  of  less  than  three  months.  The  Company  uses  the  indirect  method  of  reporting  cash  flows  from  operating
activities.

F-14

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

(i) Trade receivables

Trade receivables, including credit card receivables, consist of amounts owing on product sales where we have extended
credit  to  customers,  and  are  initially  recognized  at  fair  value  and  subsequently  measured  at  amortized  cost  using  the
effective  interest  method,  less  expected  credit  loss  and  sales  allowances.  The  allowance  for  expected  credit  losses  is
recorded against trade receivables and is based on historical experience.

(j)

Inventories

Raw  materials,  work-in-process,  and  finished  goods  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable  value.  Cost  is
determined using the weighted average cost method. The cost of work-in-process and finished goods inventories include
the cost of raw materials and an applicable share of the cost of labour and fixed and variable production overhead costs,
including the depreciation of property, plant and equipment used in the production of finished goods and design costs,
and other costs incurred to bring the inventories to their present location and condition.

The  Company  estimates  net  realizable  value  as  the  amount  at  which  inventories  are  expected  to  be  sold,  taking  into
consideration fluctuations in selling prices due to seasonality, less estimated costs necessary to complete the sale.

Inventories are written down to net realizable value when the cost of inventories is estimated to be unrecoverable due to
obsolescence, damage, or declining selling prices. Inventory is adjusted to reflect estimated loss (“shrinkage”) incurred
since the last inventory count. Shrinkage is based on historical experience. When circumstances that previously caused
inventories  to  be  written  down  below  cost  no  longer  exist  or  when  there  is  clear  evidence  of  an  increase  in  realizable
value, the amount of the write-down previously recorded is reversed.

Storage costs, indirect administrative overhead and certain selling costs related to inventories are expensed in the period
that these costs are incurred.

(k) Property, plant and equipment

Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated  depreciation  and  any  accumulated  impairment
losses. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset, including costs incurred to
prepare  the  asset  for  its  intended  use  and  capitalized  borrowing  costs,  when  the  recognition  criteria  are  met.  The
commencement  date  for  capitalization  of  costs  occurs  when  the  Company  first  incurs  expenditures  for  the  qualifying
assets and undertakes the required activities to prepare the assets for their intended use.

Property, plant and equipment assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives when the
assets are available for use. When significant parts of a fixed asset have different useful lives, they are accounted for as
separate components and depreciated separately. Depreciation methods and useful lives are reviewed annually and are
adjusted for prospectively, if appropriate. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

F-15

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Asset Category
Plant equipment
Computer hardware
Leasehold improvements
Show displays
Furniture and fixtures

Estimated Useful Life
10 years
3 years
Lesser of the lease term or useful life of the asset
5 years
5 to 10 years

An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognized is derecognized upon disposal or
when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the
asset, calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, is included
in the statement of income when the asset is derecognized.

The  cost  of  repairs  and  maintenance  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  expensed  as  incurred  and  recognized  in  the
statement of income.

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  reviewed  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  to  determine  whether  there  is  any
indication  of  impairment.  If  any  such  indication  exists,  the  asset  is  then  tested  for  impairment  by  comparing  its
recoverable amount to its carrying value. Any resulting impairment loss is recorded in the statement of income.

(l)

Intangible assets

Intangible  assets  acquired  separately  are  measured  on  initial  recognition  at  cost.  The  cost  of  an  intangible  asset
acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible
assets with finite lives are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

An internally generated intangible asset is recorded for product development costs which are included within intellectual
property.  Product  development  costs  are  incurred  in  the  design,  production  and  testing  of  new  products  where  the
technical  feasibility  of  commercial  manufacturing  and  sale  of  the  product  has  been  demonstrated.  With  continued
emphasis on DTC expansion, effective the first quarter of fiscal 2021, any new or incremental product development costs
were  recognized  in  SG&A  expenses  in  the  statement  of  income  as  they  more  closely  support  current  selling  and
marketing activities. Those product development costs included in existing inventory and intangible assets will continue
to be recognized within the cost of sales.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite.

Asset Category
Brand name
Domain name
ERP software
Computer software
Intellectual property

Estimated Useful Life
Indefinite
Indefinite
5 to 7 years
5 years
1 to 8 years

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives comprise of the Canada Goose and Baffin brand names and domain name,
which  were  acquired  as  part  of  an  acquisition  and  were  recorded  at  their  estimated  fair  value.  The  brand  names  and
domain name are

F-16

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

considered to have an indefinite life based on a history of revenue and cash flow performance, and the intent and ability
of the Company to support the brand with spending to maintain its value for the foreseeable future. The brand names
and domain name are tested at least annually for impairment, at the cash-generating unit (“CGU”) level. The assessment
of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable. If
not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the useful economic life on a straight-line basis. The amortization
period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each
reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits
embodied  in  the  asset  are  considered  to  modify  the  amortization  period  or  method,  as  appropriate,  and  treated  as
changes  in  accounting  estimates.  The  amortization  expense  on  intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  is  recognized  in  the
statement of income over the asset’s estimated useful life.

An intangible asset is derecognized on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Gains or
losses  arising  from  the  derecognition  of  an  intangible  asset  are  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  net  disposal
proceeds  and  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  and  are  included  in  the  statement  of  income  when  the  asset  is
derecognized.

Intangible  assets  are  reviewed  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  to  determine  whether  there  is  any  indication  of
impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset is then tested for impairment by comparing its recoverable amount to
its carrying value. Any resulting impairment loss is recorded in the statement of income.

(m)Leases

The  Company  recognizes  a  right-of-use  asset  and  a  lease  liability  based  on  the  present  value  of  the  future  lease
payments at the commencement date. The commencement date is when the lessor makes the leased asset available for
use  by  the  Company,  typically  the  possession  date.  The  discount  rate  used  in  the  present  value  calculation  for  lease
payments is the incremental borrowing rate for each leased asset or portfolio of leased assets with similar characteristics
by  reference  to  the  Company’s  creditworthiness,  the  security,  term  and  value  of  the  underlying  leased  asset,  and  the
economic environment in which the leased asset operates. The lease term is determined as the non-cancellable periods
of a lease, together with periods covered by a renewal option if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option
and a termination option if the Company is reasonably certain not to exercise that option.

Leases  of  low-value  assets  and  short-term  leases  are  not  included  in  the  calculation  of  lease  liabilities.  These  lease
expenses are recognized in cost of sales or SG&A expenses on a straight-line or other systematic basis.

    Lease liabilities

Lease  liabilities  are  measured  at  the  present  value  of  future  lease  payments,  discounted  using  the  Company’s
incremental borrowing rates, and include the fixed payments, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate,
less any lease incentives receivable. Subsequent to initial measurement, the Company measures lease liabilities

F-17

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Lease liabilities are remeasured when there are changes to
the  lease  payments,  lease  term,  assessment  of  an  option  to  purchase  the  underlying  asset,  expected  residual  value
guarantee, or future lease payments due to a change in the index or rate tied to the payment.

    Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use  assets  are  measured  at  the  initial  amount  of  the  lease  liabilities,  lease  payments  made  at  or  before  the
commencement date less any lease incentives received, initial direct costs, if any, and decommissioning costs to restore
the  site  to  the  condition  required  by  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  lease.  Subsequent  to  initial  measurement,  the
Company  applies  the  cost  model  to  the  right-of-use  assets  and  measures  the  asset  at  cost  less  any  accumulated
depreciation,  accumulated  impairment  losses  in  accordance  with  IAS  36,  and  any  remeasurements  of  the  lease
liabilities. Assets are depreciated from the commencement date on a straight-line basis over the earlier of the end of the
assets’ useful lives or the end of the lease terms.

(n) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price of an acquired business and the Company’s share of the
net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and any contingent liabilities assumed. It is initially recorded at
cost and subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is,  from  the  acquisition  date,
allocated to CGUs based on the lowest level within the entity in which the goodwill is monitored for internal management
purposes. The allocation is made to the CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the
goodwill arose. Any potential impairment of goodwill is identified by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU to its
carrying  value.  An  impairment  loss  is  recognized  if  the  carrying  amount  of  CGU  exceeds  its  recoverable  amount.  Any
loss  identified  is  first  applied  to  reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  the  CGU,  and  then  to  reduce  the
carrying amounts of the remaining assets in the CGU on a pro-rata basis. The Company tests goodwill for impairment
annually at the reporting date.

The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of the estimated fair value less costs of disposal or value-in-use of the
CGU.  In  assessing  value-in-use,  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

The Company has determined that the goodwill contributes to the cash flows of seven CGUs (March 29, 2020 - seven
CGUs).

F-18

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

(o) Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation, legal or constructive, as a result of a past event,
it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a
reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Company expects some or all of a provision to
be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset but only
when  the  reimbursement  is  virtually  certain.  The  expense  relating  to  any  provision  is  presented  in  the  statement  of
income net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a
current  pre-tax  rate  that  reflects,  where  appropriate,  the  risks  specific  to  the  liability.  Where  discounting  is  used,  the
increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized in the statement of income.

The provision for warranty returns relates to the Company’s obligation for defective goods sold to customers that have
yet to be returned for exchange or repair. Accruals for warranty returns are estimated on the basis of historical returns
and are recorded so as to allocate them to the same period the corresponding revenue is recognized.

(p) Employee future benefits

The  Company  sponsors  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  membership,  which  is  limited  to  certain  employees  of  Canada
Goose International AG and other subsidiaries who reside in Switzerland.

The  measurement  date  for  the  defined  benefit  pension  plan  is  March  28,  2021,  the  reporting  date.  The  obligation
associated with the Company’s defined benefit pension plan is actuarially valued using the projected unit credit method
and  management’s  best  estimate  of  the  discount  rate,  future  salary  increases,  mortality  rates  and  retirement  rates.
Assets are measured at fair value. The obligation in excess of plan assets is recorded as a liability. All actuarial gains or
losses, net of tax, are recognized immediately through other comprehensive income.

(q) Fair values

Fair  value  is  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the
transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

•

•

in the principal market for the asset or liability, or

in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

The  Company  uses  valuation  techniques  that  it  believes  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances  and  for  which  sufficient
data  are  available  to  measure  fair  value,  maximizing  the  use  of  relevant  observable  inputs  and  minimizing  the  use  of
unobservable inputs. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are
categorized within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the
fair value measurement as a whole:

F-19

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the
ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2:  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  level  1  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability,  either
directly or indirectly.

Level  3:  unobservable  inputs  for  the  asset  or  liability.  Unobservable  inputs  are  used  to  measure  fair  value  to  the
extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market
activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Company determines classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the
nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of the fair value hierarchy as explained above.

There  was  no  change  in  the  valuation  techniques  applied  to  financial  instruments  during  all  periods  presented.  The
following table describes the valuation techniques used in the determination of the fair values of financial instruments:

Type

Valuation Approach

Cash, trade receivables, accounts
payable and accrued liabilities

The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short term maturity
of these instruments.

Derivatives (included in other
current assets, other long-term
assets, accounts payable and
accrued liabilities or other long-
term liabilities)

Specific valuation techniques used to value derivative financial instruments
include:

- quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments;

- observable market information as well as valuations determined by
external valuators with experience in the financial markets.

Short-term borrowings, revolving
facility, and term loan

The fair value is based on the present value of contractual cash flows,
discounted at the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar
types of borrowing arrangements or, where applicable, market rates.

(r) Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions
of the financial instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable
to the acquisition or issuance of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities
classified  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss)  are  added  to,  or  deducted  from,  the  fair  value  of  the  financial  assets  or
financial  liabilities,  as  appropriate,  on  initial  recognition.  Transaction  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of
financial assets or financial liabilities classified at fair value through profit or loss are recognized immediately in profit or
loss.

F-20

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

    Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured subsequently as described below.

i) Non-derivative financial assets

Non-derivative  financial  assets  include  cash  and  trade  receivables  which  are  measured  at  amortized  cost.  The
Company  initially  recognizes  receivables  and  deposits  on  the  date  that  they  are  originated.  The  Company
derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers
the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the
risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred.

ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

Non-derivative  financial  liabilities  include  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities,  short-term  borrowings,  the
revolving facility, and the term loan. The Company initially recognizes debt instruments on the date that they are
originated. All other financial liabilities are recognized initially on the trade date on which the Company becomes
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value less
any  directly  attributable  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  these  financial  liabilities  are
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The Company derecognizes a financial liability
when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire.

iii) Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives  are  initially  recognized  at  fair  value  on  the  date  a  derivative  contract  is  entered  into  and  are
subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The method of recognizing the resulting gain
or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument. When a derivative
financial  instrument,  including  an  embedded  derivative,  is  not  designated  and  effective  in  a  qualifying  hedge
relationship,  all  changes  in  its  fair  value  are  recognized  immediately  in  the  statement  of  income;  attributable
transaction costs are recognized in the statement of income as incurred. The Company does not use derivatives
for trading or speculative purposes.

Embedded  derivatives  are  separated  from  a  host  contract  and  accounted  for  separately  if  the  economic
characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related.

iv) Hedge accounting

The Company is exposed to the risk of currency fluctuations and has entered into currency derivative contracts to
hedge  its  exposure  on  the  basis  of  planned  transactions.  Where  hedge  accounting  is  applied,  the  criteria  are
documented  at  the  inception  of  the  hedge  and  updated  at  each  reporting  date.  The  Company  documents  the
relationship  between  hedging  instruments  and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  its  risk  management  objectives  and
strategy  for  undertaking  the  hedging  transactions.  The  Company  also  documents  its  assessment,  at  hedge
inception  and  on  an  ongoing  basis,  of  whether  the  derivatives  that  are  used  in  hedging  transactions  are  highly
effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.

F-21

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a current asset or liability when the maturity of the hedged
item is less than twelve months, and as a non-current asset or liability when the maturity of the hedged item is
more than twelve months.

The  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  cash  flow
hedges  is  recognized,  net  of  tax,  in  other  comprehensive  income.  The  gain  or  loss  relating  to  the  ineffective
portion  is  recognized  immediately  in  the  statement  of  income.  Amounts  accumulated  in  other  comprehensive
income are transferred to the statement of income in the periods when the hedged item affects net income. When
a  forecast  transaction  that  is  hedged  results  in  the  recognition  of  a  non-financial  asset  or  liability,  such  as
inventory, the amounts are included in the measurement of the cost of the related asset or liability. The deferred
amounts are ultimately recognized in the statement of income.

Hedges  of  net  investments  are  accounted  for  similarly  to  cash  flow  hedges,  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses
recognized,  net  of  tax,  in  other  comprehensive  income.  Amounts  included  in  other  comprehensive  income  are
transferred to the statement of income in the period when the foreign operation is disposed of or sold.

(s) Share-based payments

Share-based  payments  are  valued  based  on  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  these  awards  and  the  Company  records
compensation expense over the corresponding service period. The fair value of the share-based payments is determined
using acceptable valuation techniques.

The  Company  has  issued  stock  options  to  purchase  subordinate  voting  shares  and  RSUs  under  its  equity  incentive
plans, prior to the public offering on March 21, 2017 (the “Legacy Plan”) and subsequently (the “Omnibus Plan”). Under
the terms of the Legacy Plan, options were granted to certain employees of the Company with vesting contingent upon
meeting  the  service,  performance  goals  and  exit  event  conditions  of  the  Legacy  Plan.  There  are  two  types  of  stock
options: service-vested options are time based and generally vest over five years of service, and performance-based and
exit event options vest upon attainment of performance conditions and the occurrence of an exit event. Under the terms
of the Omnibus Plan, options are granted to certain executives of the Company with vesting, generally over four years,
contingent upon meeting the service conditions of the Omnibus Plan. The compensation expense related to the options
and RSUs is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, provided it is probable that the vesting conditions will
be achieved and the occurrence of the exit event, if applicable, is probable.

Note 3.    Significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  in  applying
the  Company’s  accounting  policies  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  and  disclosures  made  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements and accompanying notes.

F-22

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Estimates  and  assumptions  are  used  mainly  in  determining  the  measurement  of  balances  recognized  or  disclosed  in  the
consolidated  financial  statements  and  are  based  on  a  set  of  underlying  data  that  may  include  management’s  historical
experience,  knowledge  of  current  events  and  conditions  and  other  factors  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the
circumstances. Management continually evaluates the estimates and judgments it uses. These estimates and judgments have
been  applied  in  a  manner  consistent  with  prior  periods  and  there  are  no  known  trends,  commitments,  events  or  uncertainties
that we believe will materially affect the methodology or assumptions utilized in making these estimates and judgments in these
financial statements.

The  following  are  the  accounting  policies  subject  to  judgments  and  key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  that  the  Company
believes could have the most significant impact on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

Functional currency

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied: The Company assesses the relevant factors related to the primary
economic  environment  in  which  its  entities  operate  to  determine  the  functional  currency.  Where  the  assessment  of  primary
indicators is mixed, management assesses the secondary indicators, including the relationship between the foreign operations
and reporting entity.

Income and other taxes

Key Sources of Estimation: In determining the recoverable amount of deferred tax assets, the Company forecasts future taxable
income  by  legal  entity  and  the  period  in  which  the  income  occurs  to  ensure  that  sufficient  taxable  income  exists  to  utilize  the
attributes. Inputs to those projections are Board-approved financial forecasts and statutory tax rates.

Judgments  Made  in  Relation  to  Accounting  Policies  Applied:  The  calculation  of  current  and  deferred  income  taxes  requires
management  to  make  certain  judgments  regarding  the  tax  rules  in  jurisdictions  where  the  Company  performs  activities.
Application of judgments is required regarding the classification of transactions and in assessing probable outcomes of claimed
deductions including expectations about future operating results, the timing and reversal of temporary differences and possible
audits of income tax and other tax filings by the tax authorities.

Trade receivables

Key  Sources  of  Estimation:  The Company has a significant number of customers which minimizes the concentration of credit
risk. The Company does not have any customers which account for more than 10% of sales or accounts receivable. We make
ongoing estimates relating to the ability to collect our accounts receivable and maintain an allowance for estimated credit losses
resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. In determining the amount of expected credit losses, we
consider our historical level of credit losses and make judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on
ongoing credit evaluations.

Inventories

Key  Sources  of  Estimation:  Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable  value.  In  estimating  net  realizable
value, the Company uses estimates related to fluctuations in

F-23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

inventory levels, planned production, customer behaviour, obsolescence, future selling prices, seasonality and costs necessary
to  sell  the  inventory.  Inventory  is  adjusted  to  reflect  shrinkage  incurred  since  the  last  inventory  count.  Shrinkage  is  based  on
historical experience.

Leases

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied: The Company exercises judgment when contracts are entered into
that  may  give  rise  to  a  right-of-use  asset  that  would  be  accounted  for  as  a  lease.  Judgment  is  required  in  determining  the
appropriate lease term on a lease by lease basis. The Company considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic
incentive  to  exercise  a  renewal  option  or  to  not  exercise  a  termination  option  at  inception  and  over  the  term  of  the  lease,
including  investments  in  major  leaseholds,  operating  performance,  and  changed  circumstances.  The  periods  covered  by
renewal or termination options are only included in the lease term if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option.
Changes in the economic environment or changes in the retail industry may impact the assessment of the lease term and any
changes in the estimate of lease terms may have a material impact on the Company’s statement of financial position.

Key  Sources  of  Estimation:  The  critical  assumptions  and  estimates  used  in  determining  the  present  value  of  future  lease
payments require the Company to estimate the incremental borrowing rate specific to each leased asset or portfolio of leased
assets.  Management  determines  the  incremental  borrowing  rate  of  each  leased  asset  or  portfolio  of  leased  assets  by
incorporating the Company’s creditworthiness, the security, term, and value of the underlying leased asset, and the economic
environment  in  which  the  leased  asset  operates.  The  incremental  borrowing  rates  are  subject  to  change  mainly  due  to
macroeconomic changes in the environment.

Impairment of non-financial assets (goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant & equipment, and right-of-use assets)

Judgments  Made  in  Relation  to  Accounting  Policies  Applied:  Management  is  required  to  use  judgment  in  determining  the
grouping  of  assets  to  identify  their  CGUs  for  the  purposes  of  testing  non-financial  assets  for  impairment.  Judgment  is  further
required  to  determine  appropriate  groupings  of  CGUs  for  the  level  at  which  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  are  tested  for
impairment.  For  the  purpose  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  impairment  testing,  CGUs  are  grouped  at  the  lowest  level  at
which goodwill and intangible assets are monitored for internal management purposes. Judgment is also applied in allocating
the  carrying  amount  of  assets  to  CGUs.  In  addition,  judgment  is  used  to  determine  whether  a  triggering  event  has  occurred
requiring an impairment test to be completed. The Company has concluded that it has seven CGUs (March 29, 2020 - seven
CGUs) and tests goodwill and these intangible assets for impairment on that basis.

Key  Sources  of  Estimation:  In  determining  the  recoverable  amount  of  a  CGU  or  a  group  of  CGUs,  various  estimates  are
employed. The Company determines value-in-use by using estimates including projected future revenues, margins, costs, and
capital  investment  consistent  with  strategic  plans  presented  to  the  Board  of  Directors.  Fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal  are
estimated  with  reference  to  observable  market  transactions.  Discount  rates  are  consistent  with  external  industry  information
reflecting the risk associated with the Company and its cash flows.

F-24

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Warranty

Key Sources of Estimation: The critical assumptions and estimates used in determining the warranty provision at the statement
of  financial  position  date  are:  the  number  of  jackets  expected  to  require  repair  or  replacement;  the  proportion  to  be  repaired
versus replaced; the period in which the warranty claim is expected to occur; the cost to repair a jacket; the cost to replace a
jacket, and the risk-free rate used to discount the provision to present value.

Financial instruments

Key  Sources  of  Estimation:  The critical assumptions and estimates used in determining the fair value of financial instruments
are: equity prices; future interest rates; the relative creditworthiness of the Company to its counterparties; estimated future cash
flows; discount rates, and volatility utilized in option valuations.

Share-based payments

Key Sources of Estimation: Compensation expense for share-based compensation granted is measured at the fair value at the
grant  date  using  the  Black  Scholes  option  pricing  model  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021;  prior  to  the  public  offering,  the
Company  used  the  Monte  Carlo  valuation  model  to  measure  the  fair  value  of  options  granted.  The  critical  assumptions  used
under both of these option valuation models at the grant date are: stock price valuation; exercise price; risk-free interest rate;
expected time to exercise in years; expected dividend yield, and volatility.

Note 4.    Changes in accounting policies

Standards issued and adopted

Leases - COVID-19 Rent Concessions

In  May  2020,  the  IASB  issued  an  amendment  to  IFRS  16,  Leases  exempting  lessees  from  determining  whether  COVID-19
related rent concessions are lease modifications. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
June  1,  2020  and  earlier  application  is  permitted.  In  accordance  with  the  guidance  issued,  the  Company  adopted  the
amendment effective March 30, 2020 and elected not to treat COVID-19 related rent concessions as lease modifications. Rent
concessions of $4.1m were  recognized  in  the  statement  of  income  for  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021  and  the  Company  will
consider seeking further rent concessions as it continues to monitor the impact of COVID-19.

Changes in policy

Inventories, Intangible Assets - Product Development Costs

Product  development  costs,  primarily  employee  salaries  and  benefits,  were  previously  included  in  inventories  and  intangible
assets,  with  subsequent  recognition  in  cost  of  sales  accordingly.  As  we  continue  to  emphasize  our  DTC  expansion,  we  have
determined these activities in fiscal 2021 to now be more closely supportive of our current selling and marketing activities. As a
result,  effective  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  product  development  costs  incurred  were  recognized  in  selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in  the  statement  of  income.  Those  product  development  costs  included  in  existing  inventory  and
intangible assets will continue to be recognized within cost of sales.

F-25

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 5.    Segment information

The Company has three reportable operating segments: DTC, Wholesale, and Other. The Company measures each reportable
operating  segment’s  performance  based  on  revenue  and  segment  operating  income,  which  is  the  profit  metric  utilized  by  the
Company’s  chief  operating  decision  maker,  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  for  assessing  the  performance  of
operating segments. Our DTC and Wholesale operating segments are not reliant on any single external customer.

The Company does not report total assets or total liabilities based on its reportable operating segments.

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit (loss)
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income (loss)
Net interest, finance and other costs
Income before income taxes

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income (loss)
Net interest, finance and other costs
Income before income taxes

Year ended March 28, 2021
Total
 $
903.7 
349.7 
554.0 

Other
 $
54.2 
57.0 
(2.8)

205.5 
13.6 
(221.9)

367.3 
69.8 
116.9 
30.9 
86.0 

Year ended March 29, 2020
Total
 $
958.1 
364.8 
593.3 

Other
 $
9.1 
8.6 
0.5 

193.2 
9.3 
(202.0)

350.5 
50.7 
192.1 
28.4 
163.7 

Wholesale
 $
321.3 
170.9 
150.4 

43.8 
3.8 
102.8 

Wholesale
 $
424.0 
226.2 
197.8 

49.9 
2.8 
145.1 

DTC
 $
528.2 
121.8 
406.4 

118.0 
52.4 
236.0 

DTC
 $
525.0 
130.0 
395.0 

107.4 
38.6 
249.0 

F-26

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit (loss)
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income (loss)
Net interest, finance and other costs
Income before income taxes

Geographic information

DTC
 $
431.3 
106.7 
324.6 

93.9 
7.4 
223.3 

Wholesale
 $
394.7 
202.2 
192.5 

39.1 
2.3 
151.1 

The Company determines the geographic location of revenue based on the location of its customers.

Canada
United States
Asia
Europe and Rest of World
Revenue

March 28,
2021
 $
217.7 
226.1 
262.0 
197.9 
903.7 

March 29,
2020
 $
293.1 
279.0 
199.9 
186.1 
958.1 

F-27

Year ended March 31, 2019
Total
 $
830.5 
313.7 
516.8 

Other
 $
4.5 
4.8 
(0.3)

169.1 
8.3 
(177.7)

302.1 
18.0 
196.7 
14.2 
182.5 

Year ended
March 31,
2019
 $
293.3 
251.1 
112.1 
174.0 
830.5 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 6.    Income taxes

The components of the provision for income tax are as follows:

Current income tax expense
Current period
Adjustment in respect of prior periods

Deferred income tax (recovery) expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Effect of change in income tax rates
Adjustment in respect of prior periods

Income tax expense

March 28,
2021
$

March 29,
2020
$

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$

18.5 
2.4 
20.9 

(3.3)
(0.1)
(1.7)
(5.1)
15.8 

39.2 
(0.3)
38.9 

(29.4)
2.5 
— 
(26.9)
12.0 

45.1 
— 
45.1 

(5.7)
(0.4)
(0.1)
(6.2)
38.9 

The effective income tax rates differ from the weighted average basic Canadian federal and provincial statutory income tax rates
for the following reasons:

March 28,
2021
$

March 29,
2020
$

86.0 
25.42 %
21.9 
0.1 
2.2 
(8.9)
0.3 
— 
(0.1)
0.3 
15.8 

163.7 
25.47 %
41.7 
0.4 
1.8 
(11.8)
0.9 
(23.1)
2.5 
(0.4)
12.0 

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$

182.5 
25.43 %
46.4 
0.2 
0.9 
(9.4)
0.7 
— 
— 
0.1 
38.9 

Income before income taxes

Income tax at expected statutory rate
Non-deductible (taxable) items
Non-deductible stock option expense
Effect of foreign tax rates
Non-deductible (taxable) foreign exchange loss
Change in tax law related to Swiss tax reform
Change in tax rates
Other items
Income tax expense

F-28

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The change in the year in the components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

Losses carried forward
Employee future
benefits
Other liabilities
Inventory capitalization
Capital lease
Tax relief from Swiss tax
reform
Unrealized profit in
inventory
Provisions and other
temporary differences
Unrealized foreign
exchange
Total deferred tax
asset
Unrealized foreign
exchange
Intangible assets
Property, plant and
equipment
Total deferred tax
liabilities
Net deferred tax
liabilities

March 29,

2020 Net income
$
5.8 

$
3.6 

Change in the year affecting

Foreign
exchange
translation
$
(0.1)

Retained
earnings
$
— 

Other comprehensive
income
$
— 

March 28,
2021
$
9.3 

0.3 
3.4 
3.8 
4.9 

23.1 

17.0 

5.0 

2.4 

63.5 

— 
(6.2)

(31.6)

(37.8)

25.7 

— 
0.1 
— 
1.0 

(1.4)

(0.9)

1.8 

(1.5)

4.9 

1.0 
(20.7)

20.0 

0.3 

5.2 

— 
— 
(0.5)
(0.3)

(1.4)

(1.0)

— 

— 

(3.3)

— 
0.3 

0.5 

0.8 

(2.5)

F-29

— 
0.2 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.2 

— 
— 

— 

— 

0.2 

(0.1)
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.9)

(1.0)

(2.3)
— 

— 

(2.3)

(3.3)

0.2 
3.7 
3.3 
5.6 

20.3 

15.1 

6.8 

— 

64.3 

(1.3)
(26.6)

(11.1)

(39.0)

25.3 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The change in deferred tax assets and liabilities as presented in the statement of financial position are as follows:

Changes in the year affecting

March 29,
2020
$

40.8 

(15.1)
25.7 

Adjustments Net income
$
$

4.7 

(4.7)
— 

4.0 

1.2 
5.2 

Foreign
exchange
translation
$

(2.7)

0.2 
(2.5)

Retained
earnings
$

Other comprehensive
income
$

March 28,
2021
$

— 

0.2 
0.2 

0.1 

(3.4)
(3.3)

46.9 

(21.6)
25.3 

Deferred tax
assets
Deferred tax
liabilities

Available  deferred  income  tax  assets  in  the  amount  of  $24.7m  was  not  recognized  as  it  is  not  probable  that  future  taxable
income will be available to the Company to utilize the benefits.

The  corporate  entities  within  Canada  Goose  have  the  following  tax-loss  carry-forwards  that  are  expected  to  expire  in  the
following years, if not utilized.

2038 and prior
2039
2040
2041
2042 and thereafter

$
1.4 
2.8 
8.7 
8.8 
14.3 
36.0 

The Company does not recognize tax on unremitted earnings from foreign subsidiaries as it is management’s intent to reinvest
these earnings indefinitely. Unremitted earnings from foreign subsidiaries were $213.1m as at March 28, 2021 (March 29, 2020 -
$222.1m, March 31, 2019 - $119.1m).

As  at  March  28,  2021,  in  addition  to  the  amount  charged  to  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income,  no  tax  recovery
(March 29, 2020 - less than $0.1m, March 31, 2019 - $2.8m) was recognized directly in equity related to excess tax deductions
on share-based payments for stock options exercised. Tax expense of $0.2m was recognized directly in equity related to excess
tax additions on issuance of RSU.

F-30

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 7.    Earnings per share

The following table presents details for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

Net income
Weighted average number of multiple and subordinate voting
shares outstanding
Weighted average number of shares on exercise of stock options
and RSUs
Diluted weighted average number of multiple and subordinate
voting shares outstanding
Earnings per share

(1)

March 28,
2021
 $
70.2 

March 29,
2020
 $
151.7 

Year ended
March 31,
2019
 $
143.6 

110,261,600 

109,892,031 

109,422,574 

850,573 

1,276,757 

2,345,010 

111,112,173 

111,168,788 

111,767,584 

Basic
Diluted

$
$

0.64  $
0.63  $

1.38  $
1.36  $

1.31 
1.28 

(1)

    Applicable if dilutive and when the weighted average daily closing share price for the year was greater than the exercise
price for stock options. As at March 28, 2021, there were 914,961 stock options (March 29, 2020 - 630,374) that were not
taken into account in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their effect was anti-dilutive.

Note 8.    Trade receivables

Trade accounts receivable
Credit card receivables
Government grant receivable
Other receivables

Less: expected credit loss and sales allowances
Trade receivables, net

March 28,
2021
$
21.9 
2.1 
4.4 
14.3 
42.7 
(1.8)
40.9 

March 29,
2020
$
26.9 
2.1 
— 
5.1 
34.1 
(1.8)
32.3 

F-31

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The following are the continuities of the Company’s expected credit loss and sales allowances deducted from trade receivables:

Expected credit
loss
$

March 28, 2021
Sales
allowances
$

Total
$

Expected credit
loss
$

March 29, 2020
Sales
allowances
$

Total
$

(0.5)
(0.1)

0.1 
(0.5)

(1.3)
(2.4)

2.4 
(1.3)

(1.8)
(2.5)

2.5 
(1.8)

(0.4)
(0.2)

0.1 
(0.5)

(0.5)
(2.8)

2.0 
(1.3)

(0.9)
(3.0)

2.1 
(1.8)

Balance at the beginning of the
year
Losses recognized
Amounts settled or written off
during the year
Balance at the end of the year

Note 9.    Inventories

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods
Total inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value

March 28,
2021
$
63.8 
18.6 
259.9 
342.3 

March 29,
2020
$
61.5 
19.4 
331.4 
412.3 

Inventories  are  written  down  to  net  realizable  value  when  the  cost  of  inventories  is  estimated  to  be  unrecoverable  due  to
obsolescence, damage, or declining selling prices. Included in inventory as at March 28, 2021 are provisions for obsolescence
and inventory shrinkage in the amount of $23.4m (March 29, 2020 - $17.1m).

Amounts charged to cost of sales comprise the following:

Cost of goods manufactured
Depreciation and amortization

March 28,
2021
$
334.9 
14.8 
349.7 

March 29,
2020
$
352.4 
12.4 
364.8 

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$
309.0 
4.7 
313.7 

F-32

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 10.    Property, plant and equipment

The  following  table  presents  changes  in  the  cost  and  the  accumulated  depreciation  on  the  Company’s  property,  plant  and
equipment:

Cost
March 31, 2019
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Impact of foreign
currency translation
March 29, 2020
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Impact of foreign
currency translation

March 28, 2021

Accumulated
depreciation
March 31, 2019
Depreciation
Disposals
Impact of foreign
currency translation
March 29, 2020
Depreciation
Disposals
Impact of foreign
currency translation

March 28, 2021

Net book value
March 29, 2020

March 28, 2021

Plant
equipment
$
22.3 
4.4 
(1.6)
1.5 

Computer
equipment
$
5.4 
1.7 
(0.1)
1.7 

Leasehold
improvements
$
54.8 
15.4 
(0.2)
10.6 

Show
displays
$
7.6 
2.1 
(0.1)
0.3 

Furniture and
fixtures
$
20.3 
3.6 
(0.3)
1.6 

In progress
$
0.7 
23.8 
— 
(15.7)

— 
26.6 
0.7 
(0.2)
2.0 

— 
29.1 

— 
8.7 
1.5 
(0.1)
0.8 

(0.2)
10.7 

1.8 
82.4 
5.0 
(1.0)
19.0 

(3.3)
102.1 

0.3 
10.2 
0.3 
(1.0)
0.4 

(0.5)
9.4 

0.3 
25.5 
2.4 
(0.1)
4.0 

(1.0)
30.8 

0.1 
8.9 
20.9 
— 
(26.2)

(0.3)
3.3 

Plant
equipment

Computer
equipment

Leasehold
improvements

Show
displays

Furniture and
fixtures

In progress

$
4.1 
2.4 
(0.2)

— 
6.3 
2.8 
(0.1)

— 
9.0 

20.3 

20.1 

$
3.0 
1.3 
— 

— 
4.3 
2.6 
(0.1)

— 
6.8 

4.4 

3.9 

$
11.3 
10.0 
(0.1)

0.6 
21.8 
13.5 
(0.9)

(1.2)
33.2 

60.6 

68.9 

$
4.0 
1.9 
(0.1)

0.2 
6.0 
1.6 
(1.0)

(0.3)
6.3 

4.2 

3.1 

$
4.4 
4.3 
(0.1)

0.2 
8.8 
5.3 
(0.1)

(0.4)
13.6 

16.7 

17.2 

F-33

Total
$
111.1 
51.0 
(2.3)
— 

2.5 
162.3 
30.8 
(2.4)
— 

(5.3)
185.4 

Total

$
26.8 
19.9 
(0.5)

1.0 
47.2 
25.8 
(2.2)

(1.9)
68.9 

$
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

8.9 

3.3 

115.1 

116.5 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 11.    Intangible assets

Intangible assets comprise the following:

Intangible assets with finite lives
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

Brand name
Domain name

F-34

March 28,
2021
$
39.2 

115.5 
0.3 
155.0 

March 29,
2020
$
45.9 

115.5 
0.3 
161.7 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The following table presents the changes in cost and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets with finite
lives:

Cost
March 31, 2019
Additions
Disposal
IFRS 16 initial direct costs
Transfers
Impact of foreign currency
translation
March 29, 2020
Additions
Transfers
Impact of foreign currency
translation

March 28, 2021

Accumulated amortization
March 31, 2019
Amortization
IFRS 16 initial direct costs
Impact of foreign currency
translation
March 29, 2020
Amortization
Impact of foreign currency
translation

March 28, 2021

Net book value
March 29, 2020

March 28, 2021

ERP software
$
12.8 
— 
— 
— 
11.3 

0.3 
24.4 
0.2 
1.3 

(0.4)
25.5 

Intangible assets with finite lives

Computer
software
$
13.9 
1.4 
(0.1)
— 
6.0 

0.2 
21.4 
1.9 
5.5 

(0.5)
28.3 

Lease rights
$
6.7 
— 
— 
(6.7)
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

Intellectual
property
$
9.0 
0.2 
— 
— 
4.9 

— 
14.1 
0.1 
3.9 

(0.1)
18.0 

In progress
$
15.2 
19.6 
— 
— 
(22.2)

— 
12.6 
5.0 
(10.7)

— 
6.9 

ERP software
$
5.6 
3.4 
— 

Computer
software
$
7.1 
3.3 
— 

Lease rights
$
1.2 
— 
(1.2)

Intellectual
property
$
3.9 
3.1 
— 

In progress
$
— 
— 
— 

0.1 
9.1 
3.3 

(0.2)
12.2 

15.3 

13.3 

0.1 
10.5 
4.9 

(0.4)
15.0 

10.9 

13.3 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
7.0 
5.3 

— 
12.3 

7.1 

5.7 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

12.6 

6.9 

Total
$
57.6 
21.2 
(0.1)
(6.7)
— 

0.5 
72.5 
7.2 
— 

(1.0)
78.7 

Total
$
17.8 
9.8 
(1.2)

0.2 
26.6 
13.5 

(0.6)
39.5 

45.9 

39.2 

Intellectual property consists of product development costs, acquired technology, and patents and trademarks.

Indefinite life intangible assets

Indefinite  life  intangible  assets  recorded  by  the  Company  are  comprised  of  the  Canada  Goose  and  Baffin  brand  names  and
domain name associated with the Company’s website. The Company expects to renew the registration of the brand names and
domain names at each

F-35

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

expiry date indefinitely, and expects these assets to generate economic benefit in perpetuity. As such, the Company assessed
these intangibles to have indefinite useful lives.

The Company completed its annual impairment tests for the years ended March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020 for indefinite life
intangible assets and concluded that there was no impairment.

Key Assumptions

The  key  assumptions  used  to  calculate  the  value-in-use  (VIU)  are  consistent  with  the  assumptions  used  to  calculate  VIU  for
goodwill (note 13).

Note 12.    Leases

Right-of-use assets

The following table presents changes in the cost and the accumulated depreciation of the Company’s right-of-use assets:

Cost
March 31, 2019
Initial application of IFRS 16
Reclassification of initial direct costs
Additions
Lease modifications
Impact of foreign currency translation
March 29, 2020
Additions
Lease modifications
Derecognition on termination
Impact of foreign currency translation
March 28, 2021

Retail stores
$
— 
97.0 
5.5 
82.8 
1.1 
5.1 
191.5 
75.7 
0.6 
(2.3)
(12.2)
253.3 

Manufacturing
facilities
$
— 
27.2 
— 
6.7 
2.7 
— 
36.6 
0.1 
— 
— 
— 
36.7 

Other
$
— 
12.4 
— 
5.2 
— 
0.4 
18.0 
3.1 
(1.5)
— 
(1.2)
18.4 

Total
$
— 
136.6 
5.5 
94.7 
3.8 
5.5 
246.1 
78.9 
(0.9)
(2.3)
(13.4)
308.4 

F-36

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Accumulated depreciation
March 31, 2019
Depreciation
Impact of foreign currency translation
March 29, 2020
Depreciation
Derecognition on termination
Impact of foreign currency translation
March 28, 2021

Net book value
March 29, 2020

March 28, 2021

Lease liabilities

Retail stores
$
— 
25.7 
1.1 
26.8 
36.7 
(2.3)
(2.4)
58.8 

Manufacturing
facilities
$
— 
4.8 
— 
4.8 
5.1 
— 
— 
9.9 

164.7 

194.5 

31.8 

26.8 

The following table presents the changes in the Company's lease liabilities:

March 31, 2019
Initial application of IFRS 16
Additions
Lease modifications
Principal payments
Impact of foreign currency translation
March 29, 2020
Additions
Lease modifications
Principal payments
Impact of foreign currency translation
March 28, 2021

Retail stores
$
— 
107.8 
81.5 
0.9 
(18.4)
4.5 
176.3 
74.8 
1.1 
(30.6)
(10.6)
211.0 

Manufacturing
facilities
$
— 
29.4 
6.7 
2.7 
(4.1)
— 
34.7 
— 
— 
(4.8)
— 
29.9 

F-37

Other
$
— 
2.6 
0.1 
2.7 
3.5 
— 
(0.2)
6.0 

15.3 

12.4 

Other
$
— 
13.6 
5.2 
— 
(2.2)
0.3 
16.9 
3.0 
(1.3)
(3.4)
(1.3)
13.9 

Total
$
— 
33.1 
1.2 
34.3 
45.3 
(2.3)
(2.6)
74.7 

211.8 

233.7 

Total
$
— 
150.8 
93.4 
3.6 
(24.7)
4.8 
227.9 
77.8 
(0.2)
(38.8)
(11.9)
254.8 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Lease liabilities are classified as current and non-current liabilities as follows:

Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
March 29, 2020

Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
March 28, 2021

Retail stores
$
27.5 
148.8 
176.3 

36.2 
174.8 
211.0 

Manufacturing
facilities
$
5.0 
29.7 
34.7 

5.1 
24.8 
29.9 

Other
$
3.4 
13.5 
16.9 

3.9 
10.0 
13.9 

Total
$
35.9 
192.0 
227.9 

45.2 
209.6 
254.8 

Leases of low-value assets and short-term leases are not included in the calculation of lease liabilities. These lease expenses
are recognized in cost of sales or selling, general and administrative expenses on a straight-line or other systematic basis.

In the year ended March 28, 2021 $19.5m (March 29, 2020 - $17.5m) of lease payments were not included in the measurement
of lease liabilities. The majority of this balance related to short-term leases and variable rent payments.

Note 13.    Goodwill

In  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  goodwill  arising  from  business  combination  is  $53.1m  (March  29,  2020  -  $53.1m).  The
Company  completed  its  annual  impairment  tests  and  concluded  that  there  was  no  impairment  in  the  years  ended  March  28,
2021 and March 29, 2020.

Key Assumptions

The key assumptions used to calculate the VIU are those regarding discount rate, revenue and gross margin growth rates, sales
channel mix, and growth in SG&A expenses. These assumptions are considered to be Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The
goodwill impairment tests resulted in excess of recoverable value over carrying value of at least 79.5% for each CGU. Because
the VIU amount exceeds the asset’s carrying amount, the asset is not impaired and the fair value less costs of disposition has
not been calculated.

Cash  flow  projections  were  discounted  using  the  Company’s  weighted  average  cost  of  capital,  determined  to  be  10.80%
(March  29,  2020  -  8.50%)  based  on  a  risk-free  rate,  an  equity  risk  premium  adjusted  for  betas  of  comparable  publicly  traded
companies,  an  unsystematic  risk  premium,  country  risk  premium,  country-specific  risk  premium,  a  cost  of  debt  based  on
comparable corporate bond yields and the capital structure of the Company.

F-38

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 14.    Accounts payables and accrued liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

Trade payables
Accrued liabilities
Employee benefits
Derivative financial instruments
Other payables
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Note 15.    Provisions

March 28,
2021
$
78.9 
49.9 
28.3 
8.8 
11.9 
177.8 

March 29,
2020
$
53.3 
53.8 
13.6 
19.0 
4.7 
144.4 

Provisions consist primarily of amounts recorded with respect to customer warranty obligations, terminations of sales agents and
distributors, sales returns, and asset retirement obligations.

The provision for warranty claims represents the present value of management’s best estimate of the future outflow of economic
resources  that  will  be  required  to  meet  the  Company’s  obligations  for  warranties  upon  the  sale  of  goods,  which  may  include
repair or replacement of previously sold products. The estimate has been made on the basis of historical warranty trends and
may vary as a result of new materials, altered manufacturing processes, customer behaviour and expectations, or other events
affecting product quality and production.

The  sales  contract  provision  relates  to  management’s  estimated  cost  of  the  departure  of  certain  third-party  dealers  and
distributors.

Sales  returns  relate  primarily  to  goods  sold  through  the  DTC  segment  which  have  a  limited  right  of  return  (typically  within  30
days), or exchange only, in certain jurisdictions.

Asset retirement obligations relate to legal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets, primarily for
leasehold  improvements  that  the  Company  is  contractually  obligated  to  remove  at  the  end  of  the  lease  term.  The  Company
recognizes  the  liability  when  such  obligations  are  incurred.  The  fair  value  of  the  liability  is  estimated  based  on  a  number  of
assumptions requiring management’s judgment, including closing costs and inflation rates, and is accreted to its projected future
value over time.

F-39

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

March 31, 2019
Additional provisions recognized
Reductions resulting from settlement
Other
March 29, 2020
Additional provisions recognized
Reductions resulting from settlement
Release of provisions
Other
March 28, 2021

 Warranty Sales returns
$
5.0 
15.2 
(9.8)
0.3 
10.7 
8.5 
(4.7)
— 
(0.8)
13.7 

$
12.3 
14.5 
(7.4)
— 
19.4 
13.2 
(6.2)
— 
— 
26.4 

Asset
retirement
obligations
$
2.5 
1.3 
— 
0.1 
3.9 
1.8 
— 
— 
(0.2)
5.5 

Others
$
3.0 
— 
— 
— 
3.0 
1.7 
(1.7)
(3.0)
— 
— 

 Total
$
22.8 
31.0 
(17.2)
0.4 
37.0 
25.2 
(12.6)
(3.0)
(1.0)
45.6 

For the year ended March 28, 2021, the Company recognized a net restructuring cost of $1.7m, associated with the May 20,
2020  reorganization  to  address  the  impact  of  COVID-19  pandemic.  The  provision  primarily  consisted  of  employee  severance
costs which included obligations related to ongoing payments. This was recorded in net interest, finance and other costs in the
statement of income. At March 28, 2021, all amounts were paid related to these costs.

Provisions are classified as current and non-current liabilities based on management’s expectation of the timing of settlement,
as follows:

Current provisions
Non-current provisions

Note 16.    Borrowings

Short-term borrowings

March 28,
2021
$
20.0 
25.6 
45.6 

March 29,
2020
$
15.6 
21.4 
37.0 

On July 18, 2019, a subsidiary of the Company in Greater China entered into an uncommitted loan facility in the amount of RMB
160.0m. The facility includes a non-financial bank guarantee facility in the amount of RMB 10.0m. The term of each draw on the
loan  is  one,  three  or  six  months  or  such  other  period  as  agreed  upon  and  shall  not  exceed  twelve  months  (including  any
extension or rollover). The interest rate is equal to 105% of the applicable People's Bank of China Benchmark Lending Rate and
payable  at  one,  three  or  six  months,  depending  on  the  term  of  each  draw.  The  facility  is  guaranteed  by  the  Company  and
proceeds drawn on the facility will be used to support working capital requirements. As at March 28, 2021, the Company had no
amounts owing on the facility (March 29, 2020 - $nil).

F-40

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Revolving facility

The Company has an agreement with a syndicate of lenders for a senior secured asset-based credit facility consisting of (i) a
revolving credit facility in the amount of $417.5m (the "Existing Revolving Facility"), with an increase in commitments to $467.5m
during the peak season (June 1 - November 30) (February 24, 2020 to May 25, 2020 - $467.5m with an increase to $517.5m
during the peak season, May 10, 2019 to February 23, 2020 - $300.0m, with an increase to $350.0m during the peak season),
and (ii) a first-in, last-out (“FILO”) revolving facility in the amount of $50.0m (the "FILO revolving facility"). Amounts owing can be
drawn  in  Canadian  dollars,  U.S.  dollars,  euros,  British  pounds  sterling  or  other  currencies.  The  revolving  facility  matures  on
June  3,  2024  and  the  FILO  revolving  facility  matures  on  May  25,  2021.  Amounts  owing  under  the  revolving  facility  may  be
borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed for general corporate purposes.

The revolving facility has multiple interest rate charge options that are based on the Canadian prime rate, Banker's Acceptance
rate,  the  lenders'  Alternate  Base  Rate,  European  Base  Rate,  LIBOR  rate,  or  EURIBOR  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin,  with
interest  payable  quarterly  or  at  the  end  of  the  then  current  interest  period  (whichever  is  earlier).  The  Company  has  pledged
substantially  all  of  its  assets  as  collateral  for  the  revolving  facility.  The  revolving  facility  contains  financial  and  non-financial
covenants which could impact the Company’s ability to draw funds.

As  at  March  28,  2021  and  March  29,  2020,  the  Company  had  repaid  all  amounts  owing  on  the  revolving  facility  and  related
deferred financing charges in the amounts of $1.7m and $1.7m respectively, were included in other long-term liabilities. As at
and during the year ended March 28, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

The  revolving  credit  commitment  also  includes  a  letter  of  credit  commitment  in  the  amount  of  $25.0m,  with  a  $5.0m  sub-
commitment for letters of credit issued in a currency other than Canadian dollars, U.S. dollars, euros or British pounds sterling,
and  a  swingline  commitment  for  $25.0m.  As  at  March  28,  2021,  the  Company  had  letters  of  credit  outstanding  under  the
revolving facility of $5.0m (March 29, 2020 - $5.7m). The Company had unused borrowing capacity available under the revolving
facility of $181.2m as at March 28, 2021 (March 29, 2020 - $226.6m).

Amendments to revolving facility

On May 26, 2020, the Company entered into a further amendment to the revolving facility to increase its ability to borrow against
the borrowing base by up to $50.0m. Borrowings under the Existing Revolving Facility were transferred to the FILO Revolving
Facility on the transaction date and future amounts are drawn in priority on the FILO Revolving Facility. Amounts drawn on the
FILO Revolving Facility are subject to an interest rate charge that is 2.00% higher than the Existing Revolving Facility. The FILO
Revolving Facility matures on May 25, 2021 and upon maturity, the credit commitments on the Existing Revolving Facility will be
restored, resulting in no net change in aggregate commitments under the revolving facility. Transaction costs are amortized over
the term of the facility.

F-41

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Term loan

The  Company  has  a  senior  secured  loan  agreement  with  a  syndicate  of  lenders  that  is  secured  on  a  split  collateral  basis
alongside the revolving facility, with an aggregate principal amount owing of US$300.0m (March 29, 2020 - US$113.8m). The
term  loan  bears  the  interest  rate  of  LIBOR  plus  an  applicable  margin  of  4.25%,  provided  that  LIBOR  may  not  be  less  than
0.75%,  payable  quarterly  in  arrears.  The  term  loan  matures  on  October  7,  2027  and  US$0.8m  of  the  principal  amount  is
repayable quarterly beginning on March 31, 2021. Voluntary prepayments of amounts owing under the term loan may be made
at any time without premium or penalty (except LIBOR breakage costs and a call premium in the case of certain repricing events
prior  to  April  7,  2021),  but  once  repaid  may  not  be  reborrowed.  The  Company  has  pledged  substantially  all  of  its  assets  as
collateral  for  the  term  loan.  The  term  loan  contains  financial  and  non-financial  covenants  which  could  impact  the  Company’s
ability to draw funds. As at and during the year ended March 28, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

As  the  term  loan  is  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars,  the  Company  remeasures  the  outstanding  balance  plus  accrued  interest  at
each balance sheet date.

The amount outstanding with respect to the term loan is as follows:

Term loan
Unamortized portion of deferred transaction costs
Original issue discount

Amendment to the term loan facility

March 28,
2021
$
377.3 
(5.8)
(3.7)
367.8 

March 29,
2020
$
159.3 
(1.2)
— 
158.1 

On  October  7,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  refinancing  amendment  to  its  existing  term  loan  facility  to  increase  the
aggregate principal amount to US$300.0m from US$113.8m. The Company accounted for the amendment to the term loan as a
debt extinguishment due to the significant changes to the terms. As a result, deferred financing costs of $1.1m on the existing
term loan facility were written-off. In connection with the amendment, the Company incurred transaction costs of US$4.7m and
an original issue discount of US$3.0m, which are being amortized using the effective interest rate method over the new term to
maturity.

Hedging transactions on term loan

The  Company  enters  into  derivative  transactions  to  hedge  a  portion  of  its  exposure  to  foreign  currency  exchange  risk  and
interest rate risk related to the term loan denominated in U.S. dollars. Following the refinancing of the term loan on October 7,
2020,  the  cross-currency  swap  designated  and  accounted  for  as  a  cash  flow  hedge  in  relation  to  the  previous  term  loan  was
deemed ineffective; however, the other designated hedge transactions remained effective.

F-42

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

On  October  30,  2020,  the  Company  terminated  its  existing  derivative  contracts  associated  with  the  previous  term  loan  and
entered into new derivative transactions to better align with the refinancing amendment to the term loan. The Company entered
into a five-year interest rate swap by selling US$270.0m, floating rate debt bearing interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin
4.25% as measured on the trade date, provided that LIBOR may not be less than 0.75%, for a fixed rate debt bearing interest at
a rate of 5.20%. The interest rate swap was designated at inception and accounted for as a cash flow hedge, and to the extent
that the hedge remains effective, unrealized gains and losses will be included in other comprehensive income until reclassified
to the statement of income as the hedged interest payments and principal repayments (or periodic remeasurements) impact net
income.

The  Company  also  entered  into  a  five-year  forward  exchange  contract  by  selling  $368.5m  and  receiving  US$270.0m  as
measured  on  the  trade  date,  to  fix  the  foreign  exchange  risk  on  a  portion  of  the  term  loan  borrowings.  Unrealized  gains  and
losses in the fair value of the forward contract are recognized in SG&A expenses in the statement of income, which offset the
unrealized gains and losses recognized on the principal of the term loan that are also recognized in SG&A expenses.

Net interest, finance and other costs

Net interest, finance and other costs consist of the following:

Interest expense

Short-term borrowings
Revolving facility
Term loan
Lease liabilities

Standby fees
Acceleration of unamortized costs on debt extinguishment
Interest income
Other costs
Net interest, finance and other costs

Note 17.    Shareholders’ equity

The authorized and issued share capital of the Company are as follows:

Authorized

March 28,
2021
$

March 29,
2020
$

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$

0.2 
3.1 
14.4 
9.5 
1.4 
1.1 
(0.7)
1.9 
30.9 

0.2 
3.7 
8.7 
8.4 
0.8 
7.0 
(0.4)
— 
28.4 

— 
2.4 
11.7 
— 
0.6 
— 
(0.5)
— 
14.2 

The authorized share capital of the Company consists of an unlimited number of subordinate voting shares without par value, an
unlimited number of multiple voting shares without par value, and an unlimited number of preferred shares without par value,
issuable in series.

F-43

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Issued

Multiple voting shares - Holders of the multiple voting shares are entitled to 10 votes per multiple voting share. Multiple voting
shares are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one subordinate voting share. The multiple voting shares will
automatically be converted into subordinate voting shares when they cease to be owned by one of the principal shareholders. In
addition, the multiple voting shares of either of the principal shareholders will automatically be converted to subordinate voting
shares  at  such  time  as  the  beneficial  ownership  of  that  shareholder  falls  below  15%  of  the  outstanding  subordinate  voting
shares  and  multiple  voting  shares  outstanding,  or  additionally,  in  the  case  of  DTR,  when  the  current  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer no longer serves as a director of the Company or in a senior management position.

Subordinate voting shares - Holders of the subordinate voting shares are entitled to one vote per subordinate voting share.

The  rights  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares  and  the  multiple  voting  shares  are  substantially  identical,  except  for  voting  and
conversion. Subject to the prior rights of any preferred shares, the holders of subordinate and multiple voting shares participate
equally in any dividends declared and share equally in any distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Share capital transactions for the year ended March 28, 2021

The transactions affecting the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company are described below:

March 29, 2020
Exercise of stock options
Settlement of RSUs

March 28, 2021

Multiple voting shares
$
1.4 
— 
— 
1.4 

Number
51,004,076 
— 
— 
51,004,076 

Subordinate voting shares
$
113.3 
5.8 
— 
119.1 

Number
58,999,182 
422,511 
13,386 
59,435,079 

Number
110,003,258 
422,511 
13,386 
110,439,155 

Total
$
114.7 
5.8 
— 
120.5 

Share capital transactions for the year ended March 29, 2020

Normal course issuer bid

The Board of Directors authorized the Company to initiate a normal course issuer bid, in accordance with the requirements of
the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange,  to  purchase  up  to  1,600,000  subordinate  voting  shares  over  the  12-month  period  from  May  31,
2019 to May 30, 2020. Purchased subordinate voting shares will be cancelled.

During the year ended March 29, 2020, the Company purchased 853,500 shares for cancellation at an average price per share
of $45.35 for total cash consideration of $38.7m. The amount paid to purchase subordinate voting shares has been charged to
share  capital  at  the  average  share  capital  amount  per  share  outstanding  of  $1.6m,  with  the  remaining  $37.1m  charged  to
retained earnings.

F-44

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The  transactions  affecting  the  issued  and  outstanding  share  capital  of  the  Company  in  the  year  ended  March  29,  2020  are
described below:

March 31, 2019
Purchase of subordinate voting shares
Excess of purchase price over average
share capital amount
Exercise of stock options
Settlement of RSUs
March 29, 2020

Multiple voting shares
$
1.4 
— 

Number
51,004,076 
— 

Subordinate voting shares
$
111.2 
(38.7)

Number
59,106,998 
(853,500)

— 
— 
— 
51,004,076 

— 
— 
— 
1.4 

— 
742,134 
3,550 
58,999,182 

37.1 
3.7 
— 
113.3 

Number
110,111,074 
(853,500)

— 
742,134 
3,550 
110,003,258 

Total
$
112.6 
(38.7)

37.1 
3.7 
— 
114.7 

Share capital transactions for the year ended March 31, 2019

Secondary offerings

On June 21, 2018, the Company completed a secondary offering of 10,000,000 subordinate voting shares sold by the principal
shareholders and a member of management. The Company received no proceeds from the sale of shares.

In connection with the secondary offering:

a) The principal shareholders converted 9,900,000 multiple voting shares into subordinate voting shares, which were then sold

to the public.

b) One member of management exercised stock options to purchase 100,000 subordinate voting shares, which were then sold

to the public.

c) The  Company  incurred  transaction  costs  for  the  secondary  offering  in  the  amount  of  $1.2m  that  are  included  in  SG&A

expenses in the year ended March 31, 2019.

On  November  26,  2018,  the  Company  completed  a  secondary  offering  of  10,000,000  subordinate  voting  shares  sold  by  the
principal shareholders and a member of the Board of Directors. The Company received no proceeds from the sale of shares.

In connection with the secondary offering:

a) The principal shareholders converted 9,990,000 multiple voting shares into subordinate voting shares, which were then sold

to the public.

b) A member of the Board of Directors sold 10,000 subordinate voting shares.

c) The  Company  incurred  transaction  costs  for  the  secondary  offering  in  the  amount  of  $0.6m  that  are  included  in  selling,

general and administrative expenses in the year ended March 31, 2019.

F-45

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The  transactions  affecting  the  issued  and  outstanding  share  capital  of  the  Company  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2019  are
described below:

March 31, 2018
Issuance of subordinate voting shares
in business combination
Convert multiple voting shares to
subordinate voting shares
Exercise of stock options
March 31, 2019

Note 18.    Share-based payments

Multiple voting shares
$
1.9 

Number
70,894,076 

Subordinate voting shares
$
104.2 

Number
37,497,549 

Number
108,391,625 

Total
$
106.1 

— 

(19,890,000)
— 
51,004,076 

— 

(0.5)
— 
1.4 

16,946 

1.5 

16,946 

1.5 

19,890,000 
1,702,503 
59,106,998 

0.5 
5.0 
111.2 

— 
1,702,503 
110,111,074 

— 
5.0 
112.6 

The Company has issued stock options to purchase subordinate voting shares under its incentive plans, prior to the public share
offering on March 21, 2017, the Legacy Plan, and subsequently, the Omnibus Plan. All options are issued at an exercise price
that is not less than market value at the time of grant and expire ten years after the grant date.

Legacy Plan

Under  the  terms  of  the  Legacy  Plan,  options  were  granted  to  certain  executives  of  the  Company  which  are  exercisable  to
purchase subordinate voting shares. The options vest contingent upon meeting the service, performance goals and exit event
conditions of the Legacy Plan. No new options will be issued under the Legacy Plan.

a) Service-vested options

Service-vested options are subject to the executive’s continuing employment and generally are scheduled to vest 40%
on the second anniversary of the date of grant, 20% on the third anniversary, 20% on the fourth anniversary and 20% on
the fifth anniversary.

b) Performance-vested and exit event options

Performance-vested options that are tied to an exit event are eligible to vest pro rata on the same schedule as service-
vested  options,  but  do  not  vest  until  the  exit  event  has  occurred.  All  exit  event  conditions  have  been  met,  and  no
outstanding options are subject to exit event conditions.

Other  performance-vested  options  vest  based  on  measurable  performance  targets  that  do  not  involve  an  exit
event. Performance-vested options are subject to the executive’s continued employment.

Omnibus Plan

Under  the  terms  of  the  Omnibus  Plan,  options  are  granted  to  certain  employees  of  the  Company  which  are  exercisable  to
purchase  subordinate  voting  shares.  The  options  vest  over  four  years  contingent  upon  meeting  the  service  conditions  of  the
Omnibus Plan, 25% on each anniversary of the date of grant.

F-46

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Stock option transactions are as follows:

Options outstanding, beginning of period
Granted to purchase shares
Exercised
Cancelled
Expired
Options outstanding, end of period

March 28, 2021

Weighted
average
exercise price
32.97 
$
37.19 
$
9.42 
$
48.44 
$
— 
$
38.32 
$

Number of
shares
1,794,377 $
1,244,975 $
(422,511) $
(117,868) $
— $
2,498,973 $

Weighted
average
exercise price
15.75 
59.19 
3.25 
59.83 
83.53 
32.97 

Year ended
March 29, 2020

Number of
shares
2,037,665
558,489
(742,134)
(59,297)
(346)
1,794,377

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 28, 2021:

Exercise price
$0.02
$0.25
$1.79
$4.62
$8.94
$23.64
$30.73
$31.79
$33.97
$45.34
$46.38
$50.00
$51.71
$63.03
$83.53

    Options Outstanding
 Weighted average
remaining life in years
3.1
3.4
3.9
4.9
5.8
6.4
6.2
6.6
9.2
8.2
8.7
9.2
8.4
8.0
7.2
7.8

 Number
78,355 
55,248 
126,303 
71,359 
124,444 
42,576 
84,961 
35,622 
970,059 
70,803 
8,573 
250,000 
7,143 
390,265 
183,262 
2,498,973

F-47

   Options Exercisable
 Weighted average
remaining life in years
3.1
3.4
3.9
4.9
5.8
6.4
6.2
6.6
— 
8.2
— 
— 
8.4
8.0
7.2
5.6

 Number
78,355 
55,248 
126,303 
49,135 
97,774 
31,932 
42,316 
25,727 
— 
16,073 
— 
— 
1,785 
97,559 
91,615 
713,822

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Restricted share units

Under  the  Omnibus  Plan,  the  Company  has  granted  RSUs  to  employees  of  the  Company.  The  RSUs  are  treated  as  equity
instruments  for  accounting  purposes.  We  expect  that  vested  RSUs  will  be  paid  at  settlement  through  the  issuance  of  one
subordinate voting share per RSU. The RSUs vest over a period of three years, a third on each anniversary of the date of grant.

RSUs transactions are as follows:

RSUs outstanding, beginning of period
Granted
Settled
Cancelled
RSUs outstanding, end of period

March 28,
2021
Number
39,432 
119,758 
(13,386)
(8,687)
137,117

Year ended
March 29,
2020
Number
10,650 
35,171 
(3,550)
(2,839)
39,432

Subordinate voting shares, to a maximum of 3,850,210 shares, have been reserved for issuance under equity incentive plans to
select employees of the Company, with vesting contingent upon meeting the service, performance goals and other conditions of
the Plan.

Accounting for share-based awards

For the year ended March 28, 2021, the Company recorded $11.3m as contributed surplus and compensation expense for stock
options and RSUs (March 29, 2020 - $7.8m, March 31, 2019 - $3.8m). Share-based compensation expense is included in SG&A
expenses.

The assumptions used to measure the fair value of options granted under the Black-Scholes option pricing model at the grant
date were as follows:

Weighted average stock price valuation
Weighted average exercise price
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life in years
Expected dividend yield
Volatility
Weighted average fair value of options issued

Note 19.    Related party transactions

March 28,
2021

37.19 
37.19 

$
$

0.32 %
5
— %
40 %

9.90 

$

$
$

$

Year ended
March 29,
2020

59.19 
59.19 

1.50 %
5
— %
40 %

18.11 

The Company enters into transactions from time to time with its principal shareholders and organizations affiliated with members
of  the  Board  of  Directors  by  incurring  expenses  for  business  services.  During  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the  Company
incurred expenses with related parties of $1.2m (March 29, 2020 - $1.7m, March 31, 2019 - $1.0m) from companies

F-48

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

related  to  certain  shareholders.  Net  balances  owing  to  related  parties  as  at  March  28,  2021  were  $0.3m  (March  29,  2020  -
$0.4m).

A lease liability due to the controlling shareholder of the acquired Baffin Inc. business (the "Baffin Vendor") for leased premises
was $4.6m as at March 28, 2021 (March 29, 2020 - $5.3m). During the year ended March 28, 2021, the Company paid principal
and interest on the lease liability, net of rent concessions, and other operating costs to entities affiliated with the Baffin Vendor
totaling $1.2m, respectively (March 29, 2020 - $1.4m, March 31, 2019 - $0.6m). No amounts were owing to Baffin entities as at
March 28, 2021 and March 29, 2020. Furthermore, $3.0m was paid to the Baffin Vendor on November 1, 2020 and charged to
expense over two years.

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

Transactions with related parties are conducted on terms pursuant to an approved agreement, or are approved by the Board of
Directors.

Key management compensation

Key management consists of the Board of Directors, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the executives who report
directly to the President and Chief Executive Officer.

Short term employee benefits
Long term employee benefits
Share-based compensation
Compensation expense

March 28,
2021
$
13.2 
0.1 
8.6 
21.9 

March 29,
2020
$
9.1 
0.1 
5.9 
15.1 

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$
13.2 
0.1 
2.9 
16.2 

Note 20.    Financial instruments and fair values

Management assessed that the fair values of cash, trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their
carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

The Company’s derivative financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period.
The following table gives information about how the fair values of these financial assets and financial liabilities are determined,
in particular, the valuation technique(s) and inputs used.

F-49

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Financial assets/
financial liabilities
Foreign currency
forward contracts

Fair value
hierarchy

Level 2

Foreign currency
and interest rate
swap contracts

Level 2

Valuation technique(s) and key input(s)

Future cash flows are estimated based on
forward exchange rates (from observable forward
exchange rates at the end of the reporting period)
and contract forward rates, discounted at a rate
that reflects the credit risk of various
counterparties.
Future cash flows are estimated based on
forward exchange rates (from observable forward
exchange and interest swap rates at the end of
the reporting period) and contract forward rates,
discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of
various counterparties.

Relationship of unobservable
inputs to fair value

Increases (decreases) in the
forward exchange rate increase
(decrease) fair value.

Increases (decreases) in
discount rate decrease
(increase) fair value.
Increases (decreases) in the
forward exchange rate increase
(decrease) fair value.

Increases (decreases) in
discount rate decrease
(increase) fair value.

F-50

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The  following  table  presents  the  fair  values  and  fair  value  hierarchy  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments  and  excludes
financial instruments carried at amortized cost that are short-term in nature:

March 28, 2021

March 29, 2020

Level 1
$

Level 2
$

Level 3
$

Financial
assets
Cash
Derivatives
included in other
current assets
Derivatives
included in other
long-term
assets
Financial
liabilities
Derivatives
included in
accounts
payable and
accrued
liabilities
Derivatives
included in other
long-term
liabilities
Term loan

477.9 

— 

— 

5.9 

— 

5.1 

— 

8.8 

— 
— 

19.5 
367.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

Carrying

value Fair value
$

$

Level 1
$

Level 2
$

Level 3
$

Carrying

value Fair value
$

$

477.9 

477.9 

31.7 

— 

5.9 

5.9 

— 

11.3 

5.1 

5.1 

— 

5.9 

— 

— 

— 

31.7 

31.7 

11.3 

11.3 

5.9 

5.9 

8.8 

8.8 

— 

19.0 

— 

19.0 

19.0 

19.5 
367.8 

19.5 
377.3 

— 
— 

2.9 
— 

— 
158.1 

2.9 
158.1 

2.9 
159.3 

As at March 28, 2021, there was a transfer between the levels of the fair value hierarchy for the term loan to Level 2 from Level
3 as a result of first time public corporate and bond ratings assigned to the Company in the third quarter of fiscal 2021. There
were no other transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy.

Note 21.    Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Company’s primary risk management objective is to protect the Company’s assets and cash flow, in order to increase the
Company’s enterprise value.

The Company is exposed to capital management risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, foreign exchange risk, and interest
rate  risk.  The  Company’s  senior  management  and  Board  of  Directors  oversee  the  management  of  these  risks.  The  Board  of
Directors reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarized below.

F-51

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Capital management

The  Company  manages  its  capital,  which  consists  of  equity  (subordinate  voting  shares  and  multiple  shares  voting  shares),
short-term borrowings, and long-term debt (the revolving facility and the term loan), with the objectives of safeguarding sufficient
net working capital over the annual operating cycle and providing sufficient financial resources to grow operations to meet long-
term consumer demand. Management targets a ratio of adjusted EBITDA (defined as adjusted earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation, amortization) to net debt, reflecting the seasonal change in the business as net working capital builds through the
second  fiscal  quarter.  The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  monitors  the  Company’s  capital  management  on  a  regular
basis.  The  Company  will  continually  assess  the  adequacy  of  the  Company’s  capital  structure  and  capacity  and  make
adjustments within the context of the Company’s strategy, economic conditions, and risk characteristics of the business. Refer to
Note 23. Subsequent Events for further enhancements to our capital management program.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  Company  will  not  be  able  to  meet  its  financial  obligations  as  they  fall  due.  The  Company’s
approach  to  managing  liquidity  is  to  ensure,  as  far  as  possible,  that  it  will  always  have  sufficient  liquidity  to  satisfy  the
requirements  for  business  operations,  capital  expenditures,  debt  service  and  general  corporate  purposes,  under  normal  and
stressed conditions. The primary source of liquidity is funds generated by operating activities; the Company also relies on short-
term borrowings and the revolving facility as sources of funds for short term working capital needs. The Company continuously
reviews both actual and forecasted cash flows to ensure that the Company has appropriate capital capacity.

The following table summarizes the amount of contractual undiscounted future cash flow requirements as at March 28, 2021:

(1)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Term loan
Interest commitments relating to
borrowings
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Lease obligations
Pension obligation
Total contractual obligations

2022
$
177.8 
3.8 

18.9 
2.9 
57.1 
— 
260.5 

2023
$
— 
3.8 

18.9 
— 
53.6 
— 
76.3 

2024
$
— 
3.8 

18.9 
— 
46.9 
— 
69.6 

2025
$
— 
3.8 

18.9 
— 
44.5 
— 
67.2 

2026
$
— 
3.8 

18.9 
14.4 
33.9 
— 
71.0 

Thereafter
$
— 
358.3 

28.3 
— 
69.3 
2.1 
458.0 

Total
$
177.8 
377.3 

122.8 
17.3 
305.3 
2.1 
1,002.6 

(1)

    Interest commitments are calculated based on the term loan balance at the interest rate of 5.00% as at March 28, 2021.

Letter of guarantee facility

On April 14, 2020, Canada Goose Inc. entered into a letter of guarantee facility in the amount of $10.0m. Letters of guarantee
are available for terms of up to twelve months and will be charged a fee equal to 1.2% per annum calculated against the face
amount and over the term of the guarantee. Amounts issued on the facility will be used to finance working capital requirements
through letters of guarantee, standby letters of credit, performance bonds, counter guarantees,

F-52

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

counter  standby  letters  of  credit,  or  similar  credits.  The  Company  shall  immediately  reimburse  the  issuing  bank  for  amounts
drawn on issued letters of guarantees. At March 28, 2021, the Company had $4.5m outstanding.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to
a financial loss.

Credit risk arises from the possibility that certain parties will be unable to discharge their obligations. The Company manages its
credit risk through a combination of third party credit insurance and internal house risk. Credit insurance is provided by a third
party  for  customers  and  is  subject  to  continuous  monitoring  of  the  credit  worthiness  of  the  Company's  customers.  Insurance
covers  a  specific  amount  of  revenue,  which  may  be  less  than  the  Company's  total  revenue  with  a  specific  customer.  As  at
March 28, 2021, accounts receivable totaling approximately $5.7m (March 29, 2020 - $20.1m) were insured, under a maximum
credit limit of $30.0m.

Credit insurance is subject to continuous review by the insurer and can be reduced or eliminated if, in the view of the insurer, the
customer's credit worthiness has deteriorated. Upon receiving notification of credit insurance limit modifications, credit insurance
remains  in  place  for  60  days.  During  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the  Company  experienced  significant  reductions  in  the
market availability of credit insurance for a number of its customers.

Complementary to the third party insurance, the Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers through a
combination of third party financial reports, credit monitoring, publicly available information, and direct communication with those
customers. The Company establishes payment terms with customers to mitigate credit risk and continues to closely monitor its
accounts receivable credit risk exposure.

Customer deposits are received in advance from certain customers for seasonal orders to further mitigate credit risk, and are
applied to reduce accounts receivable when goods are shipped. As at March 28, 2021, customer deposits of $1.6m (March 29,
2020 - $2.1m) were included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

The aging of trade receivables was as follows:

Trade accounts receivable
Credit card receivables
Government grant receivable
Other receivables
March 28, 2021

Trade accounts receivable
Credit card receivables
Other receivables
March 29, 2020

Total
 $
21.9 
2.1 
4.4 
14.3 
42.7 

26.9 
2.1 
5.1 
34.1 

Current
 $
9.0 
2.1 
4.4 
14.3 
29.8 

15.9 
2.1 
5.1 
23.1 

< 30 days
 $
5.4 
— 
— 
— 
5.4 

5.0 
— 
— 
5.0 

31-60 days
 $
1.4 
— 
— 
— 
1.4 

2.5 
— 
— 
2.5 

Past due
> 61 days
 $
6.1 
— 
— 
— 
6.1 

3.5 
— 
— 
3.5 

F-53

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Trade accounts receivable factoring program

On December 23, 2019, a subsidiary of the Company in Europe entered into an agreement to factor, on a limited recourse basis,
certain of its trade accounts receivable up to a limit of €20.0m in exchange for advanced funding equal to 100% of the principal
value of the invoice. Accepted currencies include euros, British pounds sterling, and Swiss francs. The Company is charged a
fee  of  the  applicable  EURIBOR  or  LIBOR  reference  rate  plus  1.15%  per  annum,  based  on  the  number  of  days  between  the
purchase date and the invoice due date, which is lower than the Company’s average borrowing rate under its revolving facility.
The  program  is  utilized  to  provide  sufficient  liquidity  to  support  its  international  operating  cash  needs.  Upon  transfer  of  the
receivables, the Company receives cash proceeds and continues to service the receivables on behalf of the third-party financial
institution.  The  program  meets  the  derecognition  requirements  in  accordance  with  IFRS  9,  Financial  Instruments  as  the
Company  transfers  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  upon  the  sale  of  a  receivable.  These  proceeds  are
classified as cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows.

For  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  the  Company  received  cash  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  trade  accounts  receivable  with
carrying  values  of  $16.9m  which  were  derecognized  from  the  Company's  statement  of  financial  position.  Fees  of  less  than
$0.1m were incurred during the year ended March 28, 2021 (March 29, 2020 - less than $0.1m) and included in net interest,
finance and other costs in the statement of income. As at March 28, 2021, the outstanding amount of trade accounts receivable
derecognized  from  the  Company’s  statement  of  financial  position,  but  which  the  Company  continued  to  service  was  $nil
(March 29, 2020 - $2.4m).

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market
prices. Market prices comprise foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk in operating cash flows

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are expressed in Canadian dollars, but a substantial portion of the Company’s
revenues,  inventory  purchases  and  expenses  are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies,  primarily  U.S.  dollars,  euros,  British
pounds sterling, Swiss francs, Chinese yuan, and Hong Kong dollars. The Company has entered into forward foreign exchange
contracts  to  reduce  the  foreign  exchange  risk  associated  with  revenues,  purchases,  and  expenses  denominated  in  these
currencies. Certain forward foreign exchange contracts were designated at inception and accounted for as cash flow hedges.
The operating hedge program for the fiscal year ending March 28, 2021 was initiated during the fourth quarter of the fiscal 2019.
On December 18, 2020, the Company initiated the operating hedge program for the fiscal year ending April 3, 2022.

F-54

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The Company recognized the following unrealized losses in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges in other
comprehensive income:

Net loss

March 28, 2021
Tax expense Net loss

March 29, 2020
Tax recovery Net loss

Year ended
March 31, 2019
Tax recovery

Forward foreign exchange
contracts designated as cash
flow hedges

$

$

$

(0.3)

(1.1)

(3.7)

$

1.1 

$

(3.9)

$

0.8 

The Company reclassified the following losses and gains from other comprehensive income on derivatives designated as cash
flow hedges to locations in the consolidated financial statements described below:

Loss (gain) from other comprehensive income
Forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges

Revenue
SG&A expenses
Inventory

March 28,
2021
$

March 29,
2020
$

3.3 
(0.2)
(0.9)

(0.2)
1.0 
0.1 

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$

6.5 
(4.5)
(1.0)

During  the  year  ended  March  28,  2021,  an  unrealized  gain  of  $6.4m  (March  29,  2020  -  unrealized  loss  of  $3.2m,  March  31,
2019  -  unrealized  gain  of  $3.7m)  on  forward  exchange  contracts  that  were  not  treated  as  hedges  was  recognized  in  SG&A
expenses in the statement of income.

F-55

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Foreign currency contracts outstanding as at March 28, 2021 related to operating cash flows were:

(in millions)
Forward contract to purchase Canadian dollars

Forward contract to sell Canadian dollars

Forward contract to purchase euros

Forward contract to sell euros

US$
€

US$
€

CNY 
£
HKD 
SEK 

CHF 
CNY 
£

Aggregate Amounts

Currency

75.7 
48.2 

40.3 
36.2 

259.6 
19.7 
43.3 
0.1 

0.6 
2.3 
2.0 

U.S. dollars
euros

U.S. dollars
euros

Chinese yuan
British pounds sterling
Hong Kong dollars
Swedish kronor

Swiss francs
Chinese yuan
British pounds sterling

Revenues and expenses of all foreign operations are translated into Canadian dollars at the foreign currency exchange rates
that approximate the rates in effect at the dates when such items are recognized. Appreciating foreign currencies relative to the
Canadian dollar, to the extent they are not hedged, will positively impact operating income and net income, while depreciating
foreign currencies relative to the Canadian dollar will have the opposite impact.

Foreign exchange risk on borrowings

Amounts  available  for  borrowing  under  short-term  borrowings  and  part  of  our  revolving  facility  are  denominated  in  Chinese
renminbi and U.S. dollars, respectively. As at March 28, 2021, there were no amounts owing under both short-term borrowings
and the revolving facility.

Amounts  available  for  borrowing  under  the  term  loan  are  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars.  Based  on  outstanding  balances  of
$377.3m  (US$300.0m)  under  the  term  loan  as  at  March  28,  2021,  a  $0.01  depreciation  in  the  value  of  the  Canadian  dollar
compared  to  the  U.S.  dollar  would  have  resulted  in  a  decrease  in  our  pre-tax  income  of  $3.0m  solely  as  a  result  of  that
exchange rate fluctuation’s effect on the debt.

The Company hedges a portion of its exposure to foreign currency exchange risk on principal and interest payments on its term
loan denominated in U.S. dollars (note 16).

F-56

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

The  Company  recognized  the  following  unrealized  losses  and  gains  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  designed  as  hedging
instruments in other comprehensive income:

Net (loss)
gain

March 28, 2021
Tax recovery
(expense)

Net gain
(loss)

March 29, 2020

Tax expense

Net (loss)
gain

Year ended
March 31, 2019
Tax recovery
(expense)

Swaps designated as cash
flow hedges
Euro-denominated cross-
currency swap designated as a
net investment hedge

$

(0.9)

0.2 

$

(0.5)

$

1.3 

0.1 

(0.3)

$

(0.2)

(0.2)

$

(0.7)

3.5 

$

0.2 

(1.2)

The  Company  reclassified  the  following  losses  and  gains  from  other  comprehensive  income  on  derivatives  designated  as
hedging instruments to SG&A expenses:

Loss (gain) from other comprehensive income
Swaps designated as cash flow hedges

March 28,
2021
$
5.6 

March 29,
2020
$
(5.3)

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$
0.4 

During the year ended March 28, 2021, an unrealized loss of $21.7m (unrealized gains of March 29, 2020 - $3.3m, March 31,
2019 - $2.9m) in the fair value of the long-dated forward exchange contract related to a portion of the term loan balance has
been recognized in SG&A expenses in the statement of income.

Interest rate risk

The  Company  is  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  related  to  the  effect  of  interest  rate  changes  on  borrowings  outstanding  under
short-term borrowings, the revolving facility, and the term loan. As at March 28, 2021, the Company had $377.3m under the term
loan which currently bears interest at 5.00%. As at March 28, 2021, the Company had repaid all amounts owing on our short-
term  borrowings  and  revolving  facility.  Based  on  the  weighted  average  amount  of  outstanding  borrowings  on  our  short-term
borrowings during the year ended March 28, 2021, a 1.00% increase in the average interest rate on our borrowings would have
increased  interest  expense  by  $0.1m  (March  29,  2020  -  less  than  $0.1m).  Correspondingly,  a  1.00%  increase  in  the  average
interest  rate  would  have  increased  interest  expense  on  the  revolving  facility  and  term  loan  by  $1.1m  and  $2.6m,  respectively
(March  29,  2020  -  $0.9m  and  $1.5m,  respectively).  Interest  rate  risk  on  the  term  loan  is  partially  mitigated  by  cross-currency
swap hedges. The impact on future interest expense as a result of future changes in interest rates will depend largely on the
gross amount of borrowings at that time.

F-57

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
March 28, 2021
(in millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 22.     Selected cash flow information

Changes in non-cash operating items

 Trade receivables
 Inventories
 Other current assets
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
 Provisions
 Deferred rent
 Other
Change in non-cash operating items

Note 23.     Subsequent events

Amendment to the term loan

March 28,
2021
$
(10.4)
67.0 
5.8 
26.2 
8.2 
— 
5.7 
102.5 

March 29,
2020
$
(10.6)
(141.8)
1.2 
3.6 
14.5 
— 
2.5 
(130.6)

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$
3.4 
(87.3)
(10.3)
(14.7)
5.6 
3.3 
(0.7)
(100.7)

On April 9, 2021, the Company entered into a repricing amendment to the term loan to decrease the interest to a rate of LIBOR
plus an applicable margin of 3.50% from LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 4.25%. As a result of the repricing amendment,
there were no changes to the following conditions from the existing term loan: a) the aggregate principal amount of US$300.0m;
b) the maturity date of October 7, 2027; c) LIBOR may not be less than 0.75%, and d) existing derivative contracts entered into
on October 30, 2020.

F-58

SCHEDULE I – CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC.
(PARENT COMPANY)

All operating activities of the Company are conducted by its subsidiaries. Canada Goose Holdings Inc. is a holding company and
does  not  have  any  material  assets  or  conduct  business  operations  other  than  investments  in  its  subsidiaries.  The  credit
agreement  of  Canada  Goose  Inc,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Canada  Goose  Holdings  Inc.,  contains  provisions  whereby
Canada Goose Inc. has restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, loan funds and make other upstream distributions to Canada
Goose Holdings Inc.

These condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting principles and policies
described  in  the  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Refer  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes
presented above for additional information and disclosures with respect to these condensed financial statements.

F-59

PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Schedule I – Condensed Statements of Income
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

Equity in comprehensive income of subsidiary
Fee (expense) income from subsidiary

Selling, general and administration expenses
Income before income taxes
Income tax recovery
Net income

March 28,
2021
$
74.3 
(1.3)
73.0 
13.1 
59.9 
(4.7)
64.6 

March 29,
2020
$
156.6 
7.2 
163.8 
9.9 
153.9 
(0.6)
154.5 

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$
147.6 
3.4 
151.0 
7.7 
143.3 
(1.0)
144.3 

The accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-60

 
PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Schedule I – Condensed Statements of Financial Position
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

Assets
Current assets
Cash
Other current assets
Total current assets
Note receivable from subsidiary
Investment in subsidiary
Deferred income taxes
Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Due to subsidiary
Total liabilities
Shareholders' equity
Share capital
Contributed surplus
Retained earnings
Total shareholders' equity
Total liabilities & shareholders' equity

March 28,
2021
$

March 29,
2020
$

4.3 
— 
4.3 
43.3 
572.1 
7.3 
627.0 

0.4 
26.5 
26.9 

120.5 
25.2 
454.4 
600.1 
627.0 

0.6 
0.1 
0.7 
54.0 
497.8 
2.6 
555.1 

0.3 
34.6 
34.9 

114.7 
15.7 
389.8 
520.2 
555.1 

The accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-61

 
 
PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Schedule I – Condensed Statements of Changes in Equity
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

Balance at March 31, 2018
Issuance of common shares in business
combination
Exercise of stock options
Net income
Share-based compensation (including equity in
contributed surplus of $2.8)
Balance at March 31, 2019
IFRS 16 initial application in subsidiaries
Normal course issuer bid purchase of
subordinate voting shares
Exercise of stock options
Net income
Share-based compensation
Balance at March 29, 2020
Exercise of stock options
Net income
Share-based payment
Balance at March 28, 2021

Share capital
$
106.1 

Contributed
surplus
$
4.5 

Retained
earnings
$
133.0 

1.5 
5.0 
— 

— 
112.6 
— 

(1.6)
3.7 
— 
— 
114.7 
5.8 
— 
— 
120.5 

— 
(1.9)
— 

6.6 
9.2 
— 

— 
(1.3)
— 
7.8 
15.7 
(1.8)
— 
11.3 
25.2 

— 
— 
144.3 

— 
277.3 
(4.9)

(37.1)
— 
154.5 
— 
389.8 
— 
64.6 
— 
454.4 

Total
$
243.6 

1.5 
3.1 
144.3 

6.6 
399.1 
(4.9)

(38.7)
2.4 
154.5 
7.8 
520.2 
4.0 
64.6 
11.3 
600.1 

The accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-62

 
PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Schedule I – Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

Operating activities
Net income
Items not affecting cash:

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary
Income tax recovery
Share-based compensation

Changes in assets and liabilities
Net cash used in operating activities
Investing activities
Dividend received
Investment in shares of subsidiary
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
Financing activities
Subordinate voting shares purchased for cancellation
Exercise of stock options
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
Increase (decrease) in cash
Cash, beginning of year
Cash, end of year

March 28,
2021
$

March 29,
2020
$

Year ended
March 31,
2019
$

64.6 

(74.3)
(4.7)
11.3 
(3.1)
2.8 
(0.3)

— 
— 
— 

— 
4.0 
4.0 
3.7 
0.6 
4.3 

154.5 

144.3 

(156.6)
(0.6)
7.8 
5.1 
(9.6)
(4.5)

38.7 
— 
38.7 

(37.1)
2.4 
(34.7)
(0.5)
1.1 
0.6 

(147.6)
(1.0)
3.8 
(0.5)
(1.3)
(1.8)

— 
(1.5)
(1.5)

— 
3.1 
3.1 
(0.2)
1.3 
1.1 

The accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-63

 
 
PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
Canada Goose Holdings Inc.
Schedule I – Notes to the Condensed Financial Statements
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Canada  Goose  Holdings  Inc.  (the  “Parent  Company”)  is  a  holding  company  that  conducts  substantially  all  of  its  business
operations  through  its  subsidiary.  The  Parent  Company  (a  British  Columbia  corporation)  was  incorporated  on  November  21,
2013.

The  Parent  Company  has  accounted  for  the  earnings  of  its  subsidiary  under  the  equity  method  in  these  unconsolidated
condensed financial statements.

2. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE

The  Parent  Company  prepared  these  unconsolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International  Accounting
Standards 27, "Separate Financial Statements", as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Parent Company has no material commitments or contingencies during the reported periods.

4. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

See the Annual Consolidated Financial Statements Note 17 in reference to the normal course issuer bid transaction during the
year ended March 29, 2020.

F-64

Exhibit 2.2

Description of Rights of Each Class of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)

As of March 28, 2021, Canada Goose Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”, “we” or “our”) has one class of securities, subordinate voting shares, registered
under the Exchange Act.

The following description of our subordinate voting shares is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Company’s Articles of Canada Goose Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file no.
001-38027) filed with the SEC on June 6, 2017), and certain related sections of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “BCBCA”).

Authorized Share Capital

The authorized share capital of the Company consists of an unlimited number of subordinate voting shares without par value, an unlimited number of
multiple voting shares without par value, and an unlimited number of preferred shares without par value, issuable in series. Our subordinate voting shares
and multiple voting shares may be issued in registered form. As of March 28, 2021, there are no preferred shares outstanding.

The instrument of transfer in respect of any subordinate voting share and multiple voting share of the Company must be either in the form, if any, on the
back of the Company's share certificates or in any other form that may be approved by the Company or the transfer agent for the class or series of shares to
be transferred. The provision in our Articles requiring the consent of the board of directors for any transfer of subordinate voting shares or multiple voting
shares is not applicable for so long as we are a public company.

We have filed an undertaking with the Ontario Securities Commission pursuant to which we have agreed to provide reasonable prior notice to the Ontario
Securities Commission in the event that we intend to issue a series of preferred shares that would restrict the rights of the subordinate voting shares,
regardless of any existing restrictions on the subordinate voting shares due to the existence of the multiple voting shares.

Subordinate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares

Holders of our multiple voting shares are entitled to 10 votes per multiple voting share and holders of subordinate voting shares are entitled to one vote per
subordinate voting share on all matters upon which holders of shares are entitled to vote. Subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred shares,
the holders of our multiple voting shares and subordinate voting shares are entitled to receive dividends as and when declared by our board of directors,
without preference or distinction among or between the subordinate voting shares and the multiple voting shares, provided that in the event of payment of a
dividend in the form of shares, holders of subordinate voting shares shall receive subordinate voting shares and holders of multiple voting shares shall
receive multiple voting shares. Subject to the prior payment to the holders of our preferred shares, in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up
or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders, the holders of our multiple voting shares and subordinate voting shares are entitled to share pro
rata in the distribution of the balance of our assets, without preference or distinction among or between the subordinate voting shares and the multiple
voting shares. Holders of multiple voting shares and subordinate voting shares have no pre-emptive or conversion or exchange rights or other subscription
rights, except that each outstanding multiple voting share may at any time, at the option of the holder, be converted into one subordinate voting share and
our multiple voting shares will automatically convert into our subordinate voting shares upon certain transfers and other events, as described below under
“—Conversion.” There are no redemption, retraction, purchase for cancellation or surrender provisions or sinking or purchase fund provisions applicable to
our subordinate voting shares or multiple voting shares. There is no provision in our articles requiring holders of subordinate voting shares or multiple
voting shares to contribute additional capital, or permitting or restricting the issuance of additional securities or any other material restrictions. The special
rights or restrictions attached to the subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights attached
to any series of preferred shares that we may designate in the future.

-1-

Conversion

The subordinate voting shares are not convertible into any other class of shares. Each outstanding multiple voting share may at any time, at the option of
the holder, be converted into one subordinate voting share. Upon the first date that any multiple voting share shall be held by a person other than by a
Permitted Holder (as defined below), the Permitted Holder which held such multiple voting share until such date, without any further action, shall
automatically be deemed to have exercised his, her or its rights to convert such multiple voting share into a fully paid and non-assessable subordinate
voting share.

In addition:

•

•

  all multiple voting shares held by the Bain Group Permitted Holders will convert automatically into subordinate voting shares at such time as
the Bain Group Permitted Holders that hold multiple voting shares no longer as a group beneficially own, directly or indirectly and in the
aggregate, at least 15% of the issued and outstanding subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares; and

  all multiple voting shares held by the Reiss Group Permitted Holders will convert automatically into subordinate voting shares at such time
that is the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the Reiss Group Permitted Holders that hold multiple voting shares no longer as a group
beneficially own, directly or indirectly and in the aggregate, at least 15% of the issued and outstanding subordinate voting shares and multiple
voting shares, and (ii) Dani Reiss is no longer serving as a director or in a senior management position at our Company.

For the purposes of the foregoing:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person;

“Bain Group Permitted Holders” means Brent (B.C.) Participation S.à r.l. and any of its Affiliates, and entities controlled, directly or indirectly, or managed
by Bain Capital or an Affiliate of Bain Capital;

“Members of the Immediate Family” means with respect to any individual, each parent (whether by birth or adoption), spouse, or child (including any step-
child) or other descendants (whether by birth or adoption) of such individual, each spouse of any of the aforementioned Persons, each trust created solely
for the benefit of such individual and/or one or more of the aforementioned Persons and each legal representative of such individual or of any
aforementioned Persons (including without limitation a tutor, curator, mandatory due to incapacity, custodian, guardian or testamentary executor), acting in
such capacity under the authority of the law, an order from a competent tribunal, a will or a mandate in case of incapacity or similar instrument. For the
purposes of this definition, a Person shall be considered the spouse of an individual if such Person is legally married to such individual, lives in a civil
union with such individual or is the common law partner (as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada) as amended from time to time) of such individual. A
Person who was the spouse of an individual within the meaning of this paragraph immediately before the death of such individual shall continue to be
considered a spouse of such individual after the death of such individual;

“Permitted Holders” means any of (i) the Bain Group Permitted Holders, and (ii) the Reiss Group Permitted Holders;

“Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture or limited liability company;

“Reiss Group Permitted Holders” means (i) Dani Reiss and any Members of the Immediate Family of Dani Reiss, and (ii) any Person controlled, directly or
indirectly by one or more of the Persons referred to in clause (i) above; and

-2-

 
 
 
 
 
A Person is “controlled” by another Person or other Persons if: (i) in the case of a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated:
(A) securities entitled to vote in the election of directors carrying in the aggregate at least a majority of the votes for the election of directors and
representing in the aggregate at least a majority of the participating (equity) securities are held, other than by way of security only, directly or indirectly, by
or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and (B) the votes carried in the aggregate by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect a
majority of the board of directors of such company or other body corporate; or (ii) in the case of a Person that is not a company or other body corporate, at
least a majority of the participating (equity) and voting interests of such Person are held, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other
Person or Persons; and “controls”, “controlling” and “under common control with” shall be interpreted accordingly.

Preferred Shares

Under our articles, the preferred shares may be issued in one or more series. Accordingly, our board of directors is authorized, without shareholder approval
but subject to the provisions of the BCBCA, to determine the maximum number of shares of each series, create an identifying name for each series and
attach such special rights or restrictions, including dividend, liquidation and voting rights, as our board of directors may determine, and such special rights
or restrictions, including dividend, liquidation and voting rights, may be superior to those of each of the subordinate voting shares and the multiple voting
shares. The issuance of preferred shares, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among
other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our Company and might adversely affect the market price of our
subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares and the voting and other rights of the holders of subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares.

The following is a summary of certain important provisions of our Articles and certain related sections of the BCBCA. Please note that this is only a
summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. This summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of our Articles and
the BCBCA.

Certain Important Provisions of our Articles and the BCBCA

Issuance of Additional Multiple Voting Shares

The rules of the TSX generally prohibit us from issuing additional multiple voting shares, however there may be certain circumstances where additional
multiple voting shares may be issued, including upon receiving shareholder approval. Notably, approval is not required in connection with a subdivision or
consolidation on a pro rata basis as between the subordinate voting shares and the multiple voting shares.

Subdivision or Consolidation

No subdivision or consolidation of the subordinate voting shares or the multiple voting shares may be carried out unless, at the same time, the multiple
voting shares or the subordinate voting shares, as the case may be, are subdivided or consolidated in the same manner and on the same basis.

Certain Amendments and Change of Control

In addition to any other voting right or power to which the holders of subordinate voting shares shall be entitled by law or regulation or other provisions of
our articles from time to time in effect, but subject to the provisions of our articles, holders of subordinate voting shares shall be entitled to vote separately
as a class, in addition to any other vote of our shareholders that may be required, in respect of any alteration, repeal or amendment of our articles which
would adversely affect the rights or special rights of the holders of subordinate voting shares or affect the holders of subordinate voting shares and multiple
voting shares differently, on a per share basis, including an amendment to our articles that provides that any multiple voting shares sold or transferred to a
Person that is not a Permitted Holder shall be automatically converted into subordinate voting shares.

Pursuant to our articles, holders of subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares will be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, in
certain change of control transactions that require approval of our shareholders

-3-

 
under the BCBCA, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of our subordinate
voting shares and multiple voting shares, each voting separately as a class.

Our articles do not otherwise contain any change of control limitations with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring that involves us.

Take-Over Bid Protection

Under applicable securities laws in Canada, an offer to purchase multiple voting shares would not necessarily require that an offer be made to purchase
subordinate voting shares. In accordance with the rules of the TSX designed to ensure that, in the event of a take-over bid, the holders of subordinate voting
shares will be entitled to participate on an equal footing with holders of multiple voting shares, the holders of multiple voting shares have entered into a
customary coattail agreement with us and a trustee (the “Coattail Agreement”). The Coattail Agreement contains provisions customary for dual-class, TSX-
listed corporations designed to prevent transactions that otherwise would deprive the holders of subordinate voting shares of rights under applicable
securities laws in Canada to which they would have been entitled if the multiple voting shares had been subordinate voting shares.

The undertakings in the Coattail Agreement do not apply to prevent a sale by the holders of multiple voting shares or their Permitted Holders of multiple
voting shares if concurrently an offer is made to purchase subordinate voting shares that:

(a)

offers a price per subordinate voting share at least as high as the highest price per share to be paid pursuant to the take-over bid for the
multiple voting shares;

(b)

provides that the percentage of outstanding subordinate voting shares to be taken up (exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the offer
by the offeror or persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror) is at least as high as the percentage of multiple voting shares to be sold
(exclusive of multiple voting shares owned immediately prior to the offer by the offeror and persons acting jointly or in concert with the
offeror);

(c)

has no condition attached other than the right not to take up and pay for subordinate voting shares tendered if no shares are purchased pursuant
to the offer for multiple voting shares; and

(d)

is in all other material respects identical to the offer for multiple voting shares.

In addition, the Coattail Agreement does not prevent the transfer of multiple voting shares to Permitted Holders, provided such transfer is not or would not
have been subject to the requirements to make a take-over bid (if the vendor or transferee were in Canada) or constitutes or would be exempt from certain
requirements applicable to take-over bids under applicable securities laws in Canada. The conversion of multiple voting shares into subordinate voting
shares, whether or not such subordinate voting shares are subsequently sold, would not constitute a disposition of multiple voting shares for the purposes of
the Coattail Agreement.

Under the Coattail Agreement, any sale of multiple voting shares by a holder of multiple voting shares party to the Coattail Agreement is conditional upon
the transferee becoming a party to the Coattail Agreement, to the extent such transferred multiple voting shares are not automatically converted into
subordinate voting shares in accordance with our articles.

The Coattail Agreement contains provisions for authorizing action by the trustee to enforce the rights under the Coattail Agreement on behalf of the holders
of the subordinate voting shares. The obligation of the trustee to take such action is conditional on us or holders of the subordinate voting shares providing
such funds and indemnity as the trustee may reasonably require. No holder of subordinate voting shares will have the right, other than through the

-4-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
trustee, to institute any action or proceeding or to exercise any other remedy to enforce any rights arising under the Coattail Agreement unless the trustee
fails to act on a request authorized by holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding subordinate voting shares and reasonable funds and indemnity have
been provided to the trustee.

Other than in respect of non-material amendments and waivers that do not adversely affect the interests of holders of subordinate voting shares, the Coattail
Agreement provides that, among other things, it may not be amended, and no provision thereof may be waived, unless, prior to giving effect to such
amendment or waiver, the following have been obtained: (a) the consent of the TSX and any other applicable securities regulatory authority in Canada; and
(b) the approval of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by holders of subordinate voting shares represented at a meeting duly called for the purpose of
considering such amendment or waiver, excluding votes attached to subordinate voting shares held by the holders of multiple voting shares or their
affiliates and related parties and any persons who have an agreement to purchase multiple voting shares on terms which would constitute a sale or
disposition for purposes of the Coattail Agreement, other than as permitted thereby.

No provision of the Coattail Agreement limits the rights of any holders of subordinate voting shares under applicable law.

-5-

Execution Version

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

    This FIFTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of April 8, 2021 is among CANADA GOOSE
HOLDINGS INC., a corporation existing under the laws of British Columbia (“Holdings”), CANADA GOOSE INC., a corporation existing
under the laws of Ontario (the “Borrower”), the subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on the signature pages hereto, the lenders listed on the
signature  pages  hereto  (the  “Lenders”)  and  CREDIT  SUISSE  AG,  CAYMAN  ISLANDS  BRANCH,  as  administrative  agent  (in  such
capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2016 (as amended pursuant to that
certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2017, as supplemented as set forth in that certain supplement to the
Credit  Agreement  posted  by  the  Administrative  Agent  to  the  Lenders  on  SyndTrak  on  February  28,  2019  with  respect  to  certain
modifications to the Borrower’s financial reporting convention, as amended pursuant to that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement,
dated as of May 10, 2019, as amended pursuant to that certain Refinancing Amendment and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated
as of October 7, 2020, and as otherwise amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time
prior to, but not including, the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”; the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, the “Amended
Credit Agreement”), among Holdings, the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral
Agent (capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meaning provided in the Amended Credit Agreement);

    WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Credit Agreement be amended as set forth herein so as to, among other things, (i) provide
for Refinancing Term Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars (the “2021 Refinancing Term Loans”) having terms as set forth in this Amendment
and the Amended Credit Agreement, which 2021 Refinancing Term Loans will be used to refinance (the “Existing Term Loan Refinancing”)
in  full  all  of  the  2020  Refinancing  Term  Loans  (including,  without  limitation,  the  2020  New  Term  Loans)  that  are  outstanding  under  the
Credit Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment (the “Existing Term Loans”) and (ii) make other amendments to
certain provisions of the Credit Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below;

        WHEREAS,  each  Lender  holding  an  Existing  Term  Loan  immediately  prior  to  the  effectiveness  of  this  Amendment  (“Existing  Term
Lenders”) that executes and delivers a consent and executed signature page to this Amendment in the form of the “Lender Consent and New
Commitment”  attached  to  the  Election  Notice  Memorandum  posted  on  LendAmend  on  March  3,  2021  (a  “Lender Consent”)  electing  the
“Consent and Cashless Settlement Option” or the “Consent and Assignment Settlement Option” (such consenting Lender, an “Exchanging
Term Lender”) will be deemed (i) to have agreed to the terms of this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement, (ii) to have agreed to
exchange (as further described in the Lender Consent) the aggregate amount of its Existing Term Loans (each, a “Exchanged Term Loan”) set
forth  in  that  certain  Cashless  Settlement  of  Existing  Term  Loans  letter,  dated  as  of  April  8,  2021,  between  the  Borrower  and  the
Administrative Agent (the “Cashless  Settlement  Letter”)  for  2021  Refinancing  Term  Loans  and  (iii)  upon  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective
Date to have exchanged its Exchanged Term Loan for a 2021 Refinancing Term Loan in an equal principal amount to such Exchanged Term
Loan, which will be effectuated either by exercising a cash-less exchange option or through a cash settlement option selected by such Lender
in its Lender Consent (subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 1(a) below);

US-DOCS\121253804.12

1

    
    WHEREAS, each Person that executes and delivers a signature page to this Amendment in the capacity of an “Additional Refinancing
Term Lender” (each, an “Additional Refinancing Term Lender” and together with the Exchanging Term Lenders, the “2021 Refinancing
Term Lenders”)  will  be  deemed  (i)  to  have  agreed  to  the  terms  of  this  Amendment  and  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement  and  (ii)  to  have
committed to make, and confirms that it is prepared to provide, the 2021 Refinancing Term Loans to the Borrower on the Fifth Amendment
Effective Date, in an amount equal to its commitment to provide such 2021 Refinancing Term Loans as set forth on Schedule A hereto (such
loans, the “Additional Refinancing Term Loans”; such commitments, the “Additional Refinancing Term Loan Commitments”, and together
with  the  Allocated  Amount  (as  defined  in  the  Cashless  Settlement  Letter)  in  respect  of  each  Exchanging  Term  Lender  electing  the  cash
settlement option, the “2021 Refinancing Term Loan Commitments”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

    WHEREAS, after giving effect to the making of the 2021 Refinancing Term Loans, the Existing Term Lenders and 2021 Refinancing Term
Lenders shall constitute 100% of Lenders.    

        WHEREAS,  the  aggregate  proceeds  of  the  Additional  Refinancing  Term  Loans  will  be  used  by  the  Borrower  to  repay  in  full  the
outstanding principal amount of the Existing Term Loans (other than the Exchanged Term Loans (as defined below));

        WHEREAS,  each  Credit  Party  party  hereto  expects  to  realize  substantial  direct  and  indirect  benefits  as  a  result  of  this  Amendment
becoming effective and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and agrees to reaffirm its obligations under the Amended
Credit Agreement, the Security Documents, and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

        Section 1. Exchange of Existing Term Loans; Agreement to Make 2021 Refinancing Term Loans. Subject only to the satisfaction
or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date:

(a)

As  of  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date,  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  herein,  each  Exchanging  Term
Lender agrees that an aggregate principal amount of its Exchanged Term Loans will be exchanged for 2021 Refinancing Term Loans either
through a cashless rollover or a cash settlement by assignment, as selected in the Lender Consent delivered by such Exchanging Term Lender
(and as such amount may be reduced by the Administrative Agent).

(b)

As of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (1) each Exchanging Term
Lender agrees that the aggregate principal amount of its Existing Term Loans not being exchanged either through a cashless rollover or a
cash settlement by assignment, as selected in such Exchanging Term Lender’s Lender Consent (and as such amount not being exchanged may
be increased by the Administrative Agent), equal to the amount notified to such Exchanging Term Lender by the Administrative Agent and
all  unpaid  and  accrued  interest  thereon  up  to  but  not  including  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date,  will  be  repaid  in  full  and  (2)  the
Borrower agrees that the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Term Loans, including all unpaid and accrued interest thereon up to but
not including the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, of each Lender holding Existing Term Loans that are not exchanged pursuant to Section
1(a)(i), will be repaid in full.

US-DOCS\121253804.12

2

    
(c)

Each Additional Refinancing Term Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date
one or more Additional Refinancing Term Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars in an aggregate amount equal to such Additional Refinancing
Term Lender’s Additional Refinancing Term Loan Commitment, which Additional Refinancing Term Loans shall in the aggregate, together
with the Exchanged Term Loans, be deemed to be incurred pursuant to a single borrowing and Class of 2021 Refinancing Term Loans.

(d)

On  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date,  the  Borrower  shall  apply  the  aggregate  proceeds  of  the  Additional  Refinancing
Term Loans to prepay in full the principal amount of all Existing Term Loans (other than the Exchanged Term Loans). The commitments of
the 2021 Refinancing Term Lenders are several and not joint and no such 2021 Refinancing Term Lender will be responsible for any other
2021 Refinancing Term Lender’s failure to make or acquire the 2021 Refinancing Term Loans, by exchange, cash settlement, cashless roll or
otherwise.

(e)

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the 2021 Refinancing Term Loans,
this  Agreement  shall  constitute  a  “Refinancing  Amendment”  under  the  Credit  Documents.  The  Borrower’s  execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement to the Administrative Agent shall constitute notice to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower requesting the 2021 Refinancing
Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(h) of the Credit Agreement, and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall satisfy such notice requirement set
forth in Section 2.14(h) of the Credit Agreement and any related notice requirement under Section 6 hereof in connection with the Existing
Term Loan Refinancing.

        Section 2. Amendments to the Credit Agreement. Subject only to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3
hereof, immediately upon giving effect to the Refinancing set forth in Section 1 above on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date:

(a)

The  Credit  Agreement  shall  hereby  be  amended  to  delete  the  stricken  text  (indicated  textually  in  the  same  manner  as  the
following example: stricken text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:
double-underlined text) as set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(b)

Amendment.

Schedule  1.1(a)  to  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby  restated  in  its  entirety  in  the  form  of  Schedule 1.1(a)  attached  to  this

    Section 3. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “Fifth Amendment Effective Date”)

so long as each of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied, or waived by all of the 2021 Refinancing Term Lenders:

(a)

Amendment. The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  this  Amendment  executed  and  delivered  by  a  duly  authorized

officer of the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the 2021 Refinancing Term Lenders.

(b)

Closing Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i)

a certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary (or equivalent officer) on behalf of each Credit Party dated
as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of each Organizational
Document of such Credit

US-DOCS\121253804.12

3

Party  and,  with  respect  to  the  articles  or  certificate  of  incorporation  or  organization  (or  similar  document)  certified  (to  the  extent
applicable) as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization (or, if applicable, a certification that no change
has been made to the applicable Organizational Documents since the Closing Date), (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete
copy  of  resolutions  duly  adopted  by  the  applicable  governing  body  of  such  Credit  Party  authorizing  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance of the Credit Documents to which such person is a party and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or
amended and are in full force and effect as of the date of such certificate, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of
each Authorized Officer executing any Credit Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such
Credit Party (together with a certificate of another officer or authorized person as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the
officer or authorized person executing the certificate in this clause (i));

(ii)

a certificate as to the good standing of each Credit Party (other than the UK Subsidiaries) as of a recent date,

from such Secretary of State (or other applicable Governmental Authority) of its jurisdiction of organization; and

(iii)

a  certificate  dated  as  of  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date  and  signed  by  an  Authorized  Officer  of  the

Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3(c) and 3(d) of this Amendment.

(c)

Representations  and  Warranties.  As  of  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date  (immediately  after  giving  effect  to  this
Amendment), the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof are true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent
such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct in all material respects on
and as of such earlier date; provided, that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties
that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof.

(d)

No  Defaults  or  Events  of  Default.  No  Default  or  Event  of  Default  exists  or  would  result  from  the  making  of  the  2021

Refinancing Term Loans and the application of the proceeds therefrom (if any).

(e)

Opinions.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  executed  legal  opinions  from  (i)  Ropes  &  Gray  LLP  and  (ii)

Stikeman Elliott LLP, each as counsel to the Credit Parties, dated as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

(f)

Fees and Expenses. The Borrower shall have paid all costs and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred
by the Agents in connection with this Amendment to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Fifth Amendment Effective
Date (except as otherwise agreed by the Borrower) and to the extent required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to that certain Engagement
Letter, dated as of March 2, 2021, by and among the Borrower, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC and the other Joint Lead Arrangers party
thereto.

(g)

Patriot Act, Know Your Customer Regulation. The Administrative Agent shall have received (at least two (2) Business Days
prior  to  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date)  all  documentation  and  other  information  about  each  Credit  Party  as  has  been  reasonably
requested in writing at least ten (10)

US-DOCS\121253804.12

4

Business  Days  prior  to  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  2021  Refinancing  Term  Lenders  that  is
required  by  regulatory  authorities  under  applicable  “know  your  customer”  and  anti-money  laundering  rules  and  regulations,  including
without  limitation  the  Patriot  Act,  and  the  requirements  of  31  C.F.R.  §  1010.230  (“Beneficial  Ownership  Regulation”),  including  without
limitation, any certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

(h)

Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a Notice of Borrowing with respect to the
2021 Refinancing Term Loans to be made on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date meeting the requirements set forth in Section 2.3 of the
Amended Credit Agreement.

(i)

Reaffirmations.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  (i)  an  English  law  deed  of  confirmation,  executed  and
delivered by each Credit Party that is a party to any English law governed Security Document and (ii) a reaffirmation agreement, executed
and delivered by each Credit Party that is party to any Canadian-law governed Security Document.

(j)

Solvency Certificate.  On  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  a  certificate
from the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower (or other officer of the Borrower with similar responsibilities) to the effect that after giving
effect to the making of the 2021 Refinancing Term Loans and transactions contemplated herein, the Borrower, together with the Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, is Solvent.

(k)

Accrued Interest. The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower, for and on behalf of each Lender holding
Existing Term Loans, payment in cash of all accrued and unpaid interest on or prior to the Fifth Amendment Effective Date with respect to
the Existing Term Loans of such Lender.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties. To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, each of the
Borrower and Holdings represent and warrant to each of the 2021 Refinancing Term Lenders and the Administrative Agent that, as of the
Fifth Amendment Effective Date and immediately after giving effect to the amendments to occur on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, as
follows:

(a)

This Amendment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or other entity action of the
Borrower, Holdings and the other Credit Parties, has been executed and delivered by each of the Borrower, Holdings and the other Credit
Parties  and  constitutes  (and,  to  the  extent  such  Person  is  a  party  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  the  Credit  Agreement  as  amended  hereby  will
constitute)  its  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation,  enforceable  against  each  of  the  Borrower,  Holdings  and  the  other  Credit  Parties  in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights
generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b)

The representations and warranties of each Credit Party set forth in the Credit Documents are, immediately after giving effect
to this Amendment on such date, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date with the same
effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in
which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such

US-DOCS\121253804.12

5

earlier date); provided, that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already
are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof.

(c)

Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, no event shall have occurred and be continuing that would constitute a

Default or an Event of Default.

Section 5. Reference to and Effect on Credit Documents.

(a)

Each 2021 Refinancing Term Lender acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement and the making of
the 2021 Refinancing Term Loans, as the case may be, that such 2021 Refinancing Term Lender shall become a “Lender” and “Term Loan
Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by
the  terms  thereof,  and  shall  perform  all  the  obligations  of  and  shall  have  all  rights  of  a  Lender  thereunder  and  under  the  applicable
intercreditor agreements, as applicable, pursuant to Section 12.13 of the Amended Credit Agreement.

(b)

Except as specifically amended herein, all Credit Documents shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all

respects ratified and confirmed.

(c)

The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of
any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any of the Credit Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of
the Credit Documents or in any way limit, impair or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the
Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents.

(d)

The Borrower and the other parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, on and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date,

this Amendment shall constitute a Credit Document for all purposes of the Amended Credit Agreement.

(e)

On and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Amended Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”,
“hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Credit Documents
to “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to
the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement shall be read together and construed as a
single instrument.

(f)

Nothing  herein  shall  be  deemed  to  entitle  Holdings,  the  Borrower  or  any  other  Credit  Party  to  a  further  consent  to,  or  a
further waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in
the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances.

(g)

On and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, (i) the 2021 Refinancing Term Loan Commitments shall constitute “Term
Loan  Commitments”,  “Refinancing  Term  Loan  Commitments”  and  “Commitments”,  in  each  case,  under  and  as  defined  in  the  Amended
Credit Agreement, (ii) the 2021 Refinancing Term Loans shall constitute “Term Loans”, “Refinancing Term Loans” and “Loans”, in each
case, under and as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement and (iii) the 2021 Refinancing Term

US-DOCS\121253804.12

6

        
Lenders shall each constitute an “Term Loan Lender”, “Refinancing Term Lender” and a “Lender”, in each case, under and as defined in the
Amended Credit Agreement.

Section 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed
shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature to this
Amendment  may  be  delivered  by  facsimile,  electronic  mail  (including  pdf)  or  any  electronic  signature  complying  with  the  U.S.  federal
ESIGN Act of 2000 or the New York Electronic Signature and Records Act or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered
shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  duly  and  validly  delivered  and  be  valid  and  effective  for  all  purposes  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of this agreement. Each of the
parties hereto represents and warrants to the other parties that it has the corporate capacity and authority to execute this Amendment through
electronic means.

Section  7.  Governing  Law.  THIS  AMENDMENT  AND  THE  RIGHTS  AND  OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE  PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 8. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment

and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.

Section 9. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to
such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof,
and  any  such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  in  any  jurisdiction  shall  not  invalidate  or  render  unenforceable  such  provision  in  any  other
jurisdiction.

Section 10. Reaffirmation. Each of the Credit Parties party to the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the other Credit
Documents,  in  each  case  as  amended,  restated,  amended  and  restated,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  from  time  to  time,  hereby  (i)
reaffirms each Lien granted by such Credit Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and reaffirms the guaranties
made pursuant to the Guarantees, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Credit Parties
contained in the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the other applicable Credit Documents are, and shall remain, in full force and effect
after giving effect to this Amendment, (iii) the security created by the Security Documents governed by English law or to which the English
Guarantors are party shall continue to secure its Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Documents) under the Credit Documents
after giving effect to this Agreement, (iv) that the obligations of the English Guarantors under the Guarantees, the Security Documents and
the  other  Credit  Documents  would  continue  notwithstanding  the  proposed  amendments  which  are  expressly  contemplated  by  the  Credit
Agreement (and fall within the original contemplation and purview of the parties thereto and the other applicable Credit Documents) and (v)
acknowledges and agrees that the security created by the Security Documents governed by Canadian law or to which any Canadian Credit
Party is a party shall continue to secure its Obligations (as defined in such Security Documents) under the Credit Documents after giving
effect to this Agreement and the proposed amendments which are expressly contemplated herein and by the Credit Agreement and the other
applicable Credit Documents fall within the original purview of the Obligations (as defined in such Security Documents and stated therein as
being secured thereby). This Amendment shall not constitute a modification of the Credit Agreement, except as specified under Section 2
hereto, or a course of dealing with any Agent or any Lender at variance with the

US-DOCS\121253804.12

7

Amended Credit Agreement such as to require further notice by any Agent or any Lender to require strict compliance with the terms of the
Amended Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents in the future, except as expressly set forth herein. The Agents and the Lenders
reserve  all  rights,  privileges  and  remedies  under  the  Credit  Documents.  Nothing  in  this  Amendment  is  intended,  or  shall  be  construed,  to
constitute  a  novation  or  an  accord  and  satisfaction  of  any  of  the  Obligations  or  to  modify,  affect  or  impair  the  perfection,  priority  or
continuation of the security interests in, security titles to or other Liens on any Collateral for the Obligations or otherwise constitute or be
considered as a new or re-granting of security with respect to the English Guarantors.

Section  11.  Entire  Agreement.  The  terms  and  provisions  hereof,  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement  and  the  other  Credit
Documents  constitute  the  entire  understanding  and  agreement  between  the  parties  hereto  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  and
supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous amendments or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether express or
implied, oral or written.

Section 12. Recordation of 2021 Refinancing Term Loans.  Upon  execution  and  delivery  hereof,  and  the  funding  of  the
2021 Refinancing Term Loans, the Administrative Agent will record in the Register the 2021 Refinancing Term Loans made by the 2021
Refinancing Term Lenders as “Term Loans”.

[Signature Pages Follow]

US-DOCS\121253804.12

8

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this  Amendment  to  be  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  their

respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC.

By:    /s/ Jonathan Stuart Sinclair        
    Name: Jonathan Stuart Sinclair
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

By:    /s/ David Forrest            
    Name: David Forrest

Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel

CANADA GOOSE INC.

By:    /s/ Jonathan Stuart Sinclair        
    Name: Jonathan Stuart Sinclair
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

By:    /s/ David Forrest            
    Name: David Forrest

Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel     

US-DOCS\121253804.12

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment]

CANADA GOOSE US, INC.

By:    /s/ Jonathan Stuart Sinclair        
    Name: Jonathan Stuart Sinclair
    Title: Authorized Signatory

CANADA GOOSE INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LIMITED

By:    /s/ Jean-Marc Huët            
    Name: Jean-Marc Huët
    Title: Director

CANADA GOOSE SERVICES LIMITED

By:    /s/ Jean-Marc Huët                Name: Jean-Marc Huët
    Title: Director

CANADA GOOSE UK RETAIL LIMITED

By:    /s/ Jean-Marc Huët                Name: Jean-Marc Huët
    Title: Director

US-DOCS\121253804.12

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment]

BAFFIN LIMITED

By:    /s/ Jonathan Stuart Sinclair        
    Name: Jonathan Stuart Sinclair
    Title: Director and President

BAFFIN US, INC.

By:     /s/ Jonathan Stuart Sinclair        
    Name: Jonathan Stuart Sinclair
    Title: Director, President and Treasurer

US-DOCS\121253804.12

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment]

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and a 2021 Refinancing Term Lender

By: /s/ Judith E. Smith            
Name: Judith E. Smith
Title: Authorized Signatory

By: /s/ Brady Bingham            
Name: Brady Bingham
Title: Authorized Signatory

US-DOCS\121253804.12

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment]

On file with the Administrative Agent.

SCHEDULE A

US-DOCS\121253804.12

Schedule A

On file with the Administrative Agent.

SCHEDULE 1.1(a)

US-DOCS\121253804.12

Schedule 1.1(a)

Exhibit A

(Attached)

Exhibit A

US-DOCS\121253804.12

CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC. 

OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

March 13, 2017

Article 1 INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1

Section 1.2

Definitions

Interpretation

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article 2 PURPOSE AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN; GRANTING OF AWARDS

Section 2.1

Section 2.2

Section 2.3

Section 2.4

Section 2.5

Section 2.6

Purpose of the Plan

Implementation and Administration of the Plan

Participation in this Plan

Shares Subject to the Plan

Limits with Respect to Insiders and Individual Limits

Granting of Awards

Article 3 UNVESTED SHARES

Section 3.1

Section 3.2

Section 3.3

Section 3.4

Nature of Unvested Shares

Unvested Share Awards

Payment to Participant

Unvested Share Agreements

Article 4 OPTIONS

Section 4.1

Section 4.2

Section 4.3

Section 4.4

Section 4.5

Section 4.6

Section 4.7

Nature of Options

Option Awards

Option Price

Option Term

Exercise of Options

Method of Exercise and Payment of Purchase Price

Option Agreements

Article 5 RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

Section 5.1

Section 5.2

Section 5.3

Section 5.4

Section 5.5

Section 5.6

Section 5.7

Section 5.8

Nature of RSUs.

RSU Awards

Restriction Period

RSU Vesting Determination Date

Settlement of RSUs.

Determination of Amounts

RSU Agreements

Award of Dividend Equivalents

Article 6 SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

Section 6.1

Section 6.2

Section 6.3

Section 6.4

Section 6.5

Section 6.6

Nature of SARs.

SAR Awards

SAR Price

SAR Term

Exercise of SARs.

Method of Exercise

- 1 -

1

1

4

5

5

5

6

6

7

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

Section 6.7

SAR Agreements

Article 7 GENERAL CONDITIONS

Section 7.1

Section 7.2

Section 7.3

Section 7.4

General Conditions Applicable to Awards

General Conditions Applicable to Options and SARs.

General Conditions Applicable to RSUs.

General Conditions Applicable to Unvested Shares

Article 8 COMPLIANCE WITH U.S. TAX LAWS

Section 8.1

Section 8.2

Section 8.3

Section 8.4

Compliance with Section 162(m) and Other Limits

Performance Based Exception Under Section 162(m)

Incentive Stock Options

Section 409A

Article 9 ADJUSTMENTS AND AMENDMENTS

Section 9.1

Section 9.2

Section 9.3

Adjustment to Shares Subject to Outstanding Awards

Change of Control

Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan

Article 10 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1

Section 10.2

Section 10.3

Section 10.4

Section 10.5

Section 10.6

Section 10.7

Section 10.8

Section 10.9

Use of an Administrative Agent and Trustee

Tax Withholding

Clawback

Securities Law Compliance

Reorganization of the Corporation

Quotation of Shares

No Fractional Shares

Governing Laws

Severability

Section 10.10

Effective Date of the Plan

- 2 -

14

14

14

15

15

16

16

17

17

18

18

19

19

19

20

21

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

23

23

23

Canada Goose Holdings Inc. (the “Corporation”) hereby establishes an omnibus incentive plan for certain qualified directors, executive officers,

employees or consultants of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC. 
OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1 
INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1    Definitions.

Where used herein or in any amendments hereto or in any communication required or permitted to be given hereunder, the following terms shall have

the following meanings, respectively, unless the context otherwise requires:

“Account” means an account maintained for each Participant on the books of the Corporation which will be credited with Awards in accordance with
the terms of this Plan;

“Affiliates” has the meaning ascribed thereto in National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions;

“Associate”, where used to indicate a relationship with a Participant, means (i) any domestic partner of that Participant and (ii) the spouse of that
Participant and that Participant’s children, as well as that Participant’s relatives and that Participant’s spouse’s relatives, if they share that Participant’s
residence;

“Award” means any of an Option, a SAR, an Unvested Share or an RSU granted to a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

“Black-Out Period” means a period of time when pursuant to any policies of the Corporation (including the Corporation’s insider trading policy),
any securities of the Corporation may not be traded by certain Persons designated by the Corporation;

“Board” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(1) hereof;

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday, when banks are generally open for business in Toronto, Ontario and
New York, New York, for the transaction of banking business;

“Cash Equivalent” means the amount of money equal to the Market Value multiplied by the number of vested RSUs in the Participant’s Account, net
of any applicable taxes in accordance with Section 10.2, on the RSU Settlement Date;

“Cause” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.2(1) hereof;

“Change of Control” means, unless the Board determines otherwise, the happening, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of
any of the following events:

(i)

(ii)

any transaction (other than a transaction described in clause (ii) below) pursuant to which any Person or group of Persons acting jointly or in
concert acquires the direct or indirect beneficial ownership of securities of the Corporation representing 50% or more of the aggregate voting
power of all of the Corporation’s then issued and outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation, other than
any such acquisition that occurs (A) upon the exercise or settlement of options or other securities granted by the Corporation under any of the
Corporation’s equity incentive plans; or (B) as a result of the conversion of the Multiple Voting Shares in the capital of the Corporation into
Shares;

there is consummated an arrangement, amalgamation, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the
Corporation and, immediately after the consummation of such arrangement, amalgamation, merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the
shareholders of the Corporation immediately prior thereto do not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities
representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity in such amalgamation,

- 1 -

merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving or
resulting entity in such arrangement, amalgamation merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same
proportions as their beneficial ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

the sale, lease, exchange, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to a Person other than a Person that
was an Affiliate of the Corporation at the time of such sale, lease, exchange, license or other disposition, other than a sale, lease, exchange,
license or other disposition to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are beneficially owned
by shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their beneficial ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the
Corporation immediately prior to such sale, lease, exchange, license or other disposition;

the passing of a resolution by the Board or shareholders of the Corporation to substantially liquidate the assets of the Corporation or wind up the
Corporation’s business or significantly rearrange its affairs in one or more transactions or series of transactions or the commencement of
proceedings for such a liquidation, winding-up or re-arrangement (except where such re-arrangement is part of a bona fide reorganization of the
Corporation in circumstances where the business of the Corporation is continued and the shareholdings remain substantially the same following
the re-arrangement); or

individuals who, on the Effective Date, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was
approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes
of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board;

provided, however, that any payment considered to be nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, to the extent applicable, that is
payable upon a Change of Control of the Corporation or other similar event, to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty under
Section 409A, no amount will be payable unless such Change of Control constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section
1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations;

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Corporation” means Canada Goose Holdings Inc., a corporation existing under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as amended from
time to time;

“Delay Period” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.4(3) hereof;

“Dividend Equivalent” means a cash credit equivalent in value to a dividend paid on a Share credited to a Participant’s Account;

“Eligibility Date” the effective date on which a Participant becomes eligible to receive long-term disability benefits (provided that, for greater
certainty, such effective date shall be confirmed in writing to the Corporation by the insurance company providing such long-term disability benefits);

“Eligible Participants” means any director, executive officer, employee or consultant of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

“Employment Agreement” means, with respect to any Participant, any written employment agreement between the Corporation or a Subsidiary and
such Participant;

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

“Exercise Notice” means a notice in writing signed by a Participant and stating the Participant’s intention to exercise a particular Award, if
applicable;

- 2 -

“Grant Agreement” means an agreement evidencing the grant to a Participant of an Award, including an Unvested Share Agreement, an Option
Agreement, a SAR Agreement, an RSU Agreement or an Employment Agreement;

“Incentive Stock Option” means, in the case of a Participant who is a U.S. Resident, any Option granted under and in accordance with the terms of
Section 8.3 hereof, that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto and is designated by the Board in the
applicable Grant Agreement as an Incentive Stock Option;

“Insider” means a “reporting insider” as defined in National Instrument 55-104 – Insider Reporting Requirements and Exemptions and includes
Associates and affiliates (as such term is defined in Part 1 of the TSX Company Manual) of such “reporting insider”;

“Legacy Option Plan” means the Canada Goose Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan dated March 13, 2017, including any
amendments or supplements thereto made after the effective date thereof;

“Market Value” means at any date when the Market Value of Shares is to be determined, (i) if the Shares are listed on the TSX, the VWAP on the
TSX for the five (5) trading days immediately preceding such date; (ii) if the Shares are not listed on the TSX, then as calculated in paragraph (i) by
reference to the price on any other stock exchange on which the Shares are listed (if more than one, then using the exchange on which a majority of
Shares are listed); or (iii) if the Shares are not listed on any stock exchange, the value as is determined solely by the Board, acting reasonably and in
good faith and, in the case of a Participant who is a U.S. Resident, in accordance with Section 409A, and such determination shall be conclusive and
binding on all Persons;

“Multiple Voting Shares” means the multiple voting shares in the capital of the Corporation;

“Nonstatutory Stock Option” means, in the case of a Participant who is a U.S. Resident, any Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange;

“Option” means an option granted by the Corporation to a Participant entitling such Participant to acquire a designated number of Shares from
treasury at the Option Price, but subject to the provisions hereof;

“Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Corporation and a Participant evidencing the grant of Options and the terms and
conditions thereof, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A;

“Option Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2 hereof;

“Option Term” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.4 hereof;

“Participants” means Eligible Participants that are granted Awards under the Plan;

“Performance Based Exception” means, in the case of a Participant who is a U.S. Resident, the performance-based exception from the tax
deductibility limitations of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code (including, to the extent applicable, the special provision for options thereunder);

“Performance Criteria” means specified criteria, other than the mere continuation of employment or the mere passage of time, the satisfaction of
which is a condition for the grant, exercisability, vesting or full enjoyment of an Award. A Performance Criterion and any targets with respect thereto
need not be based upon an increase, a positive or improved result or avoidance of loss. For purposes of Awards that are intended to qualify for the
performance-based compensation exception under Section 162 (m), a Performance Criterion will mean an objectively determinable measure or
objectively determinable measures of performance relating to any or any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to
an index or indices and determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, subsidiary, line of business, project or
geographical basis or in combinations thereof): sales; net sales; sales by location or store type; revenues; assets; expenses; earnings before or after
deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization, whether or not on a continuing operations or an aggregate or per
share basis; return on equity, investment, capital, capital employed or assets; one or more operating

- 3 -

ratios; borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; market share; capital expenditures; cash flow; operating efficiencies; operating income; net
income; share price; shareholder return; sales of particular products or services; customer acquisition or retention; buyer contribution; acquisitions
and divestitures (in whole or in part); joint ventures and strategic alliances; spin-offs, split-ups and the like; reorganizations; or recapitalizations,
restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) or refinancings. To the extent consistent with the requirements for satisfying the performance-
based compensation exception under Section 162(m), the Board may provide in the case of any Award intended to qualify for such exception that one
or more of the Performance Criteria applicable to such Award will be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example,
but without limitation, acquisitions or dispositions) occurring during the performance period that affect the applicable Performance Criterion or
Criteria;

“Performance Period” means the period determined by the Board at the time any Award is granted or at any time thereafter during which any
Performance Criteria and any other vesting conditions specified by the Board with respect to such Award are to be measured;

“Person” means an individual, corporation, company, cooperative, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, entity with juridical personality or
governmental authority or body, and pronouns which refer to a Person shall have a similarly extended meaning;

“Plan” means this Canada Goose Holdings Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan, including any amendments or supplements hereto made after the effective
date hereof;

“Restriction Period” means the period determined by the Board pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof;

“RSU” means a right awarded to a Participant to receive a payment in the form of Shares, cash equivalent or a combination thereof as provided in
Article 5 hereof and subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan;

“RSU Agreement” means a written agreement between the Corporation and a Participant evidencing the grant of RSUs and the terms and conditions
thereof;

“RSU Settlement Date” has the meaning determined in Section 5.5(1);

“RSU Vesting Determination Date” has the meaning described thereto in Section 5.4 hereof;

“SAR” means a right to receive a payment, in cash or in Shares, equal to the appreciation in the Corporation’s Shares over a specified period, as set
forth in the respective SAR Agreement;

“SAR Agreement” means a written agreement between the Corporation and a Participant evidencing the grant of SARs and the terms and conditions
thereof;

“SAR Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.2 hereof;

“SAR Term” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.4 hereof;

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; “Section 162(m)” means Section 162(m) of
the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder;

“Shares” means the subordinate voting shares in the share capital of the Corporation;

“Share Compensation Arrangement” means a stock option, stock option plan, employee stock purchase plan, long-term incentive plan or any other
compensation or incentive mechanism involving the issuance or potential issuance of Shares to one or more full-time employees, directors, officers,
Insiders, or consultants of the Corporation or a Subsidiary including a share purchase from treasury by a full-time employee, director, officer, Insider,
or consultant which is financially assisted by the Corporation or a Subsidiary by way of a loan, guarantee or otherwise;

“Stock Exchange” means the TSX or the NYSE or, if the Shares are not listed or posted for trading on any of such stock exchanges at a particular
date, any other stock exchange on which the maj ority of the trading volume and value of the Shares are listed or posted for trading;

“Subsidiary” means a corporation, company or partnership that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation;

- 4 -

“Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and its regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time;

“Termination Date” means (i) in the event of a Participant’s resignation, the date on which such Participant ceases to be a director, executive officer,
employee or consultant of the Corporation or one of its Subsidiaries and (ii) in the event of the termination of the Participant’s employment, or
position as director, executive or officer of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, or consultant providing ongoing services to the Corporation and its
Subsidiaries, the effective date of the termination as specified in the notice of termination provided to the Participant by the Corporation or the
Subsidiary, as the case may be;

“Treasury Regulations” means the tax regulations promulgated by the United States Internal Revenue Service under the Code; “TSX” means the
Toronto Stock Exchange;

“U.S. Resident” means any individual who is treated as a resident of the United States for United States federal tax purposes;

“Unvested Share” means a Share granted to a Participant with such restrictions and vesting conditions upon such Shares as may be determined by the
Board at the time of the grant and granted in accordance with Article 3 hereof;

“Unvested Share Agreement” means a written agreement between the Corporation or a Subsidiary and a Participant evidencing the grant of
Unvested Shares and the terms and conditions thereof;

“Vested Awards” has the meaning described thereto in Section 7.2(5) hereof; and

“VWAP” means the volume weighted average trading price of the Shares, calculated by dividing the total value by the total volume of Shares traded
for the relevant period.

Section 1.2    Interpretation.

(1) Whenever the Board is to exercise discretion or authority in the administration of the terms and conditions of this Plan, the term “discretion” or

“authority” means the sole and absolute discretion of the Board.

(2) The provision of a table of contents, the division of this Plan into Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for

convenient reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Plan.

(3) In this Plan, words importing the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa and words importing any gender include any other gender.

(4) The words “including”, “includes” and “include” and any derivatives of such words mean “including (or includes or include) without limitation”. As

used herein, the expressions “Article”, “Section” and other subdivision followed by a number, mean and refer to the specified Article, Section or other
subdivision of this Plan, respectively.

(5) Unless otherwise specified in the Participant’s Grant Agreement, all references to money amounts are to Canadian currency.

(6) For purposes of this Plan, the legal representatives of a Participant shall only include the administrator, the executor or the liquidator of the

Participant’s estate or will.

(7) If any action may be taken within, or any right or obligation is to expire at the end of, a period of days under this Plan, then the first day of the period is

not counted, but the day of its expiry is counted.

ARTICLE 2 
PURPOSE AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN; GRANTING OF AWARDS

Section 2.1    Purpose of the Plan.

The purpose of the Plan is to permit the Corporation to grant Awards to Eligible Participants, subject to certain conditions as hereinafter set forth, for

the following purposes:

- 5 -

(a)

(b)

to increase the interest in the Corporation’s welfare of those Eligible Participants, who share responsibility for the management, growth and
protection of the business of the Corporation or a Subsidiary;

to provide an incentive to such Eligible Participants to continue their services for the Corporation or a Subsidiary and to encourage such Eligible
Participants whose skills, performance and loyalty to the objectives and interests of the Corporation or a Subsidiary are necessary or essential to
its success, image, reputation or activities;

(c)

to reward Participants for their performance of services while working for the Corporation or a Subsidiary; and

(d)

to provide a means through which the Corporation or a Subsidiary may attract and retain able Persons to enter its employment or service.

Section 2.2    Implementation and Administration of the Plan.

(1)

(2)

The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) or, if the Board by resolution so decides,
by a committee or plan administrator appointed by the Board. If such committee or plan administrator is appointed for this purpose, all references to
the “Board” herein will be deemed references to such committee or plan administrator. Nothing contained herein shall prevent the Board from
adopting other or additional Share Compensation Arrangements or other compensation arrangements, subject to any required approval.

Subject to Article 9 hereof and any applicable rules of a Stock Exchange, the Board may, from time to time, as it may deem expedient, adopt, amend
and rescind rules and regulations or vary the terms of this Plan and/or any Award hereunder for carrying out the provisions and purposes of the Plan
and/or to address tax or other requirements of any applicable non-Canadian jurisdiction.

(3) Subject to the provisions herein, the Board is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make such determinations under, and such interpretations of, and

take such steps and actions in connection with, the proper administration and operations of the Plan as it may deem necessary or advisable. The Board
may delegate to officers or managers of the Corporation, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Board shall determine, to
perform such functions, in whole or in part, to the extent that such delegation will not result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for
Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Corporation and will not cause Awards intended to qualify
as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) to fail to so qualify. Any such delegation by the Board may be revoked at any
time at the Board’s sole discretion. The interpretation, administration, construction and application of the Plan and any provisions hereof made by the
Board, or by any officer, manager, committee or any other Person to which the Board delegated authority to perform such functions, shall be final and
binding on the Corporation, its Subsidiaries and all Eligible Participants.

(4) No member of the Board or any Person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Board hereunder shall be liable for any action or determination
taken or made in good faith in the administration, interpretation, construction or application of the Plan or any Award granted hereunder. Members of
the Board or and any person acting at the direction or on behalf of the Board, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected
by the Corporation with respect to any such action or determination.

(5) The Plan shall not in any way fetter, limit, obligate, restrict or constraint the Board with regard to the allotment or issuance of any Shares or any other
securities, including Multiple Voting Shares, in the capital of the Corporation. For greater clarity, the Corporation shall not by virtue of this Plan be in
any way restricted from declaring and paying stock dividends, repurchasing Shares or Multiple Voting Shares, or varying or amending its share capital
or corporate structure.

- 6 -

Section 2.3    Participation in this Plan.

(1) The Corporation makes no representation or warranty as to the future market value of the Shares or with respect to any income tax matters affecting
any Participant resulting from the grant of an Award or the exercise of an Option or a SAR or transactions in the Shares. With respect to any
fluctuations in the market price of the Shares, neither the Corporation, nor any of its directors, officers, employees, shareholders or agents shall be
liable for anything done or omitted to be done by such Person or any other Person with respect to the price, time, quantity or other conditions and
circumstances of the issuance of Shares hereunder, or in any other manner related to the Plan. For greater certainty, no amount will be paid to, or in
respect of, a Participant under the Plan or pursuant to any other arrangement, and no additional Awards will be granted to such Participant to
compensate for a downward fluctuation in the price of the Shares, nor will any other form of benefit be conferred upon, or in respect of, a Participant
for such purpose. The Corporation and its Subsidiaries do not assume responsibility for the income or other tax consequences resulting to any
Participant and each Participant is advised to consult with his or her own tax advisors.

(2) Participants (and their legal representatives) shall have no legal or equitable right, claim, or interest in any specific property or asset of the

Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries. No asset of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries shall be held in any way as collateral security for the
fulfillment of the obligations of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries under this Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, this Plan shall
be unfunded. To the extent any Participant or his or her estate holds any rights by virtue of a grant of Awards under this Plan, such rights (unless
otherwise determined by the Board) shall be no greater than the rights of an unsecured creditor of the Corporation.

(3) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Corporation shall not offer financial assistance to any Participant in regards to the exercise of any

Award granted under this Plan.

Section 2.4    Shares Subject to the Plan.

(1) Subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 9 hereof, the securities that may be acquired by Participants under this Plan shall consist of authorized but

unissued Shares.

(2) The maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance, in the aggregate, under this Plan shall be equal to 4,600,340 Shares, plus any Shares

underlying Options granted under the Legacy Option Plan that, after the effective date of the Plan, expire or are forfeited. No Award that can be
settled in Shares issued from treasury may be granted if such grant would have the effect of causing the total number of Shares subject to such Award
to exceed the above-noted total numbers of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the settlement of Awards. For greater certainty, Section 2.4 shall
not limit the Corporation’s ability to issue Awards that are payable other than in Shares issued from treasury.

(3) The Corporation shall, at all times during the term of this Plan, ensure that the number of Shares it is authorized to issue is sufficient to satisfy the

requirement of this Plan and the Legacy Option Plan; provided that awards will no longer be granted under the Legacy Option Plan.

(4)

(5)

If the Corporation issues Shares from treasury, such Shares will be issued in consideration for the past services of the Participant to the Corporation
and the entitlement of the Participant under this Plan shall be satisfied in full by such issuance of Shares. The Board may cause Shares used to satisfy
for the settlement of RSUs granted under the Plan to be purchased instead on the open market.

If an outstanding Award (or portion thereof) expires or is forfeited, surrendered, cancelled or otherwise terminated for any reason without having been
exercised or settled in full, or if Shares acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture are forfeited, the Shares covered by such Award, if any,
will again be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares will not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of
an Award that is settled in cash, but Shares purchased on the open market will be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan for the purpose of
the Share reserve set forth in Section 2.4(2).

- 7 -

Section 2.5    Limits with Respect to Insiders and Individual Limits.

(1) The maximum number of Shares issuable to Eligible Participants who are Insiders, at any time, under this Plan, the Legacy Option Plan and any other

proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangement, shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Shares and Multiple Voting Shares issued and
outstanding from time to time (calculated on a non-diluted basis).

(2) The maximum number of Shares issued to Eligible Participants who are Insiders, within any one year period, under this Plan, the Legacy Option Plan
and any other proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangement, shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Shares and Multiple Voting
Shares issued and outstanding from time to time (calculated on a non-diluted basis).

(3) Any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, or securities issued under the Legacy Option Plan and any other Share Compensation Arrangement, prior to

a Participant becoming an Insider, shall be excluded from the purposes of the limits set out in Section 2.5 (1) and Section 2.5(2).

(4) The following additional limits apply to Awards of the specified type granted, or in the case of cash Awards, payable to any Participant in any one

fiscal year:

(a) Options: 200,000 Shares;

(b) SARs: 200,000 Shares;

(c) Awards other than Options, SARs or cash Awards: 200,000 Shares;

(d) Cash Awards with a Performance Period of up to one year: $500,000; and

(e) Cash Awards with a Performance Period of longer than one year: $1,000,000; and

in applying the foregoing limits, (i) all Awards of the specified type granted to the same person in the same fiscal year are aggregated and made
subject to one limit; (ii) the limits applicable to Options and SARs refer to the number of Shares underlying those Awards; (iii) the Share limit under
clause (c) refers to the maximum number of Shares that may be delivered, or the value of which could be paid in cash or other property, under an
Award or Awards of the type specified in clause (c) assuming a maximum payout; (iv) Awards other than cash Awards that are settled in cash count
against the applicable Share limit under clause (a), (b) or (c) and not against the dollar limit under clauses (d) or (e); and (v) the dollar limit under
clauses (c) and (e) refers to the maximum dollar amount payable under a cash Award assuming a maximum payout. If an Award denominated in
Shares is cancelled, to the extent such Award was either (a) an Option or SAR, or (b) was otherwise intended to satisfy the Performance Based
Exception, the Shares subject to the cancelled Award continue to count against the maximum number of Shares which may be granted to a Participant
who is a U.S. Resident in any fiscal year. All Shares specified in this Section 2.5(4) shall be adjusted to the extent necessary to reflect adjustments to
Shares required by Article 9.

(5) The Board may establish compensation for non-employee directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan. The Board will from time
to time determine the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of
its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that
the maximum aggregate grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with IFRS 2, of Awards granted to any non-employee director for service
as a director pursuant to the Plan during any fiscal year, together with any other fees or compensation paid to such director outside of the Plan for
services as a director may not exceed $500,000 (or, in the fiscal year of any director’s initial service, $750,000).

Section 2.6    Granting of Awards.

(1) Any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time counsel to the Corporation shall determine that the listing,

registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such Award, if applicable, upon any

- 8 -

securities exchange or under any law or regulation of any jurisdiction, or the consent or approval of any securities exchange or any governmental or
regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of such Awards or exercise of any Option or SAR or the issuance or
purchase of Shares thereunder, if applicable, such Award may not be accepted or exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration,
qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Board. Nothing herein shall be deemed to
require the Corporation to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.

(2) The Corporation may require, as a condition to the exercise of an Award or the delivery of Shares under an Award, such representations or agreements

as counsel for the Corporation may consider appropriate to avoid violation of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state or
non-U.S. securities law. Any Shares required to be issued to Participants under the Plan will be evidenced in such manner as the Board may deem
appropriate, including book-entry registration or delivery of share certificates. In the event that the Board determines that share certificates will be
issued to Participants under the Plan, the Board may require that certificates evidencing Shares issued under the Plan bear an appropriate legend
reflecting any restriction on transfer applicable to such Shares, and the Corporation may hold the share certificates pending lapse of the applicable
restrictions.

Section 3.1    Nature of Unvested Shares.

An Unvested Share is a Share with such restrictions and vesting and other conditions placed upon the Share as the Board may determine at the time of

ARTICLE 3 
UNVESTED SHARES

grant.

Section 3.2    Unvested Share Awards.

Subject to the provisions herein set forth and any shareholder or regulatory approval which may be required, the Board shall, from time to time by
resolution, in its sole discretion, (i) designate the Eligible Participants who may receive Unvested Shares under the Plan, (ii) fix the number of Unvested
Shares, if any, to be granted to each Eligible Participant and the date or dates on which such Unvested Shares shall be granted, and (iii) determine the
restrictions and vesting and other conditions applicable to such Unvested Shares (including, a restriction on or prohibition against the right to receive any
dividend or other right or property with respect thereto), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such
installments or otherwise as the Board determines, the whole subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in this Plan.

Section 3.3    Payment to Participant.

(1) The Corporation shall, as soon as possible after the grant of the Unvested Shares, cause the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares either to:

(a)

(b)

deliver to the Participant a certificate in the name of the Participant representing in the aggregate such number of Shares as the Participant shall
then be entitled to receive; or

in the case of Unvested Shares issued in uncertificated form, cause the issuance of the aggregate number of Unvested Shares as the Participant
shall then be entitled to receive to be evidenced by a book position on the register of the shareholders of the Corporation maintained by the
transfer agent and registrar of the Shares.

(2) Each certificate representing Unvested Shares shall bear the following legend, as amended to reflect the restrictions and/or vesting conditions placed

upon the Shares as the Board may determine at the time of grant:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CORPORATION’S
OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN DATED MARCH 13, 2017 AND AN UNVESTED SHARE

- 9 -

AGREEMENT DATED l. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED UNTIL l.

(3) Unless the Board shall otherwise determine,

(a)

(b)

uncertificated Unvested Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Corporation or the transfer agent to the effect that they
are subject to forfeiture until such Unvested Shares are vested as provided in Section 3.3(4) below; and

certificated Unvested Shares shall remain in the possession of the Corporation until such Unvested Shares have vested as provided in Section
3.3(4) below, and the Participant shall be required, as a condition of the grant of such Unvested Shares, to deliver to the Corporation such
instruments of transfer as the Board may prescribe.

(4) The Board, at the time of grant, shall specify the date or dates and/or the restrictions and vesting conditions on which the nontransferability of the
Unvested Shares and the Corporation’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date, or dates and/or the attainment of the
restrictions and vesting conditions, the Unvested Shares on for which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Unvested Shares and shall be
deemed “vested”.

Section 3.4    Unvested Share Agreements.

The terms of the Unvested Shares shall be evidenced by Unvested Share Agreement or included in an Employment Agreement, in such form not
inconsistent with the Plan, as the Board may from time to time determine. The Unvested Share Agreement shall contain such terms that may be considered
necessary in order that the Unvested Shares will comply with any provisions respecting restricted securities in the income tax or other laws in force in any
country or jurisdiction of which a Participant may from time to time be a resident or citizen or the rules of any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the
Corporation, including applicable securities laws.

ARTICLE 4
OPTIONS

Section 4.1    Nature of Options.

An Option is an option granted by the Corporation to a Participant entitling such Participant to acquire a designated number of Shares from treasury at

the Option Price, but subject to the provisions hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, no Dividend Equivalents shall be granted in connection with an Option.

Section 4.2    Option Awards.

Subject to the provisions set forth in this Plan and any shareholder or regulatory approval which may be required, the Board shall, from time to time
by resolution, in its sole discretion, (i) designate the Eligible Participants who may receive Options under the Plan, (ii) fix the number of Options, if any, to
be granted to each Eligible Participant and the date or dates on which such Options shall be granted, (iii) determine the price per Share to be payable upon
the exercise of each such Option (the “Option Price”) and the relevant vesting provisions (including Performance Criteria, if applicable) and the Option
Term, the whole subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in this Plan or in any Option Agreement, and any applicable rules of a Stock Exchange.

Section 4.3    Option Price.

The Option Price for Shares that are the subject of any Option shall be determined and approved by the Board when such Option is granted, but shall

not be less than the Market Value of such Shares at the time of the grant.

- 10 -

Section 4.4    Option Term.

(1) The Board shall determine, at the time of granting the particular Option, the period during which the Option is exercisable, which shall not be more

than ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted (“Option Term”). Unless otherwise determined by the Board, all unexercised Options shall be
cancelled at the expiry of such Options.

(2) Should the expiration date for an Option fall within a Black-Out Period or within nine (9) Business Days following the expiration of a Black-Out

Period, such expiration date shall be automatically extended without any further act or formality to that date which is the tenth (10 ) Business Day
after the end of the Black-Out Period, such tenth (10 ) Business Day to be considered the expiration date for such Option for all purposes under the
Plan. Notwithstanding Section 9.3 hereof, the ten (10) Business Day-period referred to in this Section 4.4(2) may not be extended by the Board.

th

th

Section 4.5    Exercise of Options.

Prior to its expiration or earlier termination in accordance with the Plan, each Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and/or pursuant to the
achievement of such Performance Criteria and/or other vesting conditions as the Board at the time of granting the particular Option, may determine in its
sole discretion. For greater certainty, any exercise of Options by a Participant shall be made in accordance with the Corporation’s insider trading policy.

Section 4.6    Method of Exercise and Payment of Purchase Price.

(1) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, an Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable (from time to time as provided in Section 4.5 hereof) by the
Participant (or by the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) by delivering a fully completed Exercise
Notice to the Corporation at its registered office to the attention of the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation (or the individual that the Corporate
Secretary of the Corporation may from time to time designate) or give notice in such other manner as the Corporation may from time to time designate,
which notice shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by full payment, by cash,
certified cheque, bank draft or any other form of payment deemed acceptable by the Board of the purchase price for the number of Shares specified
therein and, if required by Section 10.2, the amount necessary to satisfy any taxes.

(2) Upon the exercise, the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise but no later than ten (10) Business Days following such exercise,

forthwith cause the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares either to:

(a)

(b)

deliver to the Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) a certificate in the
name of the Participant representing in the aggregate such number of Shares as the Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as
the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) shall have then paid for and as are specified in such Exercise Notice; or

in the case of Shares issued in uncertificated form, cause the issuance of the aggregate number of Shares as the Participant (or the liquidator,
executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) shall have then paid for and as are specified in such Exercise
Notice to be evidenced by a book position on the register of the shareholders of the Corporation to be maintained by the transfer agent and
registrar of the Shares.

Section 4.7    Option Agreements.

Options shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement or included in an Employment Agreement, in such form not inconsistent with the Plan as the
Board may from time to time determine. The Option Agreement shall contain such terms that may be considered necessary in order that the Option will
comply with any provisions respecting options in the income

- 11 -

tax or other laws in force in any country or jurisdiction of which the Participant may from time to time be a resident or citizen or the rules of any regulatory
body having jurisdiction over the Corporation.

ARTICLE 5 
RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

Section 5.1    Nature of RSUs.

An RSU is an Award that, upon settlement, entitles the recipient Participant to acquire Shares at such purchase price (which may be zero) as
determined by the Board, or to receive the Cash Equivalent or a combination thereof, as the case may be, pursuant and subject to such restrictions and
conditions as the Board may determine at the time of grant, unless such RSU expires prior to being settled. Conditions may, without limitation, be based on
continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of Performance Criteria.

Section 5.2    RSU Awards.

(1) Subject to the provisions herein set forth and any shareholder or regulatory approval which may be required, the Board shall, from time to time by

resolution, in its sole discretion, (i) designate the Eligible Participants who may receive RSUs under the Plan, (ii) fix the number of RSUs, if any, to
be granted to each Eligible Participant and the date or dates on which such RSUs shall be granted, (iii) determine the relevant conditions and vesting
provisions (including the applicable Performance Period and Performance Criteria, if any) and the Restriction Period of such RSUs, and (iv) any other
terms and conditions applicable to the granted RSUs, which need not be identical and which, without limitation, may include non-competition
provisions, the whole subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in this Plan and in any RSU Agreement.

(2)

In making such determination, the Board shall consider the timing of crediting RSUs to the Participant’s Account and the vesting requirements
applicable to such RSUs to ensure that the crediting of the RSUs to the Participant’s Account and the vesting requirements are not considered a
“salary deferral arrangement” for purposes of the Tax Act and any applicable provincial legislation.

(3) Subject to the vesting and other conditions and provisions herein set forth and in the RSU Agreement, each RSU awarded to a Participant shall entitle
the Participant to receive one Share, the Cash Equivalent or a combination thereof as soon as possible upon confirmation by the Board that the vesting
conditions (including the Performance Criteria, if any) have been met and no later than the last day of the Restriction Period.

Section 5.3    Restriction Period.

The applicable restriction period in respect of a particular RSU shall be determined by the Board but in all cases shall end no later than December 31
of the calendar year which is three (3) years after the calendar year in which the performance of services, for which RSU is granted, occurred (“Restriction
Period”). Unless otherwise determined by the Board, all unvested RSUs shall be cancelled on the RSU Vesting Determination Date (as such term is
defined in Section 5.4) and, in any event, no later than the last day of the Restriction Period.

Section 5.4    RSU Vesting Determination Date.

The vesting determination date means the date on which the Board determines if the Performance Criteria and/or other vesting conditions with respect

to an RSU have been met (the “RSU Vesting Determination Date”), and as a result,

- 12 -

establishes the number of RSUs that become vested, if any. For greater certainty, the RSU Vesting Determination Date must fall after the end of the
Performance Period, if any, but no later than the last day of the Restriction Period.

Section 5.5    Settlement of RSUs.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in the RSU Agreement, all of the vested RSUs covered by a particular grant may be settled within five (5) Business

Days following their RSU Vesting Determination Date but no later than the end of the Restriction Period (the “RSU Settlement Date”).

(2) Settlement of RSUs shall take place promptly following the RSU Settlement Date, and no later than the end of the Restriction Period, and take the

form determined by the Board, in its sole discretion. Settlement of RSUs shall take place through:

(a)

in the case of settlement of RSUs for their Cash Equivalent, delivery of a cheque to the Participant representing the Cash Equivalent;

(b)

in the case of settlement of RSUs for Shares:

(i)

(ii)

delivery to the Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) of a
certificate in the name of the Participant representing in the aggregate such number of Shares as the Participant (or to the liquidator,
executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) shall be entitled to receive (unless the Participant intends to
simultaneously dispose of any such Shares); or

in the case of Shares issued in uncertificated form, issuance of the aggregate number of Shares as the Participant (or the liquidator,
executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) shall be entitled to receive to be evidenced by a book
position on the register of the shareholders of the Corporation to be maintained by the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares; or

(c)

in the case of settlement of the RSUs for a combination of Shares and the Cash Equivalent, a combination of (a) and (b) above.

Section 5.6    Determination of Amounts.

(1) For purposes of determining the Cash Equivalent of RSUs to be made pursuant to Section 5.5, such calculation will be made on the RSU Settlement

Date based on the Market Value on the RSU Settlement Date multiplied by the number of vested RSUs in the Participant’s Account to settle in cash.

(2) For the purposes of determining the number of Shares to be issued or delivered to a Participant upon settlement of RSUs pursuant to Section 5.5, such
calculation will be made on the RSU Settlement Date based on the whole number of Shares equal to the whole number of vested RSUs then recorded
in the Participant’s Account to settle in Shares.

Section 5.7    RSU Agreements.

RSUs shall be evidenced by an RSU Agreement or included in an Employment Agreement, in such form not inconsistent with the Plan as the Board
may from time to time determine. The RSU Agreement shall contain such terms that may be considered necessary in order that the RSU will comply with
any provisions respecting restricted share units in the income tax or other laws in force in any country or jurisdiction of which the Participant may from
time to time be a resident or citizen or the rules of any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Corporation.

- 13 -

Section 5.8    Award of Dividend Equivalents.

Dividend Equivalents may, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, be awarded in respect of unvested RSUs in a Participant’s Account on

the same basis as cash dividends declared and paid on Shares as if the Participant was a shareholder of record of Shares on the relevant record date.
Dividend Equivalents, if any, will be credited to the Participant’s Account in additional RSUs, the number of which shall be equal to a fraction where the
numerator is the product of (i) the number of RSUs in such Participant’s Account on the date that dividends are paid multiplied by (ii) the dividend paid per
Share and the denominator of which is the Market Value of one Share calculated on the date that dividends are paid. Any additional RSUs credited to a
Participant’s Account as a Dividend Equivalent pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall have an RSU vesting Determination Date which is the same as the RSU
vesting Determination Date for the RSUs in respect of which such additional RSUs are credited.

In the event that the Participant’s applicable RSUs do not vest, all Dividend Equivalents, if any, associated with such RSUs will be forfeited by the
Participant and returned to the Corporation’s account.

ARTICLE 6 
SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

Section 6.1    Nature of SARs.

A SAR is an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares having a value equal to the excess of the Market Value of the Shares on the date of

exercise over the SAR Price, which price shall not be less than 100% of the Market Value of the Share on the date of grant multiplied by the number of
Shares with respect to which the SAR shall have been exercised. For the avoidance of doubt, no Dividend Equivalents shall be granted in connection with a
SAR.

Section 6.2    SAR Awards.

Subject to the provisions herein set forth and any shareholder or regulatory approval which may be required, the Board shall, from time to time by

resolution, in its sole discretion, (i) designate the Eligible Participants who may receive SAR Awards under the Plan, (ii) fix the number of SAR Awards to
be granted to each Eligible Participant and the date or dates on which such SAR Awards shall be granted, and (iii) determine the price per Share to be
payable upon the vesting of each such SAR (the “SAR Price”) and the relevant conditions and vesting provisions (including the applicable Performance
Period and Performance Criteria, if any) and the SAR Term, the whole subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in this Plan and in any SAR
Agreement.

Section 6.3    SAR Price.

The SAR Price for the Shares that are the subject of any SAR shall be fixed by the Board when such SAR is granted, but shall not be less than the

Market Value of such Shares at the time of the grant.

Section 6.4    SAR Term.

(1) The Board shall determine, at the time of granting the particular SAR, the period during which the SAR is exercisable, which shall not be more than
ten (10) years from the date the SAR is granted (“SAR Term”) and the vesting schedule of such SAR, which will be detailed in the respective SAR
Agreement. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, all unexercised SARs shall be cancelled at the expiry of such SAR.

- 14 -

(2) Should the expiration date for a SAR fall within a Black-Out Period or within nine (9) Business Days following the expiration of a Black-Out Period,

such expiration date shall be automatically extended without any further act or formality to that date which is the tenth (10 ) Business Day after the
end of the Black-Out Period, such tenth (10 ) Business Day to be considered the expiration date for such SAR for all purposes under the Plan.
Notwithstanding Section 9.3 hereof, the ten (10) Business Day-period referred to in this Section 6.4 may not be extended by the Board.

th

th

Section 6.5    Exercise of SARs.

Prior to its expiration or earlier termination in accordance with the Plan, each SAR shall be exercisable at such time or times and/or pursuant to the
achievement of such Performance Criteria and/or other vesting conditions as the Board at the time of granting the particular SAR, may determine in its sole
discretion. For greater certainty, any exercise of SARs by a Participant shall be made in accordance with the Corporation’s insider trading policy.

Section 6.6    Method of Exercise.

(1) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, a SAR granted under the Plan shall be exercisable (from time to time as provided in Section 6.5 hereof) by the
Participant (or by the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) by delivering a fully completed
Exercise Notice to the Corporation at its registered office to the attention of the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation (or to the individual that the
Corporate Secretary of the Corporation may from time to time designate) or give notice in such other manner as the Corporation may from time to
time designate, no less than three (3) Business Days in advance of the effective date of the proposed exercise, which notice shall specify the number
of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being exercised and the effective date of the proposed exercise.

(2) The exercise of a SAR with respect to any number of Shares shall entitle the Participant to receive, from the Corporation, a number of Shares having
an aggregate Market Value equal to the excess of the Market Value of a Share on the effective date of such exercise over the per share SAR Price.

(3) Upon the exercise, the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise but no later than ten (10) Business Days following such exercise,

forthwith cause the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares to either:

(a)

(b)

deliver to the Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) a certificate in the
name of the Participant representing in the aggregate such number of Shares as the Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or administrator, as
the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) shall be entitled to receive (unless the Participant intends to simultaneously dispose of any such
Shares); or

in the case of Shares issued in uncertificated form, cause the issuance of the aggregate number of Shares as the Participant (or the liquidator,
executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) shall be entitled to receive to be evidenced by a book position on
the register of the shareholders of the Corporation to be maintained by the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares.

Section 6.7    SAR Agreements.

SARs shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement or included in an Employment Agreement, in such form not inconsistent with the Plan as the Board
may from time to time determine. The SAR Agreement shall contain such terms that may be considered necessary in order that the SAR will comply with
any provisions respecting stock appreciation rights in the income tax or other laws in force in any country or jurisdiction of which the Participant may from
time to time be a resident or citizen or the rules of any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Corporation.

- 15 -

ARTICLE 7 
GENERAL CONDITIONS

Section 7.1    General Conditions Applicable to Awards.

Each Award, as applicable, shall be subject to the following conditions:

(1)

(2)

Vesting Period. Each Award granted hereunder shall vest in accordance with the terms of the Grant Agreement entered into in respect of such
Award. The Board has the right to accelerate the date upon which any Award becomes exercisable notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth for
such Award, regardless of any adverse or potentially adverse tax consequence resulting from such acceleration.

Employment. Notwithstanding any express or implied term of this Plan to the contrary, the granting of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall in no
way be construed as a guarantee by the Corporation or a Subsidiary to the Participant of employment or another service relationship with the
Corporation or a Subsidiary. The granting of an Award to a Participant shall not impose upon the Corporation or a Subsidiary any obligation to retain
the Participant in its employ or service in any capacity. Nothing contained in this Plan or in any Award granted under this Plan shall interfere in any
way with the rights of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates in connection with the employment, retention or termination of any such Participant.
The loss of existing or potential profit in Shares underlying Awards granted under this Plan shall not constitute an element of damages in the event of
termination of a Participant’s employment or service in any office or otherwise.

(3) Grant of Awards. Eligibility to participate in this Plan does not confer upon any Eligible Participant any right to be granted Awards pursuant to this
Plan. Granting Awards to any Eligible Participant does not confer upon any Eligible Participant the right to receive nor preclude such Eligible
Participant from receiving any additional Awards at any time. The extent to which any Eligible Participant is entitled to be granted Awards pursuant
to this Plan will be determined in the sole discretion of the Board. Participation in the Plan shall be entirely voluntary and any decision not to
participate shall not affect an Eligible Participant’s relationship or employment with the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Rights as a Shareholder. Neither the Participant nor such Participant’s personal representatives or legatees shall have any rights whatsoever as
shareholder in respect of any Shares covered by such Participant’s Awards by reason of the grant of such Award until such Award has been duly
exercised, as applicable, and settled and Shares have been issued in respect thereof. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, no
adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Shares have been issued.

Conformity to Plan. In the event that an Award is granted or a Grant Agreement is executed which does not conform in all particulars with the
provisions of the Plan, or purports to grant Awards on terms different from those set out in the Plan, the Award or the grant of such Award shall not
be in any way void or invalidated, but the Award so granted will be adjusted to become, in all respects, in conformity with the Plan.

Transferrable Awards. Except as specifically provided in a Grant Agreement approved by the Board, each Award granted under the Plan is
personal to the Participant and shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or
by the laws of succession of the domicile of the deceased Participant. No Award granted hereunder shall be pledged, hypothecated, charged,
transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of on pain of nullity.

Participant’s Entitlement. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or unless the Board permits otherwise, upon any Subsidiary of the Corporation
ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Corporation, Awards previously granted under this Plan that, at the time of such change, are held by a Person who
is a director, executive officer, employee or consultant of such Subsidiary of the Corporation and not of the Corporation itself, whether or not then
exercisable, shall automatically terminate on the date of such change.

- 16 -

Section 7.2    General Conditions Applicable to Options and SARs.

Each Option or SAR, as applicable, shall be subject to the following conditions:

(1) Termination for Cause. Upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant for Cause, any vested or unvested Option or SAR granted to such
Participant shall terminate automatically and become void immediately. For the purposes of the Plan, the determination by the Corporation that the
Participant was discharged for Cause shall be binding on the Participant. “Cause” shall include, among other things, gross misconduct, theft, fraud,
breach of confidentiality or breach of the Corporation’s codes of conduct and any other reason determined by the Corporation to be cause for
termination.

(2) Termination not for Cause. Upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant as a result of his or her employment or service relationship with
the Corporation or a Subsidiary being terminated without Cause, (i) any unvested Option or SAR granted to such Participant shall terminate and
become void immediately and (ii) any vested Option or SAR granted to such Participant may be exercised by such Participant as the rights to exercise
accrue. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Option or SAR shall only be exercisable within the earlier of thirty (30)
days after the Termination Date, or the expiry date of the Award set forth in the Grant Agreement.

(3) Resignation. Upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant as a result of his or her resignation from the Corporation or a Subsidiary, (i)
each unvested Option or SAR granted to such Participant shall terminate and become void immediately upon resignation and (ii) each exercisable
Option or SAR granted to such Participant will cease to be exercisable on the earlier of the thirty (30) days following the Termination Date and the
expiry date of the Award set forth in the Grant Agreement.

(4) Permanent Disability/Retirement. Upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant by reason of retirement or permanent disability, (i) any

unvested Option or SAR shall terminate and become void immediately, and (ii) any vested Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for a period of
ninety (90) days from the date of retirement or the date on which the Participant ceases his or her employment or service relationship with the
Corporation or any Subsidiary by reason of permanent disability, but not later than the expiry date of the Award set forth in the Grant Agreement, and
thereafter any such Option or SAR shall expire.

(5) Death. Upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant by reason of death, any vested Option or SAR granted to such Participant may be

exercised by the liquidator, executor or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant for that number of Shares only which such
Participant was entitled to acquire under the respective Options or SARs (the “Vested Awards”) hereof on the date of such Participant’s death. Such
Vested Awards shall only be exercisable within one (1) year after the Participant’s death or prior to the expiration of the original term of the Options
or SARs whichever occurs earlier. Subj ect to the terms of the applicable Grant Agreement, any Options or SAR that would have vested within twelve
(12) months following such Participant’s death shall be deemed to have vested on such date, and all other Options or SARs will be cancelled on the
date of such Participant’s death.

(6) Leave of Absence. Upon a Participant electing a voluntary leave of absence of more than twelve (12) months, including maternity and paternity
leaves, the Board may determine, at its sole discretion but subject to applicable laws, that such Participant’s participation in the Plan shall be
terminated, provided that all vested Options or SARs in the Participant’s Account shall remain outstanding and in effect until the applicable exercise
date, or an earlier date determined by the Board at its sole discretion.

Section 7.3    General Conditions Applicable to RSUs.

Each RSU shall be subject to the following conditions:

(1)

Termination for Cause and Resignation. Upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant for Cause or as a result of his or her resignation
from the Corporation or a Subsidiary, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall be

- 17 -

terminated immediately, all RSUs credited to such Participant’s Account that have not vested shall be forfeited and cancelled, and the Participant’s
rights to Shares or Cash Equivalent or a combination thereof that relate to such Participant’s unvested RSUs shall be forfeited and cancelled on the
Termination Date.

(2) Death, Leave of Absence or Cessation of Employment or Service Relationship. Except as otherwise determined by the Board from time to time,
at its sole discretion, upon a Participant electing a voluntary leave of absence of more than twelve (12) months, including maternity and paternity
leaves,  or  upon  a  Participant  ceasing  to  be  Eligible  Participant  as  a  result  of  (i)  death,  (ii)  retirement,  (iii)  his  or  her  employment  or  service
relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary being terminated by the Corporation or a Subsidiary for reasons other than for Cause, (iv) his or her
employment or service relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary being terminated by reason of injury or disability or (v) becoming eligible to
receive  long-term  disability  benefits,  the  Participant’s  participation  in  the  Plan  shall  be  terminated  immediately  (provided  that,  for  the  Participant
becoming eligible to receive long-term disability benefits, such termination shall occur on the Eligibility Date), provided that all unvested RSUs in the
Participant’s  Account  as  of  such  date  relating  to  a  Restriction  Period  in  progress  shall  remain  outstanding  and  in  effect  until  the  applicable  RSU
Vesting Determination Date, and

(a)

If,  on  the  RSU  Vesting  Determination  Date,  the  Board  determines  that  the  vesting  conditions  were  not  met  for  such  RSUs,  then  all  unvested
RSUs  credited  to  such  Participant’s  Account  shall  be  forfeited  and  cancelled  and  the  Participant’s  rights  to  Shares  or  Cash  Equivalent  or  a
combination thereof that relate to such unvested RSUs shall be forfeited and cancelled; and

(b) If, on the RSU Vesting Determination Date, the Board determines that the vesting conditions were met for such RSUs, the Participant shall be
entitled to receive pursuant to Section 5.5 that number of Shares or Cash Equivalent or a combination thereof equal to the number of RSUs
outstanding in the Participant’s Account in respect of such Restriction Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
number of completed months of service of the Participant with the Corporation or a Subsidiary during the applicable Restriction Period as of the
date of the Participant’s death, retirement, termination or Eligibility Date and the denominator of which shall be equal to the total number of
months included in the applicable Restriction Period (which calculation shall be made on the applicable RSU Vesting Determination Date) and
the Corporation shall distribute such number of Shares or Cash Equivalent or a combination thereof to the Participant or the liquidator, executor
or administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant, as soon as practicable thereafter, but no later than the end of the Restriction
Period, the Corporation shall debit the corresponding number of RSUs from the Account of such Participant’s or such deceased Participants’, as
the case may be, and the Participant’s rights to all other Shares or Cash Equivalent or a combination thereof that relate to such Participant’s RSUs
shall be forfeited and cancelled;

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant by reason of retirement, this Section 7.3(2) shall
not apply to a Participant in the event such Participant, directly or indirectly, in any capacity whatsoever, alone, through or in connection with any
Person, carries on or becomes employed by, engaged in or otherwise commercially involved in, any activity or business in the apparel industry
including the outerwear and luxury segments of such industry prior to the applicable RSU Vesting Determination Date. In such event, Section 7.3(1)
shall apply to such Participant. Except as expressly provided for in an RSU Agreement, none of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.3(2), shall
apply to a U.S. Resident.

(3) General. For greater certainty, where (i) a Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary is terminated
pursuant to Section 7.3(1) or Section 7.3(2) hereof or (ii) a Participant elects for a voluntary leave of absence pursuant to Section 7.3(2) hereof
following the satisfaction of all vesting conditions in respect of particular RSUs but before receipt of the corresponding distribution or payment in
respect of such RSUs, the Participant shall remain entitled to such distribution or payment.

- 18 -

Section 7.4    General Conditions Applicable to Unvested Shares.

Upon a Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, any Unvested Shares that have not vested at such time shall automatically and

without any requirement of notice to such Participant, or other action by or on behalf of the Corporation, be deemed to have been reacquired by the
Corporation from such Participant, and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership in the Corporation by the Participant or rights of the Participant as
a shareholder of the Corporation. Following such deemed reacquisition, the Participant shall surrender any certificates representing Unvested Shares in
such Participant’s possession to the Corporation upon request without consideration.

ARTICLE 8 
COMPLIANCE WITH U.S. TAX LAWS

Section 8.1    Compliance with Section 162(m) and Other Limits.

(1) To the extent the Board determines that compliance with the Performance Based Exception is desirable with respect to an Award to a Participant who
is a U.S. Resident, Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 shall apply and the Board shall establish the Performance Criteria within the time period required
under Section 162(m) and the grant, vesting or payment, as the case may be, of the Award will be conditioned upon the satisfaction of the
Performance Criteria as certified by the Board. The preceding sentence will not apply to an Award eligible (as determined by the Board) for
exemption from the limitations of Section 162(m) by reason of the post-initial public offering transition relief in Section 1.162-27(f) of the Treasury
Regulations. The Board may, subject to the terms of the Plan, amend a previously granted performance Award or take any other action that
disqualifies such Award from the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m).

(2)

In the event that changes are made to Section 162(m) to permit flexibility with respect to any Awards available under the Plan, the Board may, subject
to this Section 8.1, make any adjustments to such Awards as it deems appropriate.

(3) The Board shall designate the Participants who are U.S. Residents to be granted Awards intended to satisfy the Performance Based Exception. For

Awards with a Performance Period based on a year, or a period lasting longer than a year, such designation shall occur within the first ninety (90) days
of such year or Performance Period, as applicable. For Awards with a Performance Period lasting less than a year, such designation shall occur on or
prior to the date that is no later than twenty-five percent (25%) through the duration of the relevant Performance Period. The opportunity to be granted
an Award intended to satisfy the Performance Based Exception shall be evidenced by a Grant Agreement in such form as the Board may approve.

(4) With respect to Awards intended to satisfy the Performance Based Exception, the Board shall establish Performance Criteria for the applicable

Performance Period (which may be the same or different for some or all Eligible Participants who are U.S. Residents) and may establish the
threshold, target and/or maximum incentive opportunity or vesting provisions for each Participant for the attainment of specified threshold, target
and/or maximum Performance Criteria. Performance Criteria, incentive opportunities and vesting provisions shall be set forth in the applicable Grant
Agreement, and may be weighted for different factors and measures as the Board may determine.

(5) Prior to the payment of cash or delivery of Shares in connection with any Award that is intended to satisfy the Performance Based Exception, the

Board shall determine and certify in writing the degree of attainment of Performance Criteria. The Board reserves the discretion to reduce (but not
below zero) the amount of an individual’s payment or Share entitlement below the amount that might otherwise be due based on the degree of
attainment of Performance

- 19 -

Criteria. The determination of the Board to reduce (or not to pay) an individual shall not affect the maximum amount payable to any other individual.
No amount shall be payable in respect of an Award intended to qualify for the Performance Based Exception unless at least the established
Performance Criteria (if any) is attained.

(6) Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 8.1, to the extent the Board determines that compliance with the Performance Based Exception is

desirable with respect to an Award, then (a) to the extent the Board administers the Plan, the Plan shall be administered by only those directors of the
Corporation who are “Independent” and (b) no Participant shall receive any payment under the Plan unless the Board has certified, by resolution or
other appropriate action in writing, that the Performance Criteria and any other material terms previously established by the Board or set forth in the
Plan, have been satisfied to the extent necessary to qualify as “qualified performance based compensation” under Section 162(m). For purposes of
qualifying any Award hereunder as exempt from Section 162(m), “Independent”, when referring to the members of the Board shall mean meeting the
requirements to qualify as an “outside director” under Section 1. 1 62-27(e)(3) of the Treasury Regulations.

Section 8.2    Performance Based Exception Under Section 162(m).

(1) Subject to Section 8.2(4), unless and until the Board proposes for a stockholders vote and stockholders approve a change in the general Performance

Criteria, for Awards (other than Options and SARs) designed to qualify for the Performance Based Exception, the objective Performance Criteria shall
be based upon one or more of the performance measures set forth in the definition of “Performance Criteria” set forth in Section 1.1.

(2) For Awards intended to comply with the Performance Based Exception, the Board shall set the Performance Criteria within the time period prescribed

by Section 162(m). The levels of performance required with respect to Performance Criteria may be expressed in absolute or relative levels and may be
based upon a set increase, set positive result, maintenance of the status quo, set decrease or set negative result. Performance Criteria may differ for
Awards to different Participants. The Board shall specify the weighting (which may be the same or different for multiple objectives) to be given to each
Performance Criteria for purposes of determining the final amount payable with respect to any such Award. Any one or more of the Performance
Criteria may apply to the Participant, a department, unit, division or function within the Corporation or any one or more Affiliates or the Corporation
as a whole; and may apply either alone or relative to the performance of other businesses or individuals (including industry or general market indices).

(3) The Board shall have the discretion to adjust the determinations of the degree of attainment of the pre-established Performance Criteria; provided that
Awards which are designed to qualify for the Performance Based Exception may not (unless the Board determines to amend the Award so that it no
longer qualified for the Performance Based Exception) be adjusted upward (the Board shall retain the discretion to adjust such Awards downward). To
the extent consistent with the requirements for satisfying the Performance Based Exception under Section 162(m), the Board, or a committee of the
Board that satisfies the requirements of Section 1.162-27(e)(3) of the Treasury Regulations, may provide in the case of any Award intended to qualify
for such exception that one or more of the Performance Criteria applicable to an Award will be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to
reflect event (such as, the impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, mergers, acquisitions, extraordinary items, and other unusual
or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles) occurring
during the Performance Period of such Award that affect the applicable Performance Criteria. The Board may not, unless the Board determines to
amend the Award so that it no longer qualifies for the Performance Based Exception, delegate any responsibility with respect to Awards intended to
qualify for the Performance Based Exception; provided, however, that the Board may delegate such responsibility to a committee of the Board that
satisfies the requirements of Section 1.162-27(e)(3). All determinations by the Board or such committee as to the achievement of the Performance
Criteria shall be in writing prior to payment of the Award.

(4) In the event that applicable laws, rules or regulations change to permit the Board discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without

obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, and still qualify for the Performance Based Exception, the Board shall have sole discretion to make
such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

- 20 -

Section 8.3    Incentive Stock Options.

Each Option granted to a U.S. Resident shall be designated in the Grant Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock

Option. Any Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option: (a) shall be granted only to a Participant who is an employee of the Corporation or
Subsidiary; (b) in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns shares of the
Corporation representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Corporation or any parent or subsidiary, shall be
granted with an Option Price that is not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Market Value of a Share on the date of grant; (c) shall not have an
aggregate Market Value (determined for each Incentive Stock Option at the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are
exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under the Plan and any other employee stock option plan of the Corporation or
any parent or subsidiary), determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, that exceeds $100,000; and (d) shall have a term not
exceeding ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Grant Agreement and, in the case of an Incentive Stock
Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns shares of the Corporation representing more than ten percent
(10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Corporation or any parent or subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5)
years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Grant Agreement. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan
after the tenth (10 ) anniversary of the earlier of the effective date of the Plan or the date the Plan was approved by the Board.

th

Section 8.4    Section 409A.

(1) Without  limiting  the  generality  of  this  Section  8.4,  each  Award  will  contain  such  terms  as  the  Board  determines,  and  will  be  construed  and

administered, such that the Award either qualifies for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A or satisfies such requirements.

(2) Notwithstanding Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 of this Plan or any other provision of this Plan or any Grant Agreement to the contrary, the Board may

unilaterally amend, modify or terminate the Plan or any outstanding Award, including but not limited to changing the form of the Award, if the Board
determines that such amendment, modification or termination is necessary or advisable to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty
under Section 409A.

(3)

If a Participant is deemed on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment or other service relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary
to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then, with regard to any payment that is considered
nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, to the extent applicable, payable on account of a “separation from service”, such payment
will be made or provided on the date that is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of such “separation from
service” and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (the “Delay Period”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to
this Section 8.4(3) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single lump sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) will be
paid on the first Business Day following the expiration of the Delay Period in a lump sum and any remaining payments due under the Award will be
paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them in the applicable Grant Agreement.

(4) For purposes of Section 409A, each payment made under this Plan will be treated as a separate payment.

- 21 -

ARTICLE 9 
ADJUSTMENTS AND AMENDMENTS

Section 9.1    Adjustment to Shares Subject to Outstanding Awards.

At any time after the grant of an Award to a Participant and prior to the expiration of the term of such Award or the forfeiture or cancellation of such

Award, in the event of (i) any subdivision of the Shares into a greater number of Shares, (ii) any consolidation of Shares into a lesser number of Shares, (iii)
any reclassification, reorganization or other change affecting the Shares, (iv) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Corporation with or into
another corporation, or (iv) any distribution to all holders of Shares or other securities in the capital of the Corporation, of cash, evidences of indebtedness
or other assets of the Corporation (excluding an ordinary course dividend in cash or shares, but including for greater certainty shares or equity interests in a
subsidiary or business unit of the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries or cash proceeds of the disposition of such a subsidiary or business unit) or any
transaction or change having a similar effect, then the Board shall in its sole discretion, subject to the required approval of any Stock Exchange, determine
the appropriate adjustments or substitutions to be made in such circumstances in order to maintain the economic rights of the Participant in respect of such
Award in connection with such occurrence or change, including, without limitation:

(a)

adjustments to the exercise price of such Award without any change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of the Award;

(b)

adjustments to the number of Shares to which the Participant is entitled upon exercise of such Award;

(c)

adjustments permitting the immediate exercise of any outstanding Awards that are not otherwise exercisable; or

(d)

adjustments to the number of kind of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan.

Section 9.2    Change of Control.

Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, in the event of a potential Change of Control, the Board shall have the power, in its sole
discretion, to modify the terms of this Plan and/or the Awards (including, for greater certainty, to cause the vesting of all unvested Awards) to assist the
Participants to tender into a take-over bid or participating in any other transaction leading to a Change of Control. For greater certainty, in the event of a
take-over bid or any other transaction leading to a Change of Control, the Board shall have the power, in its sole discretion, to (i) provide that any or all
Awards shall thereupon terminate, provided that any such outstanding Awards that have vested shall remain exercisable until consummation of such
Change of Control, and (ii) permit Participants to conditionally exercise their Options and SARs, such conditional exercise to be conditional upon the take-
up by such offeror of the Shares or other securities tendered to such take-over bid in accordance with the terms of such take-over bid (or the effectiveness
of such other transaction leading to a Change of Control). If, however, the potential Change of Control referred to in this Section 9.2 is not completed
within the time specified therein (as the same may be extended), then notwithstanding this Section 9.2 or the definition of “Change of Control”: (i) any
conditional exercise of vested Options and/or SARs shall be deemed to be null, void and of no effect, and such conditionally exercised Awards shall for all
purposes be deemed not to have been exercised, (ii) Shares which were issued pursuant to exercise of Options and/or SARs which vested pursuant to this
Section 9.2 shall be returned by the Participant to the Corporation and reinstated as authorized but unissued Shares, and (iii) the original terms applicable to
Awards which vested pursuant to this Section 9.2 shall be reinstated.

- 22 -

Section 9.3    Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan.

(1) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, or from time to time amend or revise the terms of the Plan or any granted Award without

the consent of the Participants provided that such suspension, termination, amendment or revision shall:

(a)

not adversely alter or impair the rights of any Participant, without the consent of such Participant except as permitted by the provisions of the
Plan;

(b) be in compliance with applicable law and with the prior approval, if required, of the shareholders of the Corporation, the TSX, the NYSE or

any other regulatory body having authority over the Corporation; and

(c)

be subject to shareholder approval, where required by law or the requirements of the TSX and the NYSE, provided that the Board may, from
time to time, in its absolute discretion and without approval of the shareholders of the Corporation make the following amendments to this Plan:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

any amendment to the vesting provision, if applicable, or assignability provisions of the Awards;

any amendment to the expiration date of an Award that does not extend the terms of the Award past the original date of expiration of
such Award;

any amendment regarding the effect of termination of a Participant’s employment or engagement;

any amendment which accelerates the date on which any Option or SAR may be exercised under the Plan;

any amendment to the definition of an Eligible Participant under the Plan;

any amendment necessary to comply with applicable law or the requirements of the TSX, the NYSE or any other regulatory body;

any amendment of a “housekeeping” nature, including to clarify the meaning of an existing provision of the Plan, correct or supplement
any provision of the Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the Plan, correct any grammatical or typographical errors or
amend the definitions in the Plan;

any amendment regarding the administration of the Plan;

any amendment to add provisions permitting the grant of Awards settled otherwise than with Shares issued from treasury, a form of
financial assistance or clawback, and any amendment to a provision permitting the grant of Awards settled otherwise than with Shares
issued from treasury, a form of financial assistance or clawback which is adopted; and

(x)

any other amendment that does not require the approval of the shareholders of the Corporation under Section 9.3 (2).

(2) Notwithstanding Section 9.3(1), the Board shall be required to obtain shareholder approval to make the following amendments:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

any increase to the maximum number of Shares issuable under the Plan, except in the event of an adjustment pursuant to Article 9;

except in the case of an adjustment pursuant to Article 9, any amendment which reduces the exercise price of an Option or SAR or any
cancellation of an Option or SAR and replacement of such Option or SAR with an Option or SAR with a lower exercise price, to the extent
such reduction or replacement benefits an Insider;

any amendment which extends the expiry date of any Award, or the Restriction Period of any RSU beyond the original expiry date or
Restriction Period to the extent such amendment benefits an Insider;

any amendment which increases the maximum number of Shares that may be (i) issuable to Insiders at any time; or (ii) issued to Insiders under
the Plan and any other proposed or established Share Compensation Arrangement in a one-year period, except in case of an adjustment pursuant
to Article 9; and

- 23 -

(e)

any amendment to the amendment provisions of the Plan;

provided that Shares held directly or indirectly by Insiders benefiting from the amendments shall be excluded when obtaining such shareholder
approval.

(3) The Board may, by resolution, advance the date on which any Award may be exercised or payable or, subject to applicable regulatory provisions,

including any rules of a Stock Exchange or shareholder approval requirements of Section 409A, extend the expiration date of any Award, in the
manner to be set forth in such resolution provided that the period during which an Option or a SAR is exercisable or RSU is outstanding does not
exceed ten (10) years from the date such Option or SAR is granted in the case of Options and SARs and three (3) years after the calendar year in
which the award is granted in the case of RSUs. The Board shall not, in the event of any such advancement or extension, be under any obligation to
advance or extend the date on or by which any Option or SAR may be exercised or RSU may be outstanding by any other Participant.

ARTICLE 10 
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1    Use of an Administrative Agent and Trustee.

The Board may in its sole discretion appoint from time to time one or more entities to act as administrative agent or trustee to administer the Awards

granted under the Plan and to act as trustee to hold and administer the assets that may be held in respect of Awards granted under the Plan, the whole in
accordance with the terms and conditions determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The Corporation and the administrative agent will maintain
records showing the number of Awards granted to each Participant under the Plan.

Section 10.2    Tax Withholding.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, all distributions, delivery of Shares or payments to a Participant (or to the liquidator, executor or
administrator, as the case may be, of the estate of the Participant) under the Plan shall be made net of applicable taxes and source deductions. If the
event giving rise to the withholding obligation involves an issuance or delivery of Shares, then, the withholding obligation may be satisfied by (a)
having the Participant elect to have the appropriate number of such Shares sold by the Corporation, the Corporation’s transfer agent and registrar or
any trustee appointed by the Corporation pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, on behalf of and as agent for the Participant as soon as permissible and
practicable, with the proceeds of such sale being delivered to the Corporation, which will in turn remit such amounts to the appropriate governmental
authorities, or (b) any other mechanism as may be required or appropriate to conform with local tax and other rules.

(2) Notwithstanding Section 10.2(1), the applicable tax withholdings may be waived where a Participant other than a U.S. Resident directs in writing that
a payment be made directly to the Participant’s registered retirement savings plan in circumstances to which subsection 100(3) of the regulations
made under the Tax Act apply.

Section 10.3    Clawback.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange
listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock
exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Corporation pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing
requirement). Without limiting the

- 24 -

generality of the foregoing, the Board may provide in any case that outstanding Awards (whether or not vested or exercisable) and the proceeds from the
exercise or disposition of Awards or Shares acquired under Awards will be subject to forfeiture and disgorgement to the Corporation, with interest and other
related earnings, if the Participant to whom the Award was granted violates (i) a non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other restrictive
covenant by which he or she is bound, or (ii) any policy adopted by the Corporation applicable to the Participant that provides for forfeiture or
disgorgement with respect to incentive compensation that includes Awards under the Plan. In addition, the Board may require forfeiture and disgorgement
to the Corporation of outstanding Awards and the proceeds from the exercise or disposition of Awards or Shares acquired under Awards, with interest and
other related earnings, to the extent required by law or applicable stock exchange listing standards, including, without limitation, Section 1 0D of the
Exchange Act, and any related policy adopted by the Corporation. Each Participant, by accepting or being deemed to have accepted an Award under the
Plan, agrees to cooperate fully with the Board, and to cause any and all permitted transferees of the Participant to cooperate fully with the Board, to
effectuate any forfeiture or disgorgement required hereunder. Neither the Board nor the Corporation nor any other person, other than the Participant and his
or her permitted transferees, if any, will be responsible for any adverse tax or other consequences to a Participant or his or her permitted transferees, if any,
that may arise in connection with this Section 10.3.

Section 10.4    Securities Law Compliance.

(1) The Plan (including any amendments to it), the terms of the grant of any Award under the Plan, the grant of any Award and exercise of any Option or
SAR, and the Corporation’s obligation to sell and deliver Shares in respect of any Awards, shall be subject to all applicable federal, provincial, state
and foreign laws, rules and regulations, the rules and regulations of applicable Stock Exchanges and to such approvals by any regulatory or
governmental agency as may, as determined by the Corporation, be required. The Corporation shall not be obliged by any provision of the Plan or the
grant of any Award hereunder to issue, sell or deliver Shares in violation of such laws, rules and regulations or any condition of such approvals.

(2) No Awards shall be granted, and no Shares shall be issued, sold or delivered hereunder, where such grant, issue, sale or delivery would require

registration of the Plan or of the Shares under the securities laws of any foreign jurisdiction (other than Canada and the United States) or the filing of
any prospectus for the qualification of same thereunder, and any purported grant of any Award or purported issue or sale of Shares hereunder in
violation of this provision shall be void.

(3) The Corporation shall have no obligation to issue any Shares pursuant to this Plan unless upon official notice of issuance such Shares shall have been
duly listed with a Stock Exchange. Shares issued, sold or delivered to Participants under the Plan may be subject to limitations on sale or resale under
applicable securities laws.

(4)

If Shares cannot be issued to a Participant upon the exercise of an Option or a SAR due to legal or regulatory restrictions, the obligation of the
Corporation to issue such Shares shall terminate and any funds paid to the Corporation in connection with the exercise of such Option or SAR will be
returned to the applicable Participant as soon as practicable.

Section 10.5    Reorganization of the Corporation.

The existence of any Awards shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Corporation or its shareholders to make or authorize any adjustment,

reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Corporation’s capital structure or its business, or any amalgamation, combination,
merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or to create or issue any bonds, debentures, shares or other securities of the Corporation or the rights and
conditions attaching thereto or to affect the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or
any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar nature or otherwise.

- 25 -

Section 10.6    Quotation of Shares.

So long as the Shares are listed on one or more Stock Exchanges, the Corporation must apply to such Stock Exchange or Stock Exchanges for the
listing or quotation, as applicable, of the Shares underlying the Awards granted under the Plan, however, the Corporation cannot guarantee that such Shares
will be listed or quoted on any Stock Exchange.

Section 10.7    No Fractional Shares.

No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of any Option or SAR granted under the Plan and, accordingly, if a Participant would become

entitled to a fractional Share upon the exercise of such Option or SAR, or from an adjustment permitted by the terms of this Plan, such Participant shall
only have the right to purchase the next lowest whole number of Shares, and no payment or other adjustment will be made with respect to the fractional
interest so disregarded.

Section 10.8    Governing Laws.

The Plan and all matters to which reference is made herein shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of

Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

Section 10.9    Severability.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision and any invalid or

unenforceable provision shall be severed from the Plan.

Section 10.10 Effective Date of the Plan

The Plan was approved by the Board and shall take effect on March 13, 2017.

- 26 -

EXHIBIT A

CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC.
FORM OF OPTION AGREEMENT

This option agreement (this “Option Agreement”) evidences an award of Options granted by Canada Goose Holdings Inc. (the “Corporation”) to the

undersigned (the “Participant”) pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Canada Goose Holdings Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan (the
“Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference and forms an integral part of this Option Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan. Certain provisions of the Plan are reproduced or summarized herein for your convenience;
however, this Option Agreement is not comprehensive.

Section 1.1 Grant of Options

(1) The Corporation confirms that the Participant has been granted Options under the Plan on the following basis, subject to the terms and conditions of

the Plan:

Date of Grant

Number of Options

Option Price (C$)

Vesting Schedule (including Performance Criteria) Option Term

Type of Options (U.S. Participant)

(2) Attached hereto and forming an integral part of this Option Agreement as Schedule A is a Form of Election to Exercise that the Participant may use to
exercise any of his or her Options in accordance with the Plan at any time and from time to time prior to the expiry of the Option Term of such
Options, subject to any vesting or other applicable conditions. Such notice shall be delivered at the Corporation’s registered office to the attention of
the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation or any other individual that the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation may from time to time designate.

(3)

If the Participant has executed and become a party to a non-competition or a non-solicitation agreement with the Corporation or any of its
Subsidiaries, the Participant’s rights hereunder shall be subject to the restrictive covenants and other provisions contained in that agreement. Where
the Participant is determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion to have breached any such restrictive covenant, all outstanding Options
shall terminate and be forfeited immediately; provided, however, that the foregoing will not limit the application of the provisions contained in the
Plan and in this Option Agreement.

(4) Any exercise of Options by the Participant shall be made in accordance with the Corporation’s insider trading policy. Should the expiry date of any

Option Term fall within a Black-Out Period or within nine (9) Business Days following the expiration of a Black-Out Period, such expiry date shall be
automatically extended without any further act or formality to that date which is the tenth (10th) Business Day after the end of the Black-Out Period,
such tenth (1 0th) Business Day to be considered the expiry date for such Options for all purposes under the Plan.

Section 1.2 Transferrable Option

Each Option granted under the Plan is personal to the Participant and shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant, whether voluntarily or
by operation of law, except by will or by the laws of succession of the domicile of the deceased Participant. No Option granted hereunder shall be pledged,
hypothecated, charged, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of on pain of nullity.

Section 1.3 Acknowledgments

By accepting this Option Agreement, the Participant represents, warrants and acknowledges that (i) he or she has read and understands the Plan and

agrees to the terms and conditions thereof and of this Option Agreement; (ii) his or her

participation in the trade and acceptance of the Options is voluntary; (iii) he or she has not been induced to participate in the Plan by expectation of
engagement, appointment, employment, continued engagement, continued appointment or continued employment, as applicable, with the Corporation or its
Affiliates; and (iv) neither the Participant nor the Participant’s personal representatives or legatees shall have any rights whatsoever as shareholder in
respect of any Shares covered by the Participant’s Options by reason of the grant of such Options until such Options has been duly exercised and Shares
have been issued in respect thereof. By accepting this Option Agreement, the Participant agrees that the Plan, this Option Agreement as well as any notice,
document or instrument relating thereto be drawn up in English only. Par l’acceptation de ce contrat, le participant reconnait avoir convenu que le régime
incitatif de la société, ce contrat, ainsi que tout autre avis, acte ou document s ’y rattachant soient rédigés en anglais seulement.

Section 1.4 Governing Law

This Option Agreement and all matters to which reference is made herein shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the

Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

Section 1.5 Counterparts

This Option Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile, email or other electronic means), each

of which is deemed to be an original, and such counterparts together constitute one and the same agreement.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

Accepted and agreed to this day of _________, 20___

Corporation:

CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC.

Participant:

Address:

By:

Name:

Title:

Signature of Participant

Name of Participant (Please Print)

SCHEDULE A 
FORM OF ELECTION TO EXERCISE OPTIONS

TO: CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS INC. (the “Corporation”)

I, the undersigned option holder, hereby irrevocably elect to exercise Options granted by the Corporation to me pursuant to an Option Agreement dated
_________, 20__ under Canada Goose Holdings Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), for the number of Shares set forth below. Capitalized terms
used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

I hereby elect to surrender my Options, in whole or in part, in accordance with Sections 4.6 of the Plan:

Number of Shares to be Acquired:

Option Price (per Share):

Aggregate Option Price:

Amount Enclosed:

$

$

$

and hereby tender a certified cheque, bank draft or other form of payment confirmed as acceptable by the Corporation for such aggregate exercise price,
and, if applicable, all source deductions, and direct such Shares to be registered in the name of:

I hereby agree to file or cause the Corporation to file on my behalf, on a timely basis, all insider reports and other reports that I may be required to file

under applicable securities laws. I understand that this request to exercise my Options is irrevocable.

DATED this __ day of______, 20__.

Signature of Option holder

Name of Option holder (Please Print)

Exhibit 8.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF CANADA GOOSE HOLDINGS, INC.

Entity

Jurisdiction

Canada Goose Inc.
Canada Goose International Holdings Limited
Canada Goose US, Inc.
Canada Goose International AG
Canada Goose Services Limited
Canada Goose UK Retail Limited
Canada Goose France Retail SAS
Canada Goose Italy Retail S.r.l
Canada Goose Germany Retail GmbH
Canada Goose Asia Holdings Limited
CG (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd.
Canada Goose HK Limited
Baffin Limited
Baffin US, Inc.

97800087_1

Ontario
United Kingdom
Delaware
Zug (Switzerland)
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
France
Italy
Germany
Hong Kong
Jing’an, Shanghai
Hong Kong
Ontario
Delaware

I, Dani Reiss, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Canada Goose Holdings Inc.;

Exhibit 12.1

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;

4.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the

company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 13, 2021

By:

/s/ Dani Reiss

Dani Reiss
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Jonathan Sinclair, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Canada Goose Holdings Inc.;

Exhibit 12.2

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;

4.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the

company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 13, 2021

By:

/s/ Jonathan Sinclair
Jonathan Sinclair
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 13.1

    In connection with this annual report on Form 20-F of Canada Goose Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended
March 28, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dani Reiss, President
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(i)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended; and

(ii) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of

operations of the Company.

Date: May 13, 2021

By:

/s/ Dani Reiss
Dani Reiss
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a)
and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Form 20-F or as a
separate disclosure document.

 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 13.2

    In connection with this annual report on Form 20-F of Canada Goose Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended
March 28, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jonathan Sinclair,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(i)

(ii)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.

Date: May 13, 2021

By:

/s/ Jonathan Sinclair

Jonathan Sinclair
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a)
and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Form 20-F or as a
separate disclosure document.

 
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-216812 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-225757 on Form
F-3 of our reports dated May 12, 2021, relating to the financial statements of Canada Goose Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) and the effectiveness of the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company for the 52 weeks ended March 28,
2021.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada
May 13, 2021